001 Stand Alone Low Voltage - Garney Construction

Garney Construction
785 E Warren
Gardner, KS 66030
Phone: 816-278-5950
Fax: 816-278-5931
SUBMITTAL ITEM
NO. 26 29 13.16-001
PACKAGE NO: BP4 Reyn
TITLE:
PROJECT:
DRAWING:
STATUS:
BIC:
4d Stand Alone LV Soft Starters
Ward County Pump Station Project
NEW
RC
REQUIRED START:
REQUIRED FINISH:
DAYS HELD: 0
DAYS ELAPSED: 0
DAYS OVERDUE: 0
RECEIVED FROM
RC
SS
SENT TO
FNI
NL
RETURNED BY
FNI NL
FORWARDED TO
RC
SS
Revision
No.
Description / Remarks
Received
Sent
Drawing
Returned Forwarded Status Sepias Prints Date
HeldElapsed
001 Bid Pkg 4d Stand Alone LV
Soft Starters
NEW 0 0 0 0
Garney Construction
Ward County Pump Station Project
Submittal No. 26 29 13.16-001
This submittal has been reviewed and approved with respect to
the contract documents and specification sectionBP4 Reyn
Approval or acceptance of the submittal does not relieve the
vendor of their responsibility to comply with the contract
documents.
Supplier/Sub:
RC
Date: ______________ Reviewed by: _________________
2-28-12
Expedition ®

Project Submittal
Specification Section 201100643171_26 29 13.16
Standalone Low Voltage Solid State Starters
SSRVS-WPSP1 Pump WPS-P1
SSRVS-WPSP2 Pump WPS-P2
SSRVS-WPSP3 Pump WPS-P3
Sold To:
Reynolds
Dallas, Texas
Project Owner:
Ward County, Texas
Project Name:
Ward County Water Supply Project C-4
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
R1USX00249
Date:
February 2012
Rockwell Automation
Water/ Wastewater

PROJECT SUBMITTAL
Project Owner:
Ward County, Texas
Project Name:
Ward County Water
Supply Project County
Water Supply Project C-4
RA Order Number:
R1USX00249
Specification
Spec. Section
2011006643171
26 29 13.16
Standalone Low Voltage
Solid State Starters
SSRVS-WPSP1 Pump WPS-P1
SSRVS-WPSP2 Pump WPS-P2
SSRVS-WPSP3 Pump WPS-P3
Book 1 of 1
General Information
Equipment Description
Product References
Miscellaneous
Start-Up/Maintenance

Submittal Index
Project Owner: Ward County, TX USA
Project Name: Ward County Water Supply Project C-4
RA Order Number: R1USX00249
Tab 1. General Information
Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage
Lifting Instructions
Recommended Shielded Wire
Safety Guidelines
Wiring & Grounding Guidelines
Tab 2. Equipment Descriptions
VFD Drawings
Title Sheet
General Notes
Wire Classifications
Electrical Drawings
Layout Drawings and Major Components Lists

Tab 3. Product References
Circuit Breakers
Communication Module
Control Transformer
Elapsed Time Meter
Enclosure Cooling Fan
Fuses
HIM Operator Station
Instrument Transformer
Operator Drive Disable
Operator Pilot Lights
Operator Pushbuttons
Operator Selector Switch
Relays
SMC-Flex 150
Voltage Transformer
Tab 4. Miscellaneous Information
Factory Test Process
Factory Test Procedure
Spare Parts List
Harmonics Calculations
Tab 5. Start-Up & Maintenance
SMC-Flex Application Guide
Drives Preventative Maintenance
Drives Technical Support
Extended Warranty Information
Services and Support Contact Information

ALLEN-BRADLEY
Guarding Against
Electrostatic Damage
Testing and Maintenance
Introduction
Electrostatic damage (ESD) is a major cause of failures and malfunctions in
today’s sophisticated electrical components and systems.
Some manufacturers of electronic systems may tell you that ESD is not a
problem with their products. This is misleading. All conscientious
manufacturers take anti-static precautions when they design their products.
However, even the best anti-static designs cannot keep ESD from affecting
sophisticated electronic systems, particularly when they are disassembled.
Proper education combined with simple work-related procedures and
precautions can guard against many of the effects of ESD. This data sheet
explains the causes of ESD, and how you can guard against its effects.
Data Sheet Contents
This data sheet provides the following information:
Table 1.A
Data Sheet Organization
Section
Practices that Guard Against ESD 2
Creating a Static-safe Work Area 2
Wearing a Wrist Strap 3
Handling Sensitive Components Correctly 4
Common Electrostatic Voltages at Work 5
Sensitivity of Components to ESD 5
Hidden Effect of Electrostatic Damage 6
What Causes Electrostatic Damage? 6
Damage Due to Discharge 6
Damage Due to induction 7
Damage Due to Polarization 8
Page

Practices that Guard
against ESD
There are three things you can do to guard against electrostatic damage:
• create a static-safe work area
• handle sensitive components correctly
• wear a wrist strap that grounds you during work.
A
WARNING:
T
a
To avoid shock or personal injury from
accidental contact with line voltage, the ground lead of the
wrist strap must provide a high resistance, a minimum 1
Mohm, path to ground.
Creating a Static-safe
Work Area
An important aspect of guarding against ESD is creating a static-safe work
area. This includes:
covering a work bench with a conductive surface that is grounded
covering the floor of the work area with a conductive material that is
grounded
removing nonconductive materials from the work area such as:
- plastics
- nylon
- styrofoam
- cellophane
grounding yourself by touching a conductive surface before handling
static-sensitive components
being careful with loose parts of clothing such as sleeves, ties, and scarfs,
which can easily carry a charge
being careful not to touch the backplane connector or connector pins of the
system
being careful not to touch other circuit components in a module when you
configure or replace internal components in a module

Wearing a Wrist Strap
The most important aspect of guarding against ESD is wearing a wrist strap
that connects you to ground in a static safe work area. A wrist strap usually
consists of:
elastic wrist strap with snap fastener
molded ground lead with snap and banana plug - has a built-in 1 Mohm
resistor in series to guard against hazardous electrical shock caused by
accidental contact with line voltage
alligator clip - for connection with the ground lead and with ground
You should always wear and use a wrist strap in normal work activities around
sensitive components:
Put the wrist strap on before beginning work.
Make sure the wrist strap fits snugly.
Make sure the ground lead of the wrist strap is assembled properly and
connected securely to ground each time you use it.
Take off the wrist strap as the last thing you do before leaving the work area.
Figure 1
Wrist Strap
Elastic Wrist Strap
Alligator Clip
Banana Plug

Handling Sensitive
Components Correctly
The last important aspect of guarding against ESD is to always store and carry
components and modules in static-shielding containers that guard against the
effect of electric fields.
Remove components and modules from static shielding packages only at a
static-safe work area. Modules are only protected when they are completely in
a static-shielding bag. Using the bag to hold the module does not protect the
module.
You should use correct handling procedures even with modules that are being
returned for repair. This protects the good components for rework.
Common Electrostatic
Voltages at Work
You need to build up only 3,500 volts to feel the effects of ESD. only 4.500
volts to hear them, and only 5,000 volts to see a spark. The normal movements
of someone around a work bench can generate up to 6,000 volts. The charge
that builds up on someone who walks across a nylon carpet in dry air can reach
35,000 volts. Potentials as high as 56,000 volts can be measured when a roll of
plain polythylene is unwound. Potentials of more common work situations
range up to 18,000 volts.
Table 1 .B
Common Electrostatic Voltages
Situation
Person walking on carpet
-humid day
-dry day
Person walking on vinyl floor
-humid day
-dry day
Person in padded chair
Styrofoam coffee cup
Plastic solder sipper
Plastic or scotch tape
Vinyl covered notebook
Voltage
2,000
35,000
400
12,000
up to 18,000
up to 5,000
up to 8,000 at tip
up to 5,000
up to 8.000
4

Sensitivity of Components
of ESD
Many of today’s electronic components are sensitive to electrostatic voltage as
low as 30 volts and current as low as 0.001 amps, far less than you can feel,
hear, or see.
Table 1.C
Component Sensitivity to ESD
Electrostatic Voltage
Device Type
To Degrade
To Destroy
VMOS
MOSFET
GaAsFET
EPROM
JFET
OP AMP
CMOS
Schottky Diodes
Film Resistors (thick, thin)
Bipolar Transistors
ECL (board level)
SCR
Schottky TTL
30 1,800
100 200
100 300
100 -
140 7,000
190 2,500
250 3,000
300 2,500
300 2,500
380 7,000
500 1,500
680 1,000
1,000 2,500
Hidden Effect of
Electrostatic Damage
ESD immediately destroys sensitive devices in only 10% of most ESD
incidents. It degrades performance in the remaining 90%. Only a quarter of the
voltage required to destroy the component is needed to degrade its
performance
A device that is merely degraded in performance may pass all normal
diagnostic tests. However, it may fail intermittently as temperature, vibration,
and load on the device vary. Ultimately, the device may fail prematurely: days,
weeks, or even months after the ESD incident that degraded it.
If you have some minimal static control procedures, you may only experience a
device failure rate of 0.5%. But, if there are:
• 10 devices per board = 5% defective boards
. 10 boards per system = 40% defective systems
This points out the need to follow rigorous static control procedures at all times
when handling and working with static-sensitive devices and modules.

What Causes
Electrostatic Damage?
Electrostatic damage is caused by the effects of an electric field that surrounds
all charged objects. The electric field can damage sensitive components by:
discharge - the charge associated with the field is suddenly grounded and the
movement of the charge creates currents in the device.
induction - the electric field moves in relation to the device and generates a
current in the device.
polarization - the electric field remains stationary and polarizes the device.
Subsequent handling and grounding first charges then discharges the device.
Electric fields are invisible, and exist around all charged materials. They can
generate currents in conductors simply by moving near them. The size of the
current depends on the strength of the field and the speed of movement.
Electric fields can polarize sensitive devices. Subsequent handling can cause
charging and discharging of the device.
Damage Due to Discharge
The surfaces of nonconductive materials develop equal and opposite charges
when they come in contact, move against each other, then separate quickly. An
electric field surrounds a nonconductive material once it is charged.
We normally develop charge on our bodies and clothing as we move. When we
walk on carpet, our feet rub on then separate from the carpet, which can give us
a charge very quickly.
When we approach a conductor, like a door knob or one of today’s sensitive
electronic devices, the air between our body and the conductor initially acts as
an insulator. At some point, the amount of charge we have built up exceeds the
insulating ability of the air, and a spark jumps to the conductor.
Figure 2
Discharge Damage
The spark introduces currents in the conductor. These currents could destroy a
sensitive device or degrade performance.
6

Damage Due to Induction
A conductor that moves in a magnetic field generates an electric current. This
is the basic principle of a generator: induction. The principle is the same if the
magnetic field moves and the conductor is at rest. The electric field is similar to
the magnetic field in its ability to generate a current.
Walking across a carpet, building up charge, and approaching a sensitive device
causes your electric field to move across the conductors of the device. The
stronger your electric field, and faster your approach, the more likely you are to
induce damaging currents.
Figure 3
lnduction Damage
Charged hand
Damage Due to Polarization
If the electric field and a sensitive device remain stationary, but close to each
other, a polarization effect may occur.
A good example of polarization is a styrofoam coffee cup placed next to a chip.
The cup is a nonconductor that is easily charged by handling, or even by simple
movement in the air. Polarization causes the electrons on the chip, which are
negative, to be attracted to the cup, which is positively charged. At this point
the chip is not charged. It is polarized.
Figure 4
Uncharged Polarized Chip

If we pick up the chip, it becomes negatively charged as free electrons flow
from our hand to the chip. If we then place the chip on a grounded surface, it
discharges. The discharge currents can degrade or destroy the chip.
Figure 1.1
Charged Polarized Chip
+ +
+
Q
m5 ALLEN-BRADLEY
mw
A ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL COMPANY
With offices in major cities worldwide.
A subsidiary of Rockwell International one of the world's largest technology companies,
Allen-Bradley meets today's automation challenges with over 85 years of practical plant
floor experience. More than 12.000 employees throughout the world design, manufacture
and apply a wide range of control and automation products and supporting services to help
our customers continuously improve quality, productivity and time to market These
products and services not only control individual machines, but also integrate the
manufacturing process while providing access to vital plant floor data that can be used to
support decision-making throughout the enterprise.
WORLD
EUROPE/MIDDLE
HEADQUARTERS
EAST/
Allen-Bradley
AFRICA
1201 South Second Street HEADQUARTERS
Milwaukee, WI 53204 Allen-Bndley Europe
USA
B.V.
Tel: (1) 414 382-2000 Amsterdamseweg 15
Telex: 43 11 016
1422 AC Uithoom
Fax: (1) 414 382-4444 The Netherlands
Tel: (31) 2975/43500
Telex: (844) 18042
Fax: (31) 2975/60222
Publication 8000-4.5.2 -May. 1988
Supercedes April, 1987
ASIA/PACIFIC
HEADQUARTERS
Allen-Bradley (Hong Kong)
Limited
Room 1006. Block B, Sea View
Estate
2-8 Watson Road
Hong Kong
Tel: (852) 887-4788
Telex: (780) 64347
Fax: (852)510-9436
CANADA
LATIN AMERICA
HEADQUARTERS
HEADQUARTERS
Allen-Bradley Canada Allen-Bradley
Limited
1201 South Second
135 Dundas street Street
Cambridge. Ontario N1R Milwaukee, WI 53204
5X1
USA
Canada Tel: (1) 414 382-2000
Tel: (1) 519 623-1810 Telex: 43 11 016
Fax: (1) 519 623-8930 Fax: (1) 414 382-2400

Recommended Shielded Wire
Document Update
Reference
AC Drive User Manuals, Power Wiring section.
Acceptable Cable Types
Shielded/Armored Cable
Shielded cable contains all of the general benefits of multi-conductor cable with the added benefit of a copper braided shield that can contain
much of the noise generated by a typical AC Drive. Strong consideration for shielded cable should be given in installations with sensitive
equipment such as weigh scales, capacitive proximity switches and other devices that may be affected by electrical noise in the distribution
system. Applications with large numbers of drives in a similar location, imposed EMC regulations or a high degree of communications /
networking are also good candidates for shielded cable.
Shielded cable may also help reduce shaft voltage and induced bearing currents for some applications. In addition, the increased impedance
of shielded cable may help extend the distance that the motor can be located from the drive without the addition of motor protective devices
such as terminator networks. Refer to Reflected Wave in “Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for PWM AC Drives,” publication DRIVES-
IN001A-EN-P.
Consideration should be given to all of the general specifications dictated by the environment of the installation, including temperature,
flexibility, moisture characteristics and chemical resistance. In addition, a braided shield should be included and be specified by the cable
manufacturer as having coverage of at least 75%. An additional foil shield can greatly improve noise containment.
A good example of recommended cable is Belden® 295xx (xx determines gauge). This cable has four (4) XLPE insulated conductors with a
100% coverage foil and an 85% coverage copper braided shield (with drain wire) surrounded by a PVC jacket.
Other types of shielded cable are available, but the selection of these types may limit the allowable cable length. Particularly, some of the
newer cables twist 4 conductors of THHN wire and wrap them tightly with a foil shield. This construction can greatly increase the cable
charging current required and reduce the overall drive performance. Unless specified in the individual distance tables as tested with the drive,
these cables are not recommended and their performance against the lead length limits supplied is not known.
Recommended Shielded Wire
Location Rating/Type Description
Standard (Option 1) 600V, 90°C (194°F) XHHW2/RHW-2
• Four tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation.
Anixter B209500-B209507,
• Copper braid/aluminum foil combination shield and tinned copper drain wire.
Belden 29501-29507, or equivalent
• PVC jacket.
Standard (Option 2)
Class I & II; Division I & II
Tray rated 600V, 90°C (194°F) RHH/RHW-2
Anixter OLF-7xxxxx or equivalent
Tray rated 600V, 90°C (194°F) RHH/RHW-2
Anixter 7V-7xxxx-3G or equivalent
• Three tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation.
• 5 mil single helical copper tape (25% overlap min.) with three bare copper grounds in
contact with shield.
• PVC jacket.
• Three bare copper conductors with XLPE insulation and impervious corrugated
continuously welded aluminum armor.
• Black sunlight resistant PVC jacket overall.
• Three copper grounds on #10 AWG and smaller.
Publication RA-DU001A-EN-P – September 2002
Copyright © 2002 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in USA.

Safety Guidelines for the
Application, Installation, and
Maintenance of Solid-State
Control
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
NEMA Standard Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Section 1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Section 2 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
2.1 Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 Electrical Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 Off-State Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
2.4 Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.5 Rate of Rise-Voltage or Current (DV/DT or DI/DT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.6 Surge Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.7 Transient Overvoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Section 3 Application Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.1 General Application Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2 Circuit Isolation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.3 Special Application Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.4 Planning Electrical Noise Rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.5 Countering the Effects of Off-State Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.6 Avoiding Adverse Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.7 The Need for Education – Knowledge Leads to Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Section 4 Installation Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
4.1 Installation and Wiring Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
4.2 Enclosures (Cooling and Ventilating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4.3 Special Handling of Electrostatic Sensitive Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4.4 Compatibility of Devices with Applied Voltages and Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.5 Testing Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.6 Startup Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Section 5 Preventive Maintenance and Repair Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.2 Preventive Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.3 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.4 Safety Recommendations for Maintenance Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

2
Foreword
This Rockwell Automation publication is formatted to harmonize with
NEMA Standards Publication No. ICS 1.1-1987, also titled Safety
Guidelines for the Application, Installation and Maintenance of
Solid-State Control. The text of the NEMA Standard has been
reprinted verbatim, with NEMA’s permission, in the left column,
captioned “NEMA Standard Text”. The right column, captioned
“Explanatory Information”, contains Rockwell Automation
comments and explanation. The comments provide supplementary
information to the NEMA Standard to help the reader better
understand the characteristics of industrial equipment employing
solid-state technology. Rockwell Automation is solely responsible for
the explanatory comments, which are not part of the NEMA
Standard.
NEMA Standards Publication No. ICS 1.1-1984 (R1988, R1993, R1998,
R2003) is available from the National Electrical Manufacturers
Association, 2101 L Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037.
Comments
Rockwell Automation comments on each section of the NEMA
publication will appear after that section, with a “Comments” heading.
NEMA Standard Text
Scope
This Standards Publication is intended to provide general guidelines for
the application, installation, and maintenance of solid-state control in the
form of individual devices or packaged assemblies incorporating solidstate
components. The emphasis of the guidelines is personnel safety.
Applicable NEMA standards and product related instructions should be
carefully followed.
Comments: Scope
The scope of this Allen-Bradley Publication (SGI-1.1) is identical to the
scope of NEMA Standards Publication No. ICS 1.1, quoted above.
Publication SGI-1.1 - April 2009

Section 1: Definitions 3
Section 1: Definitions
Electrical Noise – Unwanted electrical energy that has the possibility of
producing undesirable effects in the control, its circuits and system.
Electrical noise includes Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Radio
Frequency Interference (RFI).
Electrical Noise Immunity – The extent to which the control is protected
from a stated electrical noise.
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) – Electromagnetic disturbance that
manifests itself in performance degradation, malfunction, or failure of
electronic equipment. (IEC)
Off-State Current – The current that flows in a solid-state device in the
off-state condition.
Off-State Condition – The conditions of a solid-state device when no control
signal is applied.
On-State Condition – The condition of a solid-state device when conducting.
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) – RFI is used interchangeably with EMI.
EMI is a later definition that includes the entire electromagnetic spectrum,
whereas RFI is more restricted to the radiofrequency band, generally
considered to be between 10k and 10G Hz. (IEC)
Surge Current – A current exceeding the steady state current for a short
time duration, normally described by its peak amplitude and time duration.
Transient Overvoltage – The peak voltage in excess of steady state voltage for
a short time during the transient conditions (e.g., resulting from the
operations of a switching device).
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

4 Section 2: General Authorized Engineering Information
Section 2: General Authorized Engineering
Information
General
(Sections 2 through 5 are classified as Authorized Engineering Information
11-15-1984.) Solid-state and electro-mechanical controls can perform similar
control functions, but there are certain unique characteristics of solid-state
controls which must be understood.
In the application, installation and maintenance of solid-state control, special
consideration should be given to the characteristics described in 2.1 through
2.7.
General: Comments
Solid-state devices provide many advantages such as high speed, small
size, and the ability to handle extremely complex functions. However, they
differ from electromechanical devices in the basic operating characteristics
and sensitivity to environmental influences. In addition, solid-state devices
exhibit different failure mechanisms when overstressed.
The comments which follow are intended to provide additional
information to help the reader better understand the operating
characteristics, environmental limitations, and failure modes of industrial
equipment that incorporates solid-state technology. Those who select,
install, use, and service such equipment should apply that knowledge to
make appropriate decisions that will optimize the performance and safety
of their applications.
2.1 Ambient Temperature Care should be taken not to exceed the ambient temperature range specified by
the manufacturer.
Comments: 2.1 — Ambient Temperature
Temperature of the air immediately surrounding an open solid-state device
is the ambient temperature -which must be considered. When equipment
is installed in an enclosure, the enclosure internal air temperature is the
ambient temperature which must be considered. Solid-state component
manufacturers usually publish the component failure rate for an ambient
temperature of 40º C. A useful rule of thumb is: The failure rate of
solid-state components doubles for every 40º C rise in temperature.
This rule of exponential increases in failure rate is a strong incentive for
the user to keep the ambient temperature as low as possible.
See also sections 3.6.1, and 3.6.2.
2.2 Electrical Noise Performance of solid-state controls can be affected by electrical noise. In
general, complete systems are designed with a degree of noise immunity. Noise
immunity can be determined through tests such as described in 3.4.2.
Manufacturer recommended installation practices for reducing the effect of
noise should be followed.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 2: General Authorized Engineering Information 5
Comments: 2.2 —Electrical Noise
Solid-state devices are generally more susceptible to electrical noise
interference than their electromechanical counterparts. The reasons are
straightforward. The operating mechanism for electromechanical devices
requires a deliberate input of electrical energy that can be converted into a
sustained mechanical force that is strong enough to close the hard
contacts and maintain the closure for the duration on the ON cycle. Most
random electrical noise signals lack the energy content to produce that
magnitude of mechanical force. The operating mechanism for solid-state
devices is totally different. The deliberate electric energy input is used to
disturb the placement of the electrically charged particles within the
molecular structure. This molecular displacement changes the electrical
characteristic from that of an insulator to that of a conductor or vice versa.
The required energy level is very low. In addition, a sustained signal is not
required for components such as SCRs, triacs, and logic gates because
these types are self-latching. Most random electrical noise signals are of
the momentary low-energy type. Since it is difficult to separate deliberate
signals from random noise, the devices are thereby more susceptible. This
is cause for special concern regarding the electrical environment and
possible need for noise rejection measures. See sections 3.4, 3.4.1, 3.4.2,
and 3.4.3.
2.3 Off-State Current Solid-state controls generally exhibit a small amount of current flow when in
the off-state condition. Precautions must be exercised to ensure proper circuit
performance and personnel safety. The value of this current is available from
the manufacturer.
Comments: 2.3— Off-State Current
Off-state current is also referred to as leakage current in the literature. A
solid-state “contact” is a solid block of material that is switched from ON
to OFF by a change internally from a conductor to an insulator. Since a
perfect insulator does not exist, there is always some leakage current
present as long as voltage is applied to the device. The presence of leakage
current indicates that OFF does not mean OPEN. The reader is warned
that simply turning a solid-state device OFF does not remove the
possibility of a shock hazard. Solid-state and electromechanical devices
used as inputs to solid-state controls must be compatible with the
solid-state equipment with which they are used. Solid-state devices have
inherent off-state current, as explained in the preceding paragraph.
Electromechanical devices may also permit a small amount of current to
flow when the device is in the “open” position due to poor insulation
characteristics, which may be subject to further deterioration with age and
use. An example is a switching device that employs a carbon brush in
contact with an insulating segment of the switch in the off-state, such that
a conductive film may be deposited by the brush on the insulating
segment. Any input device that could produce an erroneous signal of
sufficient magnitude to cause a malfunction of the solid-state equipment,
such as unintended turn ON or inability to turn OFF, should not be used
with solid-state controls.
See also section 3.5.2.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

6 Section 2: General Authorized Engineering Information
2.4 Polarity Incorrect polarity of applied voltages may damage solid-state controls. The
correct polarity of solid-state controls should be observed.
Comments: 2.4 —Polarity
In some instances incorrect polarity can cause damage to controlled
equipment or unintended actuation of outputs. This could result in
personal injury due to an unexpected response of the controlled
equipment or process.
See also section 3.3.2.
2.5 Rate of Rise-Voltage or
Current
(DV/DT or DI/DT) Solid-state controls can be affected by rapid changes of
voltage or current if the rate of rise (DV/DT and/or DI/DT) is greater than
the maximum permissible value specified by the manufacturer.
Comments: 2.5 —Rate of Rise-Voltage or Current (DV/DT or DI/DT)
The DV/DT rating specifies the maximum rate at which voltage may be
applied to the power terminals of a solid-state device. Voltage applied at a
rate exceeding the DV/DT rating can switch the device ON without an
input signal being applied. Electrical noise with high frequency content is
one source of rapidly changing voltage.
Another common source of high DV/DT is an inductive load that is
switched off faster than the stored energy can be dissipated. This fast
switching produces “inductive kick voltages” that might exceed the
DV/DT limit.
The DI/DT rating specifies the maximum rate at which current flow may
be increased when switching from OFF to ON. Currents that increase
faster than the DI/DT rating cause localized hot spots due to current
crowding in a small area until the entire cross section can become
conductive.
This results in gradual degradation of the device. Subsequent operations
generally result in over dissipation and short circuit failures even under
normal load conditions. The most common situations for high DI/DT are
low load impedance, or capacitance loads.
Manufacturers of solid-state equipment usually include internal means to
limit the rate of rise of voltage and current. Nonetheless, the user should
be aware that additional external means may be necessary to adjust to the
specific conditions of some installations.
2.6 Surge Current Current of a value greater than that specified by the manufacturer can affect
the solid-state control. Current limiting means may be required.
Comments: 2.6 — Surge Current
The manufacturer may specify allowable surge current. Common practice
is to specify the peak sinusoidal current that can be allowed for one-half
cycle at line frequency. The intent behind this practice is to give the user
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 2: General Authorized Engineering Information 7
information for selecting an appropriate fuse or other current limiting
means.
Applications that require short-term overcurrent capability (e.g., motor
starting) must observe the manufacturers restrictions on the number of
times the device can be subjected to overcurrent in a specified time
interval. The user should be aware that this specification may vary
depending upon whether the conditions call for hot starts or cold starts.
Hot start means that the solid-state component is at or near the normal
operating temperature due to previous operation history when the
overcurrent condition occurs. Cold start means that the solid-state
component is at or below 40º C when the overcurrent condition occurs.
2.7 Transient Overvoltage Solid-state controls may be affected by transient overvoltages which are in
excess of those specified by the manufacturer. Voltage limiting means should
be considered and may be required.
Comments: 2.7 — Transient Overvoltage
Solid-state devices are especially sensitive to excessive voltage. When the
peak voltage rating is exceeded, even for a fraction of a second, permanent
damage can occur. The crystalline structure of the device may be
irretrievably altered and the device may no longer be able to turn OFF.
The external symptom of this situation is exactly the same as that of an
electromechanical device with welded contacts.
Minimum Holding Current
Another characteristic of concern is the minimum holding current
requirement for triacs and SCRs. When the load current falls below the
minimum value, typically 25...100 mA, the triac or SCR ceases conduction
and passes only off-state current until again triggered. Thus, it may not be
possible for the circuit to turn on or conduct full-load current for very
light loads. In these instances, a load resistor called a bleeder resistor may
be connected to the output to provide the minimum load. In some
equipment special circuitry is provided to overcome this problem.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

8 Section 3: Application Guidelines
Section 3: Application Guidelines
3.1 General Application
Precautions
3.1.1 Circuit Considerations
The consequences of some malfunctions such as those caused by shorted
output devices, alteration, loss of memory, or failure of isolation within
components or logic devices, require that the user be concerned with the
safety of personnel and the protection of the electronics.
It is recommended that circuits which the user considers to be critical to
personnel safety, such as “end of travel” circuits and “emergency stop”
circuits, should directly control their appropriate functions through an
electromechanical device independent of the solid-state logic. Such circuits
should initiate the stop function through deenergization rather than
energization of the control device. This provides a means of circuit control
that is independent of system failure.
Comments: 3.1.1 —Circuit Considerations
The predominant failure mode of solid-state devices is in the ON
condition. This failure mode and the other types of failures mentioned in
the NEMA Standard are the reasons for the precautions that are
recommended for safetycritical circuits on systems that control potentially
hazardous processes or machine operations. Alternatively, if solid-state is
used for circuits designated as safety-critical, the circuits should be
designed to provide safety equivalent to the recommended “hard-wired”
electromechanical circuits. In such cases consideration should be given to
techniques such as: redundancy, feedback loops, diagnostics, interlocking
and read-only memory for critical parts of a program.
De-energization rather than energization of the control device should be
specified for STOP circuits so broken wires or corroded contacts do not
go undetected. E-stop push buttons or pull cords should be installed at
appropriate locations on a machine to provide operators with a rapid and
convenient means for removing power from devices that control machine
motion.
3.1.2 Power Up/Power Down Considerations
Consideration should be given to system design so that unsafe operation does
not occur under these conditions since solid-state outputs may operate
erratically for a short period of time after applying or removing power.
Comments: 3.1.2 Power Up/Power Down Considerations
Response of a system during power up/power down can create hazards
not encountered during normal operation. Erratic operation of solid-state
outputs due to the changing voltage of DC power supplies during start up
is one example. To avoid unpredictable outputs, many power supplies
incorporate a power turn-on time delay circuit. This allows power supply
output voltage to reach its specified value before being applied to
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 3: Application Guidelines 9
solid-state logic and output circuits. If this protection is not part of the DC
supplies for a system, a timing circuit external to the power supply can be
added to delay the application of power to output devices.
Removing all power or losing all power from a system simultaneously
usually does not result in a hazard since the power for machine operation
is also being removed. However, when power other than electrical power
is being controlled, a power interlock circuit may be required to protect
against unexpected machine motion. Power interlocks with automatic
shutdown should be included if erratic or hazardous operation results due
to loss of one power supply in a system with multiple supplies.
Automatic power supply sequencing should be employed in systems that
require the application or removal of power in a specific sequence. If the
STOP or E-STOP sequence normally employs dynamic braking,
alternative safeguards, such as automatic mechanical braking upon loss of
power, should be provided if coasting stops are hazardous.
If hazardous operation can result from unexpected restoration of power
during a power outage or a system shutdown, the system should include a
feature that requires a deliberate operator action before power is reapplied
to the system.
3.1.3 Redundancy and Monitoring
When solid-state devices are being used to control operations, which the user
determines to be critical, it is strongly recommended that redundancy and
some form of checking be included in the system. Monitoring circuits should
check that actual machine or process operation is identical to controller
commands; and in the event of failure in the machine, process, or the
monitoring system, the monitoring circuits should initiate a safe shutdown
sequence.
Comments: 3.1.3 Redundancy and Monitoring
The normal operating mechanism for solid-state components depends
upon a deliberate electrical signal input altering the internal molecular
structure of the semiconductor material.
Unfortunately, spurious input signals may also alter the internal molecular
structure without any means for external detection that this has happened.
Therefore, solid-state devices are subject to malfunction due to random
causes that are undetectable. Because of this, redundancy and monitoring
are the most highly recommended means for counteracting this situation.
When redundancy is used, dissimilar components not susceptible to
common cause failure should be used for the redundant elements if a
common cause could produce simultaneous failure of those elements in a
dangerous mode.
A “safe shutdown sequence” can involve much more than disconnecting
electrical power for some machinery and processes. Examples include
machines with high inertia and hazardous access points, processes that
become unstable at shutdown unless a specific sequence is followed, etc.
The control system for such applications should be configured to deal
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

10 Section 3: Application Guidelines
with the particular hazard(s) through use of special features such as
automatic transfer of control functions to redundant devices in the event
of failure of primary controls; alarm circuits and diagnostics to signal and
identify failures that require repair in order to maintain redundancy;
emergency power sources with automatic transfer upon loss of primary
power source; or other appropriate features.
3.1.4 Overcurrent Protection
To protect triacs and transistors from shorted loads, a closely matched short
circuit protective device (SCPD) is often incorporated. These SCPDs should
be replaced only with devices recommended by the manufacturer.
Comments: 3.1.4 —Overcurrent Protection
Even a closely matched short-circuit protective device (SCPD) will
generally protect a solid-state device only against shorted loads, an
accidental short to ground, or a phase-to-phase short. Depending upon
the application, additional protective measures may be needed to protect
the solid-state devices against small to moderate overcurrents. Consult
with the manufacturer if necessary.
3.1.5 Overvoltage Protection
To protect triacs, SCRs and transistors from overvoltages, it may be advisable
to consider incorporating peak voltage clamping devices such as varistors,
zener diodes, or snubber networks in circuits incorporating these devices.
Comments: 3.1.5 — Overvoltage Protection
See section 2.7.
3.2 Circuit Isolation
Requirements
3.2.1 Separating Voltages
Solid-state logic uses low level voltage (e.g., less than 32V DC) circuits. In
contrast, the inputs and outputs are often high level (e.g., 120V AC) voltages.
Proper design of the interface protects against an unwanted interaction
between the low level and high level circuits; such an interaction can result in a
failure of the low voltage circuitry. This is potentially dangerous. An input and
output circuitry incorporating effective isolation techniques (which may
include limiting impedance or Class 2 supplied circuitry) should be selected.
Comments: 3.2.1 —Separating Voltages
For specifications of Class 2 circuitry, refer to Article 725 of the National
Electrical Code, NFPA 70.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 3: Application Guidelines 11
3.2.2 Isolation Techniques
The most important function of isolation components is to separate high level
circuits from low level circuits in order to protect against the transfer of a fault
from one level to the other.
Isolation transformers, pulse transformers, reed relays, or optical couplers are
typical means to transmit low level logic signals to power devices in the high
level circuit. Isolation impedance means also are used to transmit logic signals
to power devices.
Comments: 3.2.2 — Isolation Techniques
In addition to utilizing the various components discussed in the left column,
specific wiring techniques should be applied to assure separation of power
circuit wires from logic circuit wires. If at all possible, logic wires should be run
in a conduit that is segregated for that purpose only. Multiple conductors in a
shielded cable is an appropriate substitute for separate conduits. Another
common practice is to run the logic signals through twisted pairs of wire.
Regardless of the circumstances, wires carrying logic signals should never be
wrapped in the same bundle with wires that carry power signals.
3.3 Special Application
Considerations
3.3.1 Converting Ladder Diagrams
Converting a ladder diagram originally designed for electromechanical systems
to one using solid-state control must account for the differences between
electromechanical and solid-state devices. Simply replacing each contact in the
ladder diagram with a corresponding solid-state "contact" will not always
produce the desired logic functions or fault detection and response. For
example, in electromechanical systems, a relay having a mechanically linked
normally open (N.O.) and normally closed (N.C.) contact can be wired to
check itself. Solid-state components do not have a mutually exclusive
N.O.-N.C. arrangement. However, external circuitry can be employed to
sample the input and "contact" state and compare to determine if the system is
functioning properly.
Comments: 3.3.1 —Converting Ladder Diagrams
The example cited in this section of the NEMA Standard illustrates only
one of a number of reasons for special care in converting an
electromechanical (relay) ladder diagram to a programmable controller
(PC) program. Some other basic considerations are:
A PC program is an instruction to the PC’s central processing unit to allow
it to perform the logic functions and sequences for a particular
application. Typically, the PC’s logic level components are electrically
isolated from the actual input, sensor and actuator devices, as contrasted
with electromechanical controls which usually include contacts and coils
of the actual plant floor devices in the control schematic. Therefore a PC
program normally functions as open-loop control, unless feedback loops
from the plant floor devices to separate inputs of the PC are provided and
programmed to cause corrective action if inconsistencies are detected.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

12 Section 3: Application Guidelines
Programmers of PC systems should evaluate functional and safety
implications of all control paths and provide appropriate feedback
arrangements as needed.
In an electromechanical implementation of a ladder diagram, power is
available to every rung at all times, so that the logic of the various rungs is
executed continually and simultaneously, limited of course by the
operating delays inherent in the electromechanical devices. By contrast, a
typical PC examines the status of input devices (I/O scan), then executes
the user program in sequence (program scan), then changes outputs
accordingly in the next I/O scan. Therefore, the sequential order of a PC
program can be of more importance and significance than in its
electromechanical counterpart, particularly when special instructions such
as "immediate" inputs or outputs are programmed as some PC’s permit.
Also, differences in response characteristics of components, differences in
system architecture, and the scan time associates with a PC system can
combine to change timing characteristics of a circuit significantly. In
particular, care must be taken in handling momentary or rapidly changing
inputs to a PC system which might be missed between scans. Simple
transfer of a ladder diagram without consideration of these characteristics
of PC’s may produce unintended and possibly hazardous results.
Programmers should consult the user's manual in order to understand the
characteristics of the particular PC being used, and provide appropriate
features in the program to accommodate them.
Another concern is the operating mode of devices connected to input
terminals. Input signals must be arranged so loss of signal due to a broken
wire or corroded contact does not go undetected and create a hazardous
condition. In particular, stop functions should be initiated by opening a
normally closed external circuit rather than closing a normally open circuit
even though the system is capable of being programmed to accept either
type of input.
The considerations described in this section apply to the creation of "new"
programs as well as conversion of existing ladder diagrams.
3.3.2 Polarity and Phase Sequence
Input power and control signals should be applied with polarity and phase
sequence as specified by the manufacturer. Solid-state devices can be damaged
by the application of reverse polarity or incorrect phase sequence.
Comments: 3.3.2 —Polarity and Phase Sequence
Additionally, incorrect polarity or phase sequence connection may cause
erratic response by solid-state controls, with potential hazards to
personnel. Frequently, such a system contains a detection circuit that
illuminates an indicator when incorrect phase sequence is applied. Phase
sequence may be corrected by interchanging any two system input power
leads. It is advisable to check rotation of motors whenever input power
leads are disconnected and reconnected in a system.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 3: Application Guidelines 13
3.4 Planning Electrical
Noise Rejection
The low energy levels of solid-state controls may cause them to be vulnerable
to electrical noise. This should be considered in the planning stages.
3.4.1 Assessing Electrical Environment
Sources of noise are those pieces of equipment that have large, fast changing
voltages or currents when they are energized or de-energized, such as motor
starters, welding equipment, SCR type, adjustable speed devices and other
inductive devices. These devices, as well as the more common control relays
and their associated wiring, all have the capability of inducing serious current
and voltage transients on their respective power lines. It is these transients
which nearby solid-state controls must withstand and for which noise
immunity should be provided.
An examination of the proposed installation site of the solid-state control
should identify equipment that could contaminate power lines. All power lines
that will be tapped by the proposed solid-state control should be examined for
the presence, severity, and frequency of noise occurrences. If found, system
plans should provide for the control of such noise.
Comments: 3.4.1 — Assessing Electrical Environment
Noise can also occur in the form of electromagnetic radiation, or due to
improper grounding practices. Section C.3.4.3 explains these forms of
noise and precautionary measures that should be taken for protection
against them.
In many instances a system may begin to malfunction some time after it
has been installed and is working properly. This may be due to recent
installation of new equipment capable of inducing noise into presently
operating systems. Thus, it is not sufficient to merely evaluate a system at
the time of installation. Periodic rechecks should be made, especially as
other equipment is moved, modified, or newly installed. When installing a
solid-state system, it is wise to assume various noise sources exist and
install the system to guard against possible interference.
3.4.2 Selecting Devices to Provide Noise Immunity
Installation planning is not complete without examination of the noise
immunity characteristics of the system devices under consideration. Results of
tests to determine relative immunity to electrical noise may be requested from
the manufacturer. Two such standardized tests are the ANSI (C37.90a-1974)
Surge Withstand Capability Test and the NEMA (ICS.1-1983) noise test
referred to as The Showering Arc Test. These are applied where direct
connection of solid-state control to other electromechanical control circuits is
intended. Circuits involving analog regulating systems or high speed logic are
generally more sensitive to electrical noise; therefore, isolation and separation
of these circuits is more critical.
Further information on electrical noise and evaluation of the severity of noise
may be found in ANSI/IEEE Publication No. 518-1982.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

14 Section 3: Application Guidelines
Where severe power line transients are anticipated or noted, appropriate filters
such as commercially available line filter, isolation transformers, or voltage
limiting varistors, should be considered.
All inductive components associated with the system should be examined for
the need for noise suppression.
Comments: 3.4.2 —Selecting Devices to Provide Noise Immunity
Inductive devices are capable of generating high voltage transients when
switched off. In addition to possibly causing damage to solid-state devices
by exceeding the semiconductor voltage rating, the high voltage transient
can be coupled to other portions of a system where it appears as noise.
Fortunately, it is fairly easy to limit the effects of this type of noise with
some form of suppression device. When necessary, in addition to
suppression devices often provided in solid-state equipment, an external
suppressor should be connected as close as possible to the source of the
transient for maximum attenuation.
NOTE: A surge suppressor increases drop-out time of an
electromechanical device.
3.4.3 Design of Wiring for Maximum Protection
Once the installation site and power conductors have been examined, the
system wiring plans that will provide noise suppression should be considered.
Conducted noise enters solid-state control at the points where the control is
connected to input lines, output lines, and power supply wires.
Input circuits are the circuits most vulnerable to noise. Noise may be
introduced capacitatively through wire to wire proximity, or magnetically from
nearby lines carrying large currents. In most installations, signal lines and
power lines should be separate. Further, signal lines should be appropriately
routed and shielded according to manufacturer's recommendations.
When planning system layout, care must be given to appropriate grounding
practice. Because design differences may call for different grounding, the
control manufacturer's recommendations should be followed.
C.3.4.3 Design of Wiring for Maximum Protection
Noise can also occur in the form of electromagnetic radiation. Examples
include radio frequency (RF) energy emanating from portable transceivers
(walkie-talkie) and fixed station transmitters of various types. Close
coupling is not required; the various lines entering the system act as
receiving antennas. Tests described in 3.4.2 may not be sufficient to
demonstrate noise immunity to radio frequency signals. Variations in
building construction and equipment installation make it impossible for
equipment manufacturers to perform meaningful tests of radio frequency
sources. RF fields are affected by concentrating masses of metal such as
steel beams, piping, conduit, metal enclosures, and equipment used in
production such as fork lift trucks and products being transported on
conveyors.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 3: Application Guidelines 15
If the installation site will be subjected to this type of noise, thorough
testing should be performed to assure that the solid-state system has
sufficient noise immunity for the expected levels of radio frequency
energy. Corrective measures should be taken if necessary. These include
shielding of solid-state circuits and/or connected wiring and the
establishment of restrictions to provide safe operating distances between
the solid-state equipment and the RF sources.
Grounding practices in industry are frequently misunderstood and often
ignored. Poor grounding can lead to many problems in solid-state systems.
Intentionally grounding one circuit conductor of any electrical supply
system is widely accepted and is generally required by electrical codes.
However, the non-current carrying parts of a system which enclose
equipment and conductors must also be grounded. In addition to
complying with various codes and standards, proper equipment grounding
achieves several desirable objectives:
1. It reduces the potential difference between conductive surfaces to
minimize electric shock hazard exposure for personnel.
2. It provides a path for passage of fault current to operate protective
devices in the supply circuit.
3. It attenuates the electrical noise and transients that can reach enclosed
equipment and also reduces the electrical noise which the equipment
can contribute to its surroundings.
3.5 Countering the Effects of
Off-State Current
3.5.1 Off-State Current
Solid-state components, such as triacs, transistors, and thyristors, inherently
have in the off-state a small current flow called "off-state current".
Off-state current may also be contributed by devices used to protect these
components, such as RC snubbers.
Comments: 3.5.1 — Off-State Current
See section 2.3.
3.5.2 Off-State Current Precautions
Off-state currents in a device in the off-state may present a hazard of electrical
shock and the device should be disconnected from the power source before
working on the circuit or load.
Comments: 3.5.2 — Off-State Current Precautions
The off-state current of a power switching device such as a solid-state
motor controller can be lethal. Simply switching off power via a stop push
button in a control circuit is not a sufficient precaution, since off-state
current will continue to flow through solid-state devices which remain
connected to the supply. Good practice requires disconnection of all
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

16 Section 3: Application Guidelines
power from equipment before working on or near exposed circuit parts.
(See NFPA 70E, Part II.)
It should not be assumed that a shock hazard does not exist simply
because a solid-state circuit operates at low voltage levels. Standing on a
wet floor or working in a damp location can lower a person's body
impedance to the extent that off-state current from low voltage also
presents an electrical shock hazard.
If it is necessary to work on energized equipment, the guidelines detailed
in section 5.2 for Preventive Maintenance should be followed. In addition
to the specific procedures for personnel safety, care is needed when
making measurements in energized systems. First, there is a possibility of
damage to delicate instruments due to off-state current. Second, the
off-state current can lead to false conclusions when using sensitive
instruments to check for "contact continuity."
Precautions should be taken to prevent the off-state current of an output
device which is in the off-state from energizing an input device.
When a device (solid-state or electromechanical) that can produce a
leakage current in the off-state is used to provide the input to a solid-state
control, the precautions explained in section C.2.3 apply.
3.6 Avoiding Adverse
Environmental Conditions
3.6.1 Temperature
Solid-state devices should only be operated within the temperature ranges
specified by the manufacturer. Because such devices generate heat, care should
be taken to see that the ambient temperature at the device does not exceed the
temperature range specified by the manufacturer.
The main source of heat in a solid-state system is the energy dissipated in the
power devices. Since the life of the equipment can be increased by reducing
operating temperature, it is important to observe the manufacturer's
"maximum/minimum ambient temperature" guidelines, where ambient refers
to the temperature of the air providing the cooling. The solid-state equipment
must be allowed to stabilize to within the manufacturer's recommended
operating temperature range before energizing control functions.
When evaluating a system design, other sources of heat in the enclosure which
might raise the ambient temperature should not be overlooked. For example,
power supplies, transformers, radiated heat, sunlight, furnaces, incandescent
lamps, and so forth should be evaluated.
In instances where a system will have to exist in a very hot ambient
environment, special cooling methods may have to be employed. Techniques
that are employed include cooling fans (with adequate filtering), vortex coolers,
heat exchanges, and air conditioned rooms.
Over-temperature sensors are recommended for systems where special cooling
is employed. Use of air conditioning should include means for prevention of
condensing moisture.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 3: Application Guidelines 17
Comments: 3.6.1 — Temperature
Operation above the maximum rated temperature will usually result in
many failures in a short time. Nuisance type malfunctions can also be
encountered as a result of elevated ambient temperature. These
malfunctions, when they occur, are usually temporary and normal
operation resumes when temperatures are lowered.
Some solid-state devices temporarily cease to function when ambient
temperature is below their minimum rated operating temperature.
Operation in cold environments should be avoided or heaters should be
installed in the equipment enclosures to bring the system up to the
minimum specified operating temperature before applying power to the
system.
Air circulating in a non-ventilated enclosure with equipment operating will
be at a higher temperature than the room in which it is installed. A
temperature differential of 10...20º C can be expected in a typical industrial
installation. See also section 2.1.
3.6.2 Contaminants
Moisture, corrosive gases and liquids, and conductive dust can all have adverse
effects on a system that is not adequately protected against atmospheric
contaminants.
If these contaminants are allowed to collect on printed circuit boards, bridging
between the conductors may result in malfunction of the circuit. This could
lead to noisy, erratic control operation, or at worst, a permanent malfunction.
A thick coating of dust could also prevent adequate cooling on the board or
heat sink, causing malfunction. A dust coating on heat sinks reduces their
thermal efficiency.
Preventive measures include a specially conditioned room or a properly
specified enclosure for the system.
Comments: 3.6.2 — Contaminants
Modules for solid-state systems usually consist of electronic devices
mounted on printed circuit boards with relatively close spacing between
conductors. Moisture in the form of humidity is one of the atmospheric
contaminants which can cause failure. If moisture is allowed to condense
on a printed circuit board, the board metallizations could "electroplate"
across the conductor spacings when voltage is applied. In low-impedance
circuits, this conductive path would immediately burn open, then reform
to be burned open again. This action can lead to erratic operation. In high
impedance circuits, a short circuit may appear resulting in a permanent
malfunction. Specifications for equipment often include a relative
humidity exposure limit, but appropriate precautions should be taken to
prevent condensation. Failures due to moisture are often accelerated in the
presence of corrosive gases or vapors. These increase the conductivity of
the moisture layer allowing electromigration to occur more rapidly and at
lower potentials.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

18 Section 3: Application Guidelines
3.6.3 Shock and Vibration
Excessive shock or vibration may cause damage to solid-state equipment.
Special mounting provisions may be required to minimize damage.
Comments: 3.6.3 — Shock and Vibration
Solid-state systems usually have good resistance to shock and vibration
since they contain no moving parts. However, at relatively high levels of
shock or vibration, circuit boards may disengage from mating connectors
if not restrained sufficiently. Circuit boards can crack, components can
come out of sockets or component leads can break loose from a solder
connection to the board. Mounting position is usually of little significance
to solid-state devices except in instances where air flow is required for
cooling.
3.7 The Need for Education -
Knowledge Leads to Safety
Planning for an effective solid-state circuit requires enough knowledge to
make basic decisions that will render the system safe as well as effective.
Everyone who works with a solid-state control should be educated in its
capabilities and limitations. This includes in-plant installers, operators,
service personnel, and system designers.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 4: Installation Guidelines 19
Section 4: Installation Guidelines
4.1 Installation and Wiring
Practice
4.1.1
Proper installation and field wiring practices are of prime importance to the
application of solid-state controls. Proper wiring practice will minimize the
influence of electrical noise, which may cause malfunction of equipment.
User and installers should familiarize themselves with the follow installation
and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes,
laws, and standards. The manufacturer of the device or component in question
should be consulted whenever conditions arise that are not covered by the
manufacturer's instructions.
4.1.2
Electrical noise is a very important consideration in any installation of
solid-state control. While wiring practices may vary from situation to situation,
the following are basic to minimizing electrical noise:
1. Sufficient physical separation should be maintained between electrical
noise sources and sensitive equipment to assure that the noise will not
cause malfunctioning or unintended actuation of the control.
2. Physical separation should be maintained between sensitive signal wires
and electrical power and control conductors. This separation can be
accomplished by conduits, wiring trays, or as otherwise recommended
by the manufacturer.
3. Twisted-pair wiring should be used in critical signal circuits and noise
producing circuits to minimize magnetic interference.
4. Shielded wire should be used to reduce the magnitude of the noise
coupled into the low level circuit by electrostatic or magnetic coupling.
5. Provisions of the 1984 National Electrical Code ➊ with respect to
grounding should be followed. Additional grounding precautions may
be required to minimize electrical noise. These precautions generally
deal with ground loop currents arising from multiple ground paths. The
manufacturer's recommendations should be followed.
➊ Available from National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269
Comments: 4.1.2
A great deal of effort goes into the design of solid-state equipment to
achieve a reasonable degree of noise immunity. Filters, shielding, and
circuit design are all used. It is, however, impossible to design equipment
which is impervious to every form of noise found in the industrial setting.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

20 Section 4: Installation Guidelines
When installing a system using solid-state technology it is wise to assume
that electrical noise exists and install the equipment in accordance with the
recommended guidelines to minimize problems.
See also section 3.4.1.
4.2 Enclosures Suitable enclosures and control of the maximum operating temperature, both
of which are environmental variables, may be needed to prevent malfunction
of solid state control.
The manufacturer's recommendations should be followed for the selection of
enclosures, ventilation, air filtering (if required), and ambient temperature.
These recommendations may vary from installation to installation, even within
the same facility.
Comments: 4.2 — Enclosures (Cooling and Ventilating)
NEMA Standards Publication No. 250 (please reference the latest edition),
classifies enclosures by type number and specifies their design test
requirements.Suitable enclosures and control of the maximum operating
temperature, both of which are environmental variables, may be needed to
prevent malfunctions of solid-state control.
See also sections 2.1 and 3.6.1.
4.3 Special Handling of
Electrostatic Sensitive
Devices
Some devices may be damaged by electrostatic charges. These devices are
identified and should be handled in the special manner specified by the
manufacturer.
NOTE: Plastic wrapping material used to ship these devices may be
conductive and should not be used as insulating material.
Comments: 4.3 — Special Handling of Electrostatic Sensitive Devices
Many problems due to electrostatic discharge (ESD) occur due to
handling of modules during installation or maintenance.
In addition to specific guidelines provided by an equipment supplier, the
following general guidelines can help reduce damage due to ESD.
1. Use a grounding bracelet if possible to minimize charge build-up on
personnel.
2. Handle a module by the edges without touching components or printed
circuit paths.
3. Store modules with ESD sensitive components in the conductive
packaging used for shipping the modules. Also, use conductive
packaging when returning static sensitive modules for repair.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 4: Installation Guidelines 21
4.4 Compatibility of Devices
with Applied Voltages and
Frequencies
Prior to energization, users and installers should verify that the applied voltage
and frequency agree with the rated voltage and frequency specified by the
manufacturer.
NOTE: Incorrect voltage or frequency may cause a malfunction of, or
damage to the control.
4.5 Testing Precautions When testing solid-state control, the procedures equipment should be
electrically equivalent to that recommended by the manufacturer for the test
procedure. A low impedance voltage tester should not be used.
High voltage insulation tests and dielectric tests should never be used to test
solid-state devices. If high voltage insulation of field wiring is required,
solid-state devices should be disconnected. Ohmmeters should only be used
when and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
Testing equipment should be grounded; if it is not, special precautions should
be taken.
Comments: 4.5 —Testing Precautions
Make-do test devices such as incandescent lamps or neon lamps should
not be used for checking voltages in solid-state systems. Incandescent
lamps have low impedance; the low impedance of these devices can
effectively change a voltage level from a logic "1" condition to a logic "0"
condition when attempting to make a measurement. Unexpected machine
motion can result if an output to a controlled device is energized as a
result. Neon lamps do not respond to voltages typically used in logic
circuits (e.g., 32V DC or less). Use of a neon lamp tester could lead to false
conclusions about the voltage level present in a circuit.
High input impedance meters are required to obtain accurate voltage
measurements in high impedance circuits. Unless otherwise specified by
the manufacturer, a meter with an input impedance of ten megohms or
greater is recommended for making voltage measurements. The meter
must also have sufficient sensitivity to measure logic level voltages; some
meters do not respond to low voltages.
4.6 Startup Procedures Checks and tests prior to startup and startup procedures recommended by the
manufacturer should be followed.
Comments: 4.6 —Startup Procedures
Startup procedures can provide important benefits for safety with new
installation, or after modifications or repairs. A "dry run" under controlled
conditions can verify proper installation and functioning of the control
system before it is turned over to operating personnel.
Many programmable solid-state systems have the capability for simulating
operation in a mode known as "test" mode or "dry run" mode. These
modes allow a user to check a program and correct obvious programming
errors with outputs disabled. Unexpected machine motion and possible
damage to workpieces and equipment is thus avoided. These modes can
also be used to verify proper system operation after a repair.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

22 Section 4: Installation Guidelines
Many programmable systems provide capability for "force on" and "force
off" of inputs and outputs. Use of these functions can reduce
troubleshooting and maintenance time by enabling personnel to bypass
certain operations without physically operating switches on a machine.
Care must be taken when using "force" functions to avoid exposing
personnel to hazardous machine motions or process operations.
For controllers operating a machine tool or robot, running a part program
at a fraction of the programmed operating speed with a workpiece of soft
material is considered "good practice". This allows an operator to observe
possible interference of tooling with the part and make corrections to the
program. A workpiece of soft material such as wood, plastic, or
machinable wax will minimize risk of tool damage if there is a tool crash
with the workpiece.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 5 : Preventive Maintenance and Repair Guidelines 23
Section 5 : Preventive Maintenance and
Repair Guidelines
5.1 General A well-planned and executed maintenance program is essential to the
satisfactory operation of solid-state electrical equipment. The kind and
frequency of the maintenance operation will vary with the kind and complexity
of the equipment as well as with the nature of the operating conditions.
Maintenance recommendations of the manufacturer or appropriate product
standards should be followed.
Useful reference publications for setting up a maintenance program are NFPA
70B-1983, Maintenance of Electrical Equipment, and NFPA 70E-1983,
Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces.
5.2 Preventive Maintenance The following factors should be considered when formulating a maintenance
program:
1. Maintenance must be performed by qualified personnel familiar with the
construction, operation, and hazards involved with the control.
2. Maintenance should be performed with the control out of operation
and disconnected from all sources of power. If maintenance must be
performed while the control is energized, the safety related practices of
NFPA 70E should be followed.
3. Care should be taken when servicing electrostatic sensitive components.
The manufacturer's recommendations for these components should be
followed.
4. Ventilation passages should be kept open. If the equipment depends
upon auxiliary cooling, e.g., air, water, or oil, periodic inspection (with
filter replacement when necessary) should be made of these systems.
5. The means employed for grounding or insulating the equipment from
ground should be checked to assure its integrity (see 4.5).
6. Accumulations of dust and dirt on all parts, including on semiconductor
heat sinks, should be removed according to the manufacturer's
instructions, if provided; otherwise, the manufacturer should be
consulted. Care must be taken to avoid damaging any delicate
components and to avoid displacing dust, dirt, or debris in a way that
permits it to enter or settle into parts of the control equipment.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

24 Section 5 : Preventive Maintenance and Repair Guidelines
7. Enclosures should be inspected for evidence of deterioration.
Accumulated dust and dirt should be removed from the top of the
enclosures before opening doors or removing covers.
8. Certain hazardous materials removed as part of maintenance or repair
procedure (e.g., polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) found in some liquidfilled
capacitors) must be disposed of as described in Federal regulations.
C.5.2 Preventive Maintenance
Lithium batteries are frequently used for memory backup in solid-state
equipment due to their excellent shelf life and high energy-to-weight ratio.
Lithium is a highly reactive metal that can cause burns if there is contact
with skin. The batteries are sealed so there is seldom a problem of contact
with lithium as long as reasonable care is exercised when handling them.
They should only be used in their intended application and not subjected
to rough handling. When batteries are replaced in equipment, the batteries
removed should be disposed of in accordance with supplier's instructions.
The Department of Transportation has certain regulations that prohibit
shipment of equipment with batteries installed if the batteries contain 0.5
gram or greater of lithium. The batteries must be removed from
equipment and shipped separately in a container approved by the
Department of Transportation. Additional Department of Transportation
restrictions apply to the shipment of lithium batteries.
NEMA Standards Publication No. ICS 1.3 - 1986, Preventive Maintenance
of Industrial Control and System Equipment, is recommended for
personnel responsible for maintenance of equipment.
5.3 Repair If equipment condition indicates repair or replacement, the manufacturer's
instruction manual should be followed carefully. Diagnostic information
within such a manual should be used to identify the probable source of the
problem, and to formulate a repair plan. The level of field repair
recommended by the manufacturer should be followed.
When solid-state equipment is repaired, it is important that any replacement
part be in accordance with the recommendations of the equipment
manufacturer. Care should be taken to avoid the use of parts which are no
longer compatible with other changes in the equipment. Also, replacement
parts should be inspected for deterioration due to "shelf life" and for signs of
rework or wear which may involve factors critical to safety.
After repair, proper startup procedures should be followed. Special
precautions should be taken to protect personnel from hazards during startup.
Comments: 5.3 — Repair
Follow manufacturer's instructions exactly when replacing power
semiconductors mounted on heatsinks since improper installation may
become the source of further difficulties. Torque semiconductors or bolts
retaining semiconductors to the value specified using a torque wrench.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Section 5 : Preventive Maintenance and Repair Guidelines 25
Too much pressure against a heatsink can damage a semiconductor while
too little can restrict the amount of heat transferred from the
semiconductor to the heatsink and result in operation at higher
temperature with decreased reliability.
Exercise care when removing modules from a system during maintenance.
Failed modules are frequently returned to the manufacturer for repair. Any
physical damage sustained during removal may result in more expensive
repair or render the module unrepairable if damage is too great.
Modules with electrostatic sensitive components should be handled by the
edges without touching components or printed circuit conductors. Use
packaging material supplied with the replacement module when shipping
the module to the manufacturer for repair.
When the scope of repairs exceeds the manufacturer's recommendations
for field repair, the module(s) should be returned to the manufacturer for
repair. Doing so will help to ensure that only properly selected
components are used, and that all necessary hardware and firmware
revisions are incorporated into the repair. Failure to make necessary
updates may result in safety, compatibility or performance problems which
may not become apparent for some time after the repaired module has
been placed back in service. When firmware is protected by copyright law,
updates can be provided legally only by the manufacturer or licensee.
See also section 4.3.
5.4 Safety Recommendations
for Maintenance Personnel
All maintenance work should be done by qualified personnel familiar with the
construction, operation, and hazards involved with the equipment. The
appropriate work practices of NFPA 70E should be followed.
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

26 Section 5 : Preventive Maintenance and Repair Guidelines
Publication SGI-1.1 - August 2009

Publication SGI - 1.1 — January 2010
Supercedes Publication SGI - 1.1 — April 1990
Copyright ©2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA.

Installation Instructions
Wiring and Grounding Guidelines
for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives

Important User Information
Solid-state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of
electromechanical equipment. Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and
Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-1.1 available from your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/
literature/) describes some important differences between solid-state equipment and
hard-wired electromechanical devices. Because of this difference, and also because of
the wide variety of uses for solid-state equipment, all persons responsible for applying
this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this
equipment is acceptable.
In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or
consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment.
The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative
purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any
particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or
liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.
No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of
information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual.
Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written
permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc., is prohibited.
Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety
considerations.
!
WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances
that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead
to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
Important: Identifies information that is critical for successful application and
understanding of the product.
!
ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances
that can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic
loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and
recognize the consequences.
Shock Hazard labels may be located on or inside the equipment (e.g.,
drive or motor) to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present.
Burn Hazard labels may be located on or inside the equipment (e.g.,
drive or motor) to alert people that surfaces may be at dangerous
temperatures.
Allen-Bradley, Rockwell Software, Rockwell Automation, PowerFlex, DriveExplorer, DriveExecutive, DPI, and SCANport are either trademarks or
registered trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.

Summary of Changes
The information below summarizes the changes to the Wiring and
Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated AC Drives, publication
DRIVES-IN001, since the last release.
Manual Updates
Change
Page
Motor cable length information added for PowerFlex 753 and 755 A-23
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

soc-ii
Summary of Changes
Notes:
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Table of Contents
Preface
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Overview
Who Should Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-1
Recommended Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-1
Recommended Cable/Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-2
Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-2
General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-2
Wire/Cable Types
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Input Power Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Motor Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Cable for Discrete Drive I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Analog Signal and Encoder Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Power Distribution
System Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
AC Line Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
AC Line Impedance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Surge Protection MOVs and Common Mode Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Using PowerFlex Drives with Regenerative Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
DC Bus Wiring Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Grounding
Grounding Safety Grounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Noise Related Grounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Practices
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Conduit Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Ground Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Wire Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Cable Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Shield Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Conductor Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Moisture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Reflected Wave
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Effects On Wire Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Length Restrictions For Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

ii
Table of Contents
Chapter 6
Appendix A
Electromagnetic Interference
What Causes Common Mode Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Containing Common Mode Noise With Cabling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
How Electromechanical Switches Cause Transient Interference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
How to Prevent or Mitigate Transient Interference from Electromechanical Switches . . 6-3
Enclosure Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Bearing Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
PowerFlex 4 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
PowerFlex 4M Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
PowerFlex 40 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
PowerFlex 400 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
PowerFlex 70 & 700 Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
PowerFlex 700H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
PowerFlex 700L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
PowerFlex 700S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18
PowerFlex 753 & 755 Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23
1336 PLUS II and IMPACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
1305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-28
160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-29
1321-RWR Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-30
Glossary
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Preface
Overview
The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the basic information
needed to properly wire and ground Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC
drives.
Who Should Use This
Manual
This manual is intended for qualified personnel who plan and design
installations of Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC drives.
Recommended
Documentation
The following publications provide general drive information.
Title Publication Available…
Installing, Operating and Maintaining
D2-3115-2
Engineered Drive Systems (Reliance Electric)
Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation SGI-1.1
www.rockwellautomation.com/
and Maintenance of Solid State Control
literature
IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical IEEE 518
Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to
Controllers from External Sources
Recommended Practice for Powering and IEEE STD 1100
Grounding Electronic Equipment - IEEE
Emerald Book
Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility,
Volume 3
N/A
RJ White - publisher
Don White Consultants, Inc., 1981
Grounding, Bonding and Shielding for Electronic Military Handbook 419
Equipment and Facilities
IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of IEEE Std 142-1991
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
National Electrical Code (ANSI/NFPA 70) Articles 250, 725-5,
725-15, 725-52 and
800-52
Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic
Systems
N/A
Henry W. Ott
Published by Wiley-Interscience
Grounding for the Control of EMI N/A Hugh W. Denny
Published by Don White Consultants
Cable Alternatives for PWM AC Drive
Applications
IEEE Paper No.
PCIC-99-23
EMI Emissions of Modern PWM AC Drives N/A IEEE Industry Applications
Magazine, Nov./Dec. 1999
EMC for Product Designers N/A Tim Williams
Published by Newnes
Application Guide for AC Adjustable Speed
Drive Systems
N/A
NEMA
www.nema.org
IEC 60364-5-52 Selection & Erection of
Electrical Equipment - Wiring systems
N/A
IEC
www.iec.ch
Don’t Ignore the Cost of Power Line Disturbance 1321-2.0
www.rockwellautomation.com/
literature
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

P-2 Overview
Recommended Cable/Wire
The recommended wire and cable referenced in this publication can be
obtained through third-party companies found in our Encompass Product
Program. For further information on these suppliers and their products, refer
to the Encompass web site at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/
encompass. Products can be found by selecting “Locate an Encompass
Referenced Product” and searching for “Variable Frequency Drive -
Cables.”
Manual Conventions
The following words are used throughout the manual to describe an action:
Word
Can
Cannot
May
Must
Shall
Should
Should Not
Meaning
Possible, able to do something
Not possible, not able to do something
Permitted, allowed
Unavoidable, you must do this
Required and necessary
Recommended
Not recommended
General Precautions
!
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the
voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged before performing
any work on the drive. Measure the DC bus voltage at the +DC &
–DC terminals of the Power Terminal Block. The voltage must be
zero.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Chapter 1
Wire/Cable Types
AC drive installations have specific requirements for cables. Wire or cable
selection for a drive application must consider a variety of criteria.
The following section covers the major issues and proper selection of cable.
Recommendations are made to address these issues. Cable materials and
construction must consider the following:
• Environment including moisture, temperature and harsh or corrosive
chemicals.
• Mechanical needs including geometry, shielding, flexibility and crush
resistance.
• Electrical characteristics including cable capacitance/charging current,
resistance/voltage drop, current rating and insulation. Insulation may be
the most significant of these. Since drives can create voltages well in
excess of line voltage, the industry standard cables used in the past may
not represent the best choice for customers using variable speed drives.
Drive installations benefit from using cable that is significantly different
than cable used to wire contactors and push buttons.
• Safety issues including electrical code requirements, grounding needs
and others.
Choosing incorrect cable can be costly and may adversely affect the
performance of your installation.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

1-2 Wire/Cable Types
General
Material
Use Copper wire only. The wire clamp type terminals in Allen-Bradley
drives are made for use with copper wire only. If you use aluminum wire the
connections may loosen.
Wire gauge requirements and recommendations are based on 75 degrees C.
Do not reduce wire gauge when using higher temperature wire.
Exterior Cover
Whether shielded or unshielded, the cable must be chosen to meet all of the
application requirements. Consideration must be given to insulation value
and resistance to moisture, contaminants, corrosive agents and other
invasive elements. Consult the cable manufacturer and the chart below for
proper selection.
Figure 1.1 Wire Selection Flowchart
Selecting Wire to Withstand Reflected Wave Voltage for New and Existing Wire Installations
in Conduit or Cable Trays
DRY (Per
NEC Article 100)
Conductor
Environment
WET (Per
NEC Article 100)
Insulation
Thickness
PVC
Conductor
Insulation
20 mil or > (1)
XLPE
XLPE (XHHW-2)
Insulation for
50 ft.
# of
Drives in Same
Conduit or Wire
Tray
Multiple Drives
in Single Conduit
or Wire Tray
15 mil PVC
Not
Recommended
USE XLPE
or > 20 mil
No RWR
or Terminator
15 mil PVC
Not
Recommended
USE XLPE
or > 20 mil
RWR or
Terminator
(1) The mimimum wire size for PVC cable with 20 mil or greater insulation is 10 gauge.
See NEC Guidelines (Article 310
Adjustment Factors) for Maximum
Conductor Derating and Maximum
Wires in Conduit or Tray
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Wire/Cable Types 1-3
Temperature Rating
In general, installations in surrounding air temperature of 50 °C should use
90 °C wire (required for UL) and installations in 40 °C surrounding air
temperature should use 75 °C wire (also required for UL). Refer to the drive
user manual for other restrictions
The temperature rating of the wire affects the required gauge. Be certain to
meet all applicable national, state and local codes.
Gauge
The proper wire size is determined by a number of factors. Each individual
drive user manual lists a minimum and maximum wire gauge based on the
amperage rating of the drive and the physical limitations of the terminal
blocks. Local or national electrical codes also set the required minimum
gauge based on motor full load current (FLA). Both of these
requirements should be followed.
Number of Conductors
While local or national electrical codes may determine the required number
of conductors, certain configurations are recommended. Figure 1.2 shows
cable with a single ground conductor, which is recommended for drives up
to and including 200 HP (150 kW). Figure 1.3 shows cable with three
ground conductors, which is recommended for drives larger than 200 HP
(150 kW). The ground conductors should be spaced symmetrically around
the power conductors. The ground conductor(s) should be rated for full
drive ampacity.
Figure 1.2 Cable with One Ground Conductor
One Ground Conductor
W
R
G
B
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

1-4 Wire/Cable Types
Figure 1.3 Cable with Three Ground Conductors
Three Ground Conductors
Insulation Thickness and Concentricity
Selected wire must have an insulation thickness of equal to or more then 15
mils (0.4 mm/0.015 in.). The quality of wire should not have significant
variations on concentricity of wire and insulation.
Figure 1.4 Insulation Concentricity
ACCEPTABLE
UNACCEPTABLE
Geometry
The physical relationship between individual conductors plays a large role
in drive installation.
Individual conductors in conduit or cable tray have no fixed relationship and
are subject to a variety of issues including: cross coupling of noise, induced
voltages, excess insulation stress and others.
Fixed geometry cable (cable that keeps the spacing and orientation of the
individual conductors constant) offers significant advantages over
individual loose conductors including reducing cross coupling noise and
insulation stress. Three types of fixed geometry multi-conductor cables are
discussed below: Unshielded, shielded, and armored.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Wire/Cable Types 1-5
Table 1.A Recommended Cable Design
Type Max. Wire Size Where Used Rating/Type Description
Type 1 2 AWG Standard Installations 600V, 90 °C (194 °F)
Four tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation
100 HP or less XHHW2/RHW-2
Type 2 2 AWG Standard Installations
100 HP or less with
600V, 90 °C (194 °F)
RHH/RHW-2
Four tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation plus
one (1) shielded pair of brake conductors.
Brake Conductors
Type 3 500 MCM AWG Standard Installations
150 HP or more
Tray rated 600V, 90 °C (194 °F)
RHH/RHW-2
Three tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation
and (3) bare copper grounds and PVC jacket.
Type 4
500 MCM AWG Water, Caustic Chemical,
Crush Resistance
Tray rated 600V, 90 °C (194 °F)
RHH/RHW-2
Three bare copper conductors with XLPE insulation and
three copper grounds on 10 AWG and smaller.
Acceptable in Class I & II, Division I & II locations.
Type 5 500 MCM AWG 690V Applications Tray rated 2000V, 90 °C (194 °F) Three tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation. (3)
bare copper grounds and PVC jacket.
Note: If terminator network or output filter is used,
connector insulation must be XLPE, not PVC.
Unshielded Cable
Properly designed multi-conductor cable can provide superior performance
in wet applications, significantly reduce voltage stress on wire insulation
and reduce cross coupling between drives.
The use of cables without shielding is generally acceptable for installations
where electrical noise created by the drive does not interfere with the
operation of other devices such as: communications cards, photoelectric
switches, weigh scales and others. Be certain the installation does not
require shielded cable to meet specific EMC standards for CE, C-Tick or
FCC. Cable specifications depend on the installation Type.
Type 1 & 2 Installation
Type 1 or 2 installation requires 3 phase conductors and a fully rated
individual ground conductor without or with brake leads. Refer to Table 1.A
for detailed information and specifications on these installations.
Figure 1.5 Type 1 Unshielded Multi-Conductor Cable without Brake Leads
Type 1 Installation, without Brake Conductors
Filler
W
B
PVC Outer
Sheath
R
G
Single Ground
Conductor
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

1-6 Wire/Cable Types
Type 3 Installation
Type 3 installation requires 3 symmetrical ground conductors whose
ampacity equals the phase conductor. Refer to Table 1.A for detailed
information and specifications on this installation.
Figure 1.6 Type 3 Unshielded Multi-Conductor Cable
Filler
W
G
B
PVC Outer
Sheath
G
R
G
Multiple Ground
Conductors
The outer sheathing and other mechanical characteristics should be chosen
to suit the installation environment. Consideration should be given to
surrounding air temperature, chemical environment, flexibility and other
factors as necessary in all installation types.
Shielded Cable
Shielded cable contains all of the general benefits of multi-conductor cable
with the added benefit of a copper braided shield that can contain much of
the noise generated by a typical AC Drive. Strong consideration for shielded
cable should be given for installations with sensitive equipment such as
weigh scales, capacitive proximity switches and other devices that may be
affected by electrical noise in the distribution system. Applications with
large numbers of drives in a similar location, imposed EMC regulations or a
high degree of communications/networking are also good candidates for
shielded cable.
Shielded cable may also help reduce shaft voltage and induced bearing
currents for some applications. In addition, the increased size of shielded
cable may help extend the distance that the motor can be located from the
drive without the addition of motor protective devices such as terminator
networks. Refer to Chapter 5 for information regarding reflected wave
phenomena.
Consideration should be given to all of the general specifications dictated by
the environment of the installation, including temperature, flexibility,
moisture characteristics and chemical resistance. In addition, a braided
shield should be included and specified by the cable manufacturer as having
coverage of at least 75%. An additional foil shield can greatly improve
noise containment.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Wire/Cable Types 1-7
Type 1 Installation
An acceptable shielded cable for Type 1 installation will have 4 XLPE
insulated conductors with a 100% coverage foil and an 85% coverage
copper braided shield (with drain wire) surrounded by a PVC jacket. For
detailed specifications and information on these installations, refer to Table
1.A on page 1-5.
Figure 1.7 Type 1 Installation — Shielded Cable with Four Conductors
Drain Wire
Shield
W
R
G
B
Type 2 Installation
An acceptable shielded cable for Type 2 installation is essentially the same
cable as Type 1, plus one (1) shielded pair of brake conductors. For more
information on this installation, refer to Table 1.A on page 1-5.
Figure 1.8 Type 2 Installation — Shielded Cable with Brake Conductors
Drain Wire for
Brake Conductor
Shield
Shield for
Brake
Conductors
W
R
G
B
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

1-8 Wire/Cable Types
Type 3 Installation
These cables have 3 XLPE insulated copper conductors, 25% minimal
overlap with helical copper tape and three (3) bare copper grounds in PVC
jacket.
TIP: Other types of shielded cable are available, but the selection of these
types may limit the allowable cable length. Particularly, some of the newer
cables twist 4 conductors of THHN wire and wrap them tightly with a foil
shield. This construction can greatly increase the cable charging current
required and reduce the overall drive performance. Unless specified in the
individual distance tables as tested with the drive, these cables are not
recommended and their performance against the lead length limits supplied
is not known. For more information, about motor cable lead restrictions
refer to Appendix A, Conduit on page 4-13, Moisture on page 4-19 and
Effects On Wire Types on page 5-1.
Armored Cable
Cable with continuous aluminum armor is often recommended in drive
system applications or specific industries. It offers most of the advantages
of standard shielded cable and also combines considerable mechanical
strength and resistance to moisture. It can be installed in concealed and
exposed manners and removes the requirement for conduit (EMT) in the
installation. It can also be directly buried or embedded in concrete.
Because noise containment can be affected by incidental grounding of the
armor to building steel (see Chapter 2) when the cable is mounted, it is
recommended the armored cable have an overall PVC jacket.
Interlocked armor is acceptable for shorter cable runs, but continuous
welded armor is preferred.
Cable with a single ground conductor is sufficient for drive sizes up to and
including 200 HP (150 kW). Cable with three ground conductors is
recommended for drive sizes larger than 200 HP (150 kW). The ground
conductors should be spaced symmetrically around the power conductors.
The ground conductor(s) should be rated for full drive ampacity.
Cable with a Single Ground Conductor
Cable with Three Ground Conductors
W
B
W
G
B
R
G
G
R
G
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Wire/Cable Types 1-9
Figure 1.9 Armored Cable with Three Ground Conductors
Armor
Optional PVC Outer Sheath
Optional Foil/Copper Tape
and/or inner PVC Jacket
Conductors with XLPE
Insulation
A good example of acceptable cable for Type 5 installation is Anixter
7V-5003-3G, which has three (3) XLPE insulated copper conductors, 25%
minimal overlap with the helical copper tape and three (3) bare copper
grounds in PVC jacket. Please note that if a terminator network or output
filter is used, connector insulation must be XLPE, not PVC.
European Style Cable
Cable used in many installations in Europe should conform to the CE Low
Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC. Generally recommended are flexible cables
with a recommended bend radius of 20 times the cable diameter for
movable cable and 6 times the cable diameter for fixed installations. The
screen (shield) should be between 70 and 85% coverage. Insulation for both
conductors and the outer sheath is PVC.
The number and color of individual conductors may vary, but the
recommendation is for 3 phase conductors (customer preferred color) and
one ground conductor (Green/Yellow)
Ölflex® Classic 100SY or Ölflex Classic 110CY are examples.
Figure 1.10 European Style Multi-Conductor Cable
Filler
PVC Outer
Sheath
W
R
B
Stranded
Neutral
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

1-10 Wire/Cable Types
Input Power Cables
In general, the selection of cable for AC input power to a drive has no
special requirements. Some installations may suggest shielded cable to
prevent coupling of noise onto the cable (see Chapter 2) and in some cases,
shielded cable may be required to meet noise standards such as CE for
Europe, C-Tick for Australia/New Zealand, and others. This may be
especially true if an input filter is required to meet a standard. Each
individual drive user manual will show the requirements for meeting these
types of standards. Additionally, individual industries may have required
standards due to environment or experience.
For AC variable frequency drive applications that must satisfy EMC
standards for CE, C-Tick, FCC or other, Rockwell Automation may
recommend that the same type of shielded cable specified for the AC motors
be used between the drive and transformer. Check the individual user
manuals or system schematic note sheets for specific additional
requirements in these situations.
Motor Cables
The majority of recommendations regarding drive cable address issues
caused by the nature of the drive output. A PWM drive creates AC motor
current by sending DC voltage pulses to the motor in a specific pattern.
These pulses affect the wire insulation and can be a source of electrical
noise. The rise time, amplitude, and frequency of these pulses must be
considered when choosing a wire/cable type. The choice of cable must
consider:
1. The effects of the drive output once the cable is installed
2. The need for the cable to contain noise caused by the drive output
3. The amount of cable charging current available from the drive
4. Possible voltage drop (and subsequent loss of torque) for long wire runs
Keep the motor cable lengths within the limits set by the drive's user
manual. Various issues, including cable charging current and reflected wave
voltage stress may exist. If the cable restriction is listed because of
excessive coupling current, apply the methods to calculate total cable
length, as shown in Figure 1.11. If the restriction is due to voltage reflection
and motor protection, tabular data is available. Refer to Appendix A for
exact distances allowed.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Wire/Cable Types 1-11
Figure 1.11 Motor Cable Length for Capacitive Coupling
All examples represent motor cable length of 182.9 meters (600 feet)
91.4 (300) 91.4 (300)
15.2 (50)
167.6 (550) 152.4 (500)
182.9 (600)
15.2 (50)
15.2 (50)
Important: For multi motor applications review the installation carefully.
Consult your distributor drive specialist or Rockwell
Automation directly, when considering a multi motor
application with greater than two motors. In general most
installations will have no issues. However high peak cable
charging currents can cause drive over-currents or ground
faults.
Cable for Discrete Drive I/O
Discrete I/O such as Start and Stop commands can be wired to the drive
using a variety of cabling. Shielded cable is recommended, as it can help
reduce cross-coupled noise from power cables. Standard individual
conductors that meet the general requirements for type, temperature, gauge
and applicable codes are acceptable if they are routed away from higher
voltage cables to minimize noise coupling. However, multi-conductor cable
may be less expensive to install. Control wires should be separated from
power wires by at least 0.3 meters (1 foot)
Table 1.B Recommended Control Wire for Digital I/O
Minimum
Type (1) Wire Type(s)
Description
Insulation Rating
Unshielded Per US NEC or applicable national or – 300V, 60 °C
local code
(140 °F)
Shielded Multi-conductor shielded cable 0.750 mm 2 (18AWG),
3 conductor, shielded.
(1)
The cable choices shown are for 2 channel (A&B) or three channel (A,B & Z) encoders. If high resolution or
other types of feedback devices are used, choose a similar cable with the correct gauge and number of
conductor pairs.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

1-12 Wire/Cable Types
Analog Signal and Encoder
Cable
Always use shielded cable with copper wire. Wire with insulation rating of
300V or greater is recommended. Analog signal wires should be separated
from power wires by at least 0.3 meters (1 foot). It is recommended that
encoder cables be run in a separate conduit. If signal cables must cross
power cables, cross at right angles. Terminate the shield of the shielded
cable as recommended by manufacturer of the encoder or analog signal
device.
Table 1.C Recommended Signal Wire
Signal Type/
Where Used
Wire
Type(s) Description
Minimum
Insulation Rating
Standard Analog I/O – 0.750 mm 2 (18AWG), twisted pair, 100%
shield with drain (1)
Remote Pot – 0.750 mm 2 (18AWG), 3 conductor, shielded
Encoder/Pulse I/O Combined: 0.196 mm 2 (24AWG), individually shielded
Less 30.5 m (100 ft.)
300V,
Encoder/Pulse I/O Signal: 0.196 mm 2 (24AWG), individually shielded 75…90 °C
30.5 m (100 ft.) to
Power: 0.750 mm (167…194 °F)
152.4 m (500 ft.)
(18AWG)
Combined: 0.330 mm 2 or 0.500 mm 2
Encoder/Pulse I/O Signal: 0.196 mm 2 (24AWG), individually shielded
152.4 m (500 ft.) to
Power: 0.750 mm
259.1 m (850 ft.)
(18AWG)
Combined: 0.750 mm 2 (18AWG), individually shielded pair
(1) If the wires are short and contained within a cabinet which has no sensitive circuits, the use of shielded wire
may not be necessary, but is always recommended.
Communications
DeviceNet
DeviceNet cable options, topology, distances allowed and techniques used
are very specific to the DeviceNet network. Refer to DeviceNet Cable
System Planning and Installation Manual, publication DN-6.72.
In general, there are 4 acceptable cable types for DeviceNet media. These
include:
1. Round (Thick) cable with an outside diameter of 12.2 mm (0.48 in)
normally used for trunk lines but can also be used for drop lines
2. Round (Thin) cable with an outside diameter of 6.9 mm (0.27 in)
normally used for drop lines but may also be used for trunk lines
3. Flat cable normally used for trunk lines
4. KwikLink drop cable used only in KwikLink systems.
Round cable contains five wires: one twisted pair (red and black) for 24V
DC power, one twisted pair (blue and white) for signal and a drain wire
(bare).
Flat cable contains four wires: one pair (red and black) for 24V DC power
and one pair (blue and white) for signal.
Drop cable for KwikLink is a 4-wire unshielded gray cable.
The distance between points, installation of terminating resistors and
chosen baud rate all play a significant part in the installation. Refer to the
DeviceNet Cable System Planning and Installation Manual for details.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Wire/Cable Types 1-13
ControlNet
ControlNet cable options, topology, distances allowed and techniques used
are very specific to the ControlNet network. For more information refer to
ControlNet Coax Cable System Planning and Installation Manual,
publication 1786-6.2.1.
Depending on the environment at the installation site there are several types
of RG-6 quad shield cables that may be appropriate. The standard cable
recommended is A-B Cat # 1786-RG6, Quad Shield coax. Country, state or
local codes such as the U.S. NEC govern the installation.
For:
Light Industrial
Heavy Industrial
High/Low Temperature or Corrosive
(Harsh Chemicals)
Festooning or Flexing
Moisture: direct burial, with flooding
compound, fungus resistant
Use this Cable Type
• Standard PVC
• CM-CL2
• Lay-on Armored
• Light Interlocking Armor
• Plenum-FEP
• CMP-CL2P
• High Flex
• Flood Burial
The allowable length of segments and installation of terminating resistors
play a significant part in the installation. Again, refer to the ControlNet
Coax Cable System Planning and Installation Manual for detailed specifics.
Ethernet
The Ethernet communications interface wiring is very detailed as to the type
of cable, connectors and routing. Because of the amount of detail required
to bring Ethernet into the industrial environment, planning an installation
should be done by following all recommendations in the Ethernet/IP Media
Planning and Installation Guide, publication ENET-IN001.
In general, Ethernet systems consist of specific cable types (STP shielded
Cable or UTP unshielded cable) using RJ45 connectors that meet the IP67
standard and are appropriate for the environment. Cables should also meet
TIA/EIA standards at industrial temperatures.
Shielded cable is always recommended when the installation may include
welding, electrostatic processes, drives over 10 HP, Motor Control Centers,
high power RF radiation or devices carrying current in excess of 100 Amps.
Shield handling and single point grounding, also discussed in this
document, play an extremely important role in the proper operation of
Ethernet installations.
Finally, there are distance and routing limitations published in detail.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

1-14 Wire/Cable Types
Remote I/O and Data Highway Plus (DH+)
Only 1770-CD is tested and approved for Remote I/O and DH+
installations.
The maximum cable length depends on the chosen baud rate:
Baud Rate
Maximum Cable Length
57.6 KBPS 3,048 m (10,000 ft.)
115.2 KBPS 1524 m (5000 ft.)
230.4 KBPS 762 m (2500 ft.)
All three connections (blue, shield and clear) must be connected at each
node.
Do not connect in star topology. Only two cables may be connected at any
wiring point. Use either series or daisy chain topology at all points.
Serial (RS232/485)
Standard practices for serial communications wiring should be followed.
One twisted pair and 1 signal common is recommended for RS232.
Recommended cable for RS485 is 2 twisted pair with each pair individually
shielded.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Chapter 2
Power Distribution
This chapter discusses different power distribution schemes and factors
which affect drive performance.
System Configurations
The type of transformer and the connection configuration feeding a drive
plays an important role in its performance and safety. The following is a
brief description of some of the more common configurations and a
discussion of their virtues and shortcomings.
Delta/Wye with Grounded Wye Neutral
Delta/Wye with Grounded Wye Neutral is the most common type of
distribution system. It provides a 30 degree phase shift. The grounded
neutral provides a direct path for common mode current caused by the drive
output (see Chapter 3 and Chapter 6).
Rockwell Automation strongly recommends the use of grounded neutral
systems for the following reasons:
– Controlled path for common mode noise current
– Consistent line to ground voltage reference, which minimizes
insulation stress
– Accommodation for system surge protection schemes
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-2 Power Distribution
Delta/Delta with Grounded Leg
or Four-Wire Connected Secondary Delta
or
Delta/Delta with Grounded Leg or Four-Wire Connected Secondary Delta is
a common configuration with no phase shift between input and output. The
grounded center tap provides a direct path for common mode current caused
by the drive output.
Three-Phase Open Delta with Single-Phase Center Tapped
Single Phase Loads
Three
Phase
Loads
Single Phase Loads
Three-Phase Open Delta with Single-Phase Center Tapped is a
configuration providing a Three-Phase delta transformer with one side
tapped. This tap (the neutral) is connected to earth. The configuration is
called the antiphase grounded (neutral) system.
The open delta transformer connection is limited to 58% of the 240V,
single-phase transformer rating. Closing the delta with a third single-phase,
240V transformer allows full rating for the two single-phase, 240V
transformers. The phase leg opposite the midpoint has an elevated voltage
when compared to earth or neutral. The “hottest” high leg must be
positively identified throughout the electrical system. It should be the center
leg in any switch, motor control, three-phase panel board, etc. The NEC
requires orange color tape to identify this leg.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-3
Ungrounded Secondary
Grounding the transformer secondary is essential to the safety of personnel
and safe operation of the drive. Leaving the secondary floating allows
dangerously high voltages between the chassis of the drive and the internal
power structure components. Exceeding the voltage rating of the drive’s
input MOV (Metal Oxide Varistor) protection devices could cause a
catastrophic failure. In all cases, the input power to the drive should be
referenced to ground.
If the system is ungrounded, other general precautions such as a system
level ground fault detector or system level line to ground suppressor may be
necessary or an isolation transformer must be considered with the secondary
of the transformer grounded. Refer to local codes regarding safety
requirements. Also refer to Surge Protection MOVs and Common Mode
Capacitors on page 2-17.
High Resistance Ground
Grounding the wye secondary neutral through a resistor is an acceptable
method of grounding. Under a short circuit secondary condition, any of the
output phases to ground will not exceed the normal line to line voltage. This
is within the rating of the MOV input protection devices on the drive. The
resistor is often used to detect ground current by monitoring the associated
voltage drop. Since high frequency ground current can flow through this
resistor, care should be taken to properly connect the drive motor leads
using the recommended cables and methods. In some cases, multiple drives
(that may have one or more internal references to ground) on one
transformer can produce a cumulative ground current that can trigger the
ground fault interrupt circuit. Refer to Surge Protection MOVs and
Common Mode Capacitors on page 2-17.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-4 Power Distribution
TN-S Five-Wire System
L1
L2
L3
PEN or N
PE
TN-S five-wire distribution systems are common throughout Europe, with
the exception of the United Kingdom and Germany. Leg to leg voltage
(commonly at 400V) powers three-phase loads. Leg to neutral voltage
(commonly at 230V) powers single-phase loads. Neutral is a current
conducting wire, and connects through a circuit breaker. The fifth wire is a
separate ground wire. There is a single connection between ground and
neutral, typically in the distribution system. There should be no connections
between ground and neutral within the system cabinets.
AC Line Voltage
In general all Allen-Bradley drives are tolerant to a wide swing of AC line
voltage. Check the individual specification for the drives you are installing.
Incoming voltage imbalances greater than 2% can cause large unequal
currents in a drive. An input line reactor may be necessary when line
voltage imbalances are greater than 2%.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-5
AC Line Impedance
To prevent excess current that may damage drives during events such as line
disturbances or certain types of ground faults, drives should have a
minimum amount of impedance in front of them. In many installations, this
impedance comes from the supply transformer and the supply cables. In
certain cases, an additional transformer or reactor is recommended. If any of
the following conditions exist, serious consideration should be given to
adding impedance (line reactor or transformer) in front of the drive:
A. Installation site has switched power factor correction capacitors.
B. Installation site has lightning strikes or voltage spikes in excess of
6000V Peak.
C. Installation site has power interruptions or voltage dips in excess of
200VAC.
D. The transformer is too large in comparison to the drive. See impedance
recommendation tables 2.A through 2.H. Using these tables will allow
the largest transformer size for each product and rating based on
specific differences in construction, and is the preferred method to
follow.
Otherwise, use one of the two following more conservative methods:
1. For drives without built-in inductors, add line impedance whenever the
transformer kVA is more than 10 times larger than the drive kVA, or the
percent source impedance relative to each drive is less than 0.5%.
2. For drives with built-in inductors, add line impedance whenever the
transformer kVA is more than 20 times larger than the drive kVA, or the
percent source impedance relative to each drive is less than 0.25%.
To identify drives with built-in inductors, see the product specific tables.
The shaded rows identify products ratings without built-in inductors.
Use the following equations to calculate the impedance of the drive and
transformer:
Drive Impedance (in ohms)
Z drive
=
V line - line
3 * I input - rating
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-6 Power Distribution
Transformer Impedance (in ohms)
Z xfmr
Z
xfmr
=
=
V line - line
3 * I xfmr - rated
* % Impedance
or
(V line - line
) 2
VA
* % Impedance
% Impedance is the nameplate impedance of the transformer
Typical values range from 0.03 (3%) to 0.06 (6%)
Transformer Impedance (in ohms)
Z xfmr
=
V line - line
3 * I xfmr - rated
* % Impedance
% Impedance is the nameplate impedance of the transformer
Typical values range from 0.03 (3%) to 0.06 (6%)
Example: The drive is rated 1 HP, 480V, 2.7A input.
The supply transformer is rated 50,000 VA (50 kVA), 5% impedance.
Vline - line
Z =
3 * I
input - rating
480V
3 * 2.7
= 102.6 ohms
Z
xfmr
=
drive = 50,000
(V
line - line
VA
)
2
* % Impedance =
480
2
* 0.05 = 0.2304 Ohms
Note that the percent (%) impedance has to be in per unit (5% becomes
0.05) for the formula.
Z
Z
xfmr
drive
0.2304
= = 0.00224 = 0.22%
102.6
0.22% is less than 0.5%. Therefore, this transformer is too big for the drive
and a line reactor should be added.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-7
Note: Grouping multiple drives on one reactor is acceptable; however, the
reactor percent impedance must be large enough when evaluated for each
drive separately, not evaluated for all loads connected at once.
These recommendations are merely advisory and may not address all
situations. Site specific conditions must be considered to assure a quality
installation.
Table 2.A AC Line Impedance Recommendations for Bulletin 160 Drives
Drive Catalog
Number (1) Volts kW (HP)
Max Supply
kVA (2) 3% Line Reactor
Open Style 1321-
Reactor
Inductance (mH)
Reactor Current
Rating (Amps)
160 AA02 240 0.37(0.5) 15 3R4-B 6.5 4
AA03 240 0.55 (0.75) 20 3R4-A 3 4
AA04 240 0.75 (1) 30 3R4-A 3 4
AA08 240 1.5 (2) 50 3R8-A 1.5 8
AA12 240 2.2 (3) 75 3R12-A 1.25 12
AA18 240 3.7 (5) 100 3R18-A 0.8 18
BA01 480 0.37(0.5) 15 3R2-B 20 2
BA02 480 0.55 (0.75) 20 3R2-A 12 2
BA03 480 0.75 (1) 30 3R2-A 12 2
BA04 480 1.5 (2) 50 3R4-B 6.5 4
BA06 480 2.2 (3) 75 3R8-B 3 8
BA10 480 3.7 (5) 100 3R18-B 1.5 18
(1) Shaded rows identify drive ratings without built-in inductors
(2) Maximum suggested KVA supply without consideration for additional inductance
Table 2.B AC Line Impedance Recommendations for Bulletin 1305 Drives
Drive Catalog
Number (1) Volts kW (HP)
Max Supply
kVA (2) 3% Line Reactor
Open Style 1321-
Reactor
Inductance (mH)
Reactor Current
Rating (Amps)
1305 -AA02A 240 0.37(0.5) 15 3R4-A 3 4
-AA03A 240 0.55 (0.75) 20 3R4-A 4 4
-AA04A 240 0.75 (1) 30 3R8-A 1.5 8
-AA08A 240 1.5 (2) 50 3R8-A 1.5 8
-AA12A 240 2.2 (3) 75 3R18-A 0.8 18
-BA01A 480 0.37 (0.5) 15 3R2-B 20 2
-BA02A 480 0.55 (0.75) 20 3R2-B 20 2
-BA03A 480 0.75 (1) 30 3R4-B 6.5 4
-BA04A 480 1.5 (2) 50 3R4-B 6.5 4
-BA06A 480 2.2 (3) 75 3R8-B 3 8
-BA09A 480 3.7 (5) 100 3R18-B 1.5 18
(1) Shaded rows identify drive ratings without built-in inductors
(2)
Maximum suggested KVA supply without consideration for additional inductance
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-8 Power Distribution
Table 2.C AC Line Impedance Recommendations for PowerFlex 4 Drives
Drive Catalog
Number (1) Volts kW (HP)
Max Supply
kVA
3% Line Reactor
Open Style 1321-
Reactor
Inductance (mH)
Reactor Current
Rating (Amps)
PowerFlex 4 22AB1P5 240 0.2 (0.25) 15 3R2-A 12 2
22AB2P3 240 0.4 (0.5) 25 3R4-B 6.5 4
22AB4P5 240 0.75 (1.0) 50 3R8-B 3 8
22AB8P0 240 1.5 (2.0) 100 3R8-A 1.5 8
22AB012 240 2.2 (3.0) 125 3R12-A 1.25 12
22AB017 240 3.7 (5.0) 150 3R18-A 0.8 18
22AD1P4 480 0.4 (0.5) 15 3R2-B 20 2
22AD2P3 480 0.75 (1.0) 30 3R4-C 9 4
22AD4P0 480 1.5 (2.0) 50 3R4-B 6.5 4
22AD6P0 480 2.2 (3.0) 75 3R8-C 5 8
22AD8P7 480 3.7 (5.0) 100 3R8-B 3 8
(1) Shaded rows identify drive ratings without built-in inductors
Table 2.D AC Line Impedance Recommendations for PowerFlex 40 Drive
Drive Catalog
Number (1) Volts kW (HP)
Max Supply
kVA (2) 3% Line Reactor
Open Style 1321-
Reactor
Inductance (mH)
Reactor Current
Rating (Amps)
PowerFlex 40 22BB2P3 240 0.4 (0.5) 25 3R4-B 6.5 4
22BB5P0 240 0.75 (1.0) 50 3R8-B 3 8
22BB8P0 240 1.5 (2.0) 50 3R8-A 1.5 8
22BB012 240 2.2 (3.0) 50 3R12-A 1.25 12
22BB017 240 3.7 (5.0) 50 3R18-A 0.8 18
22BB024 240 5.5 (7.5) 100 3R25-A 0.5 25
22BB033 240 7.5 (10.0) 150 3R35-A 0.4 35
22BD1P4 480 0.4 (0.5) 15 3R2-B 20 2
22BD2P3 480 0.75 (1.0) 30 3R4-C 9 4
22BD4P0 480 1.5 (2.0) 50 3R4-B 6.5 4
22BD6P0 480 2.2 (3.0) 75 3R8-C 5 8
22BD010 480 3.7 (5.0) 100 3R8-B 3 8
22BD012 480 5.5 (7.5) 120 3R12-B 2.5 12
22BD017 480 7.5 (10.0) 150 3R18-B 1.5 18
22BD024 480 11.0 (15.0) 200 3R25-B 1.2 25
22BE1P7 600 0.75 (1.0) 20 3R2-B 20 2
22BE3P0 600 1.5 (2.0) 30 3R4-B 6.5 4
22BE4P2 600 2.2 (3.0) 50 3R4-B 6.5 4
22BE6P6 600 3.7 (5.0) 75 3R8-C 5 8
22BE9P9 600 5.5 (7.5) 120 3R12-B 2.5 12
22BE012 600 7.5 (10.0) 150 3R12-B 2.5 12
22BE019 600 11.0 (15.0) 200 3R18-B 1.5 18
(1) Shaded rows identify drive ratings without built-in inductors
(2) Maximum suggested KVA supply without consideration for additional inductance
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-9
Table 2.E AC Line Impedance Recommendations for PowerFlex 400 Drives
Drive Catalog
Number (1) Volts kW (HP)
Max Supply
kVA (2) 3% Line Reactor
Open Style 1321-
Reactor
Inductance (mH)
Reactor Current
Rating (Amps) (3)
PowerFlex 400 22CB012 240 2.2 (3.0) 50 3R12-A N/A N/A
22CB017 240 3.7 (5.0) 50 3R18-A N/A N/A
22CB024 240 5.5 (7.5) 200 3R25-A 0.5 25
22CB033 240 7.7 (10.0) 275 3R35-A 0.4 35
22CB049 240 11 (15.0) 350 3R45-A 0.3 45
22CB065 240 15 (20.0) 425 3R55-A 0.25 55
22CB075 240 18.5 (25.0) 550 3R80-A 0.2 80
22CB090 240 22 (30.0) 600 3R100-A 0.15 100
22CB120 240 30 (40.0) 750 3R130-A 0.1 130
22CB145 240 37 (50.0) 800 3R160-A 0.075 160
22CD6P0 480 2.2 (3.0) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD010 480 3.7 (5.0) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD012 480 5.5 (7.5) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD017 480 7.5 (10) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD022 480 11 (15) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD030 480 15 (20) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD038 480 18.5 (25) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD045 480 22 (30) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD060 480 30 (40) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD072 480 37 (50) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD088 480 45 (60) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD105 480 55 (75) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD142 480 75 (100) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD170 480 90 (125) N/A N/A N/A N/A
22CD208 480 110 (150) N/A N/A N/A N/A
(1) Shaded rows identify drive ratings without built-in inductors
(2) Maximum suggested KVA supply without consideration for additional inductance
(3)
N/A = Not Available at time of printing
Table 2.F AC Line Impedance Recommendations for PowerFlex 70 Drives
Drive Catalog
Number (1) Volts kW (HP)
Max Supply
kVA (2) 3% Line Reactor
Open Style 1321-
Reactor
Inductance (mH)
Reactor Current
Rating (Amps) (3)
PowerFlex 70 20AB2P2 240 0.37 (0.5) 25 3R2-D 6 2
20AB4P2 240 0.75 (1) 50 3R4-A 3 4
20AB6P8 240 1.5 (2) 50 3R8-A 1.5 8
20AB9P6 240 2.2 (3) 50 3R12-A 1.25 12
20AB015 240 4.0 (5) 200 3R18-A 0.8 18
20AB022 240 5.5 (7.5) 250 3R25-A 0.5 25
20AB028 240 7.5 (10) 300 3R35-A 0.4 35
20AB042 240 11 (15) 1000 3R45-A 0.3 45
20AB054 240 15 (20) 1000 3R80-A 0.2 80
20AB070 240 18.5 (25) 1000 3R80-A 0.2 80
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-10 Power Distribution
Drive Catalog
Max Supply 3% Line Reactor Reactor Reactor Current
Number (1) Volts kW (HP) kVA (2) Open Style 1321- Inductance (mH) Rating (Amps) (3)
PowerFlex 70 20AC1P3 400 0.37 (0.5) 30 3R2-B 20 2
20AC2P1 400 0.75 (1) 50 3R2-B 20 2
20AC3P4 400 1.5 (2) 50 3R4-B 6.5 4
20AC5P0 400 2.2 (3) 75 3R4-B 6.5 4
20AC8P0 400 4.0 (5) 100 3R8-B 3 8
20AC011 400 5.5 (7.5) 250 3R12-B 2.5 12
20AC015 400 7.5 (10) 250 3R18-B 1.5 18
20AC022 400 11 (15) 300 3R25-B 1.2 25
20AC030 400 15 (20) 400 3R35-B 0.8 35
20AC037 400 18.5 (25) 750 3R35-B 0.8 35
20AC043 400 22 (30) 1000 3R45-B 0.7 45
20AC060 400 30 (40) 1000 3R55-B 0.5 55
20AC072 400 37 (50) 1000 3R80-B 0.4 80
20AD1P1 480 0.37 (0.5) 30 3R2-B 20 2
20AD2P1 480 0.75 (1) 50 3R2-B 20 2
20AD3P4 480 1.5 (2) 50 3R4-B 6.5 4
20AD5P0 480 2.2 (3) 75 3R4-B 6.5 4
20AD8P0 480 3.7 (5) 100 3R8-B 3 8
20AD011 480 5.5 (7.5) 250 3R12-B 2.5 12
20AD015 480 7.5 (10) 250 3R18-B 1.5 18
20AD022 480 11 (15) 300 3R25-B 1.2 25
20AD027 480 15 (20) 400 3R35-B 0.8 35
20AD034 480 18.5 (25) 750 3R35-B N/A N/A
20AD040 480 22 (30) 1000 3R45-B N/A N/A
20AD052 480 30 (40) 1000 3R55-B N/A N/A
20AD065 480 37 (50) 1000 3R80-B N/A N/A
20AE0P9 600 0.37 (0.5) 30 3R2-B 20 2
20AE1P7 600 0.75 (1) 50 3R2-B 20 2
20AE2P7 600 1.5 (2) 50 3R4-C 9 4
20AE3P9 600 2.2 (3) 75 3R4-C 9 4
20AE6P1 600 4.0 (5) 100 3R8-C 5 8
20AE9P0 600 5.5 (7.5) 250 3R8-B 3 8
20AE011 600 7.5 (10) 250 3R12-B 2.5 12
20AE017 600 11 (15) 300 3R18-B 1.5 18
20AE022 600 15 (20) 400 3R25-B 1.2 25
20AE027 600 18.5 (25) 1000 3R35-B 0.8 35
20AE031 600 22 (30) 1000 3R35-B 0.8 35
20AE042 600 30 (40) 1000 3R45-B 0.7 45
20AE051 600 37 (50) 1000 3R55-B 0.5 55
(1) Shaded rows identify drive ratings without built-in inductors
(2) Maximum suggested KVA supply without consideration for additional inductance
(3)
N/A = Not Available at time of printing
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-11
Table 2.G AC Line Impedance Recommendations for PowerFlex 700/700S Drives
PowerFlex
700/700S
Note: For
PowerFlex
700S, replace
20B with 20D.
Drive Catalog
Number Volts kW (HP)
Max Supply
KVA (1) 3% Line Reactor
Open Style 1321-
Reactor
Inductance (mH)
Reactor Current
Rating (Amps)
20BB2P2 240 0.37 (0.5) 100 3R2-D 6 2
20BB4P2 240 0.75 (1) 125 3R4-A 3 4
20BB6P8 240 1.5 (2) 200 3R8-A 1.5 8
20BB9P6 240 2.2 (3) 300 3R12-A 1.25 12
20BB015 240 3.7 (5) 400 3R18-A 0.8 18
20BB022 240 5.5 (7.5) 500 3R25-A 0.5 25
20BB028 240 7.5 (10) 750 3R35-A 0.4 35
20BB042 240 11 (15) 1000 3R45-A 0.3 45
20BB052 240 15 (20) 1000 3R80-A 0.2 80
20BB070 240 18.5 (25) 1000 3R80-A 0.2 80
20BB080 240 22 (30) 1000 3R100-A 0.15 100
20BB104 240 30 (40) 1000 3R130-A 0.1 130
20BB130 240 37 (50) 1000 3R130-A 0.1 130
20BB154 240 45 (60) 1000 3R160-A 0.075 160
20BB192 240 55 (75) 1000 3R200-A 0.055 200
20BB260 240 75 (100) 1000 3R320-A 0.04 320
20BC1P3 400 0.37 (5) 250 3R2-B 20 2
20BC2P1 400 0.75 (1) 250 3R2-B 20 2
20BC3P5 400 1.5(2) 500 3R4-B 6.5 4
20BC5P0 400 2.2 (3) 500 3R4-B 6.5 4
20BC8P7 400 4 (5) 500 3R8-B 3 8
20BC011 400 5.5 (7.5) 750 3R12-B 2.5 12
20BC015 400 7.5 (10) 1000 3R18-B 1.5 18
20BC022 400 11 (15) 1000 3R25-B 1.2 25
20BC030 400 15 (20) 1000 3R35-B 0.8 35
20BC037 400 18.5(25) 1000 3R45-B 0.7 45
20BC043 400 22 (30) 1000 3R45-B 0.7 45
20BC056 400 30 (40) 1000 3R55-B 0.5 55
20BC072 400 37 (50) 1000 3R80-B 0.4 80
20BC085 400 45 (60) 1000 3R130-B 0.2 130
20BC105 400 55 (75) 1000 3R130-B 0.2 130
20BC125 400 55 (75) 1000 3R130-B 0.2 130
20BC140 400 75 (100) 1000 3R160-B 0.15 160
20BC170 400 90 (125) 1500 3R200-B 0.11 200
20BC205 400 110 (150) 1500 3R200-B 0.11 200
20BC260 400 132 (175) 2000 3RB320-B 0.075 320
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-12 Power Distribution
PowerFlex
700/700S
Note: For
PowerFlex
700S, replace
20B with 20D.
Drive Catalog
Max Supply 3% Line Reactor Reactor Reactor Current
Number Volts kW (HP) KVA (1) Open Style 1321- Inductance (mH) Rating (Amps)
20BD1P1 480 0.37 (0.5) 250 3R2-B 20 2
20BD2P1 480 0.75 (1) 250 3R2-B 20 2
20BD3P4 480 1.5 (2) 500 3R4-B 6.5 4
20BD5P0 480 2.2 (3) 500 3R4-B 6.5 4
20BD8P0 480 4.0 (5) 500 3R8-B 3 8
20BD011 480 5.5 (7.5) 750 3R12-B 2.5 12
20BD014 480 7.5 (10) 750 3R18-B 1.5 18
20BD022 480 11 (15) 750 3R25-B 1.2 25
20BD027 480 15 (20) 750 3R35-B 0.8 35
20BD034 480 18.5 (25) 1000 3R35-B 0.8 35
20BD040 480 22 (30) 1000 3R45-B 0.7 45
20BD052 480 30 (40) 1000 3R55-B 0.5 55
20BD065 480 37 (50) 1000 3R80-B 0.4 80
20BD077 480 45 (60) 1000 3R80-B 0.4 80
20BD096 480 55 (75) 1000 3R100-B 0.3 100
20BD125 480 75 (100) 1000 3R130-B 0.2 130
20BD140 480 75 (100) 1000 3R160-B 0.15 160
20BD156 480 90 (125) 1500 3R160-B 0.15 160
20BD180 480 110 (150) 1500 3R200-B 0.11 200
20BE0P9 600 0.37 (0.5) 250 3R2-B 20 2
20BE1P7 600 0.75 (1) 250 3R2-B 20 2
20BE2P7 600 1.5 (2) 500 3R4-B 6.5 4
20BE3P9 600 2.2 (3) 500 3R4-B 6.5 4
20BE6P1 600 4.0 (5) 500 3R8-B 3 8
20BE9P0 600 5.5 (7.5) 750 3R8-B 3 8
20BE011 600 7.5 (10) 750 3R12-B 2.5 12
20BE017 600 11 (15) 750 3R25-B 1.2 25
20BE022 600 15 (20) 750 3R25-B 1.2 25
20BE027 600 18.5 (25) 1000 3R35-B 0.8 35
20BE032 600 22 (30) 1000 3R35-B 0.8 35
20BE041 600 30 (40) 1000 3R45-B 0.7 45
20BE052 600 37 (50) 1000 3R55-B 0.5 55
20BE062 600 45 (60) 1000 3R80-B 0.4 80
20BE077 600 55 (75) 1000 3R80-B 0.4 80
20BE099 600 75 (100) 1200 3R100-B 0.3 100
20BE125 600 90 (125) 1400 3R130-B 0.2 130
20BE144 600 110 (150) 1500 3R160-B 0.15 160
(1) Maximum suggested KVA supply without consideration for additional inductance
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-13
1336 Family-
Plus
Plus II
Impact
Force
Table 2.H AC Line Impedance Recommendations for Bulletin 1336 Drives
Drive Catalog
Number (1) Volts kW (HP)
Max Supply
kVA (2)(3) 3% Line Reactor
Open Style 1321-
Reactor
Inductance (mH)
Reactor Current
Rating (Amps) (4)
AQF05 240 0.37 (0.5) 25 3R4-A 3.0 4
AQF07 240 0.56 (0.75) 25 3R4-A 3.0 4
AQF10 240 0.75 (1) 50 3R8-A 1.5 8
AQF15 240 1.2 (1.5) 75 3R8-A 1.5 8
AQF20 240 1.5 (2) 100 3R12-A 1.25 12
AQF30 240 2.2 (3) 200 3R12-A 1.25 12
AQF50 240 3.7 (5) 275 3R25-A 0.5 25
AQF75 240 5.5 (7.5) 300 3R25-A 0.5 25
A7 240 5.5 (7.5) 300 3R25-A 0.5 25
A10 240 7.5 (10) 350 3R35-A 0.4 35
A15 240 11 (15) 600 3R45-A 0.3 45
A20 240 15 (20) 800 3R80-A 0.2 80
A25 240 18.5 (25) 800 3R80-A 0.2 80
A30 240 22 (30) 950 3R80-A 0.2 80
A40 240 30 (40) 1000 3R130-A 0.1 130
A50 240 37 (50) 1000 3R160-A 0.075 160
A60 240 45 (60) 1000 3R200-A 0.55 200
A75 240 56 (75) 1000 3RB250-A 0.045 250
A100 240 75 (100) 1000 3RB320-A 0.04 320
A125 240 93 (125) 1000 3RB320-A 0.04 320
BRF05 480 0.37 (0.5) 25 3R2-B 20 2
BRF07 480 0.56 (0.75) 30 3R2-B 20 2
BRF10 480 0.75 (1) 30 3R4-B 6.5 4
BRF15 480 1.2 (1.5) 50 3R4-B 6.5 4
BRF20 480 1.5 (2) 50 3R8-B 3.0 8
BRF30 480 2.2 (3) 75 3R8-B 3.0 8
BRF50 480 3.7 (5) 100 3R12-B 2.5 12
BRF75 480 5.5 (7.5) 200 3R18-B 1.5 18
BRF100 480 7.5 (10) 275 3R25-B 1.2 25
BRF150 480 11 (15) 300 3R25-B 1.2 25
BRF200 480 15 (20) 350 3R25-B 1.2 25
B015 480 11 (15) 350 3R25-B 1.2 25
B020 480 15 (20) 425 3R35-B 0.8 35
B025 480 18.5 (25) 550 3R35-B 0.8 35
B030 480 22 (30) 600 3R45-B 0.7 45
B040 480 30 (40) 750 3R55-B 0.5 55
B050 480 37 (50) 800 3R80-B 0.4 80
B060 480 45 (60) 900 3R80-B 0.4 80
B075 480 56 (75) 1000 3R100-B 0.3 100
B100 480 75 (100) 1000 3R130-B 0.2 130
B125 480 93 (125) 1400 3R160-B 0.15 160
B150 480 112 (150) 1500 3R200-B 0.11 N200
B200 480 149 (200) 2000 3RB250-B 0.09 250
B250 480 187 (250) 2500 3RB320-B 0.075 320
B300 480 224 (300) 3000 3RB400-B 0.06 400
B350 480 261 (350) 3500 3R500-B 0.05 500
B400 480 298 (400) 4000 3R500-B 0.05 500
B450 480 336 (450) 4500 3R600-B 0.04 600
B500 480 373 (500) 5000 3R600-B 0.04 600
B600 480 448 (600) 5000 3R750-B 0.029 750
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-14 Power Distribution
1336 Family-
Plus
Plus II
Impact
Force
Drive Catalog
Max Supply 3% Line Reactor Reactor Reactor Current
Number (1) Volts kW (HP) kVA (2)(3) Open Style 1321- Inductance (mH) Rating (Amps) (4)
B700 480 (700) 5000 3R850-B 0.027 850
B800 480 (800) 5000 3R1000-B 0.022 1000
BP/BPR250 480 187 (250) N/A N/A N/A N/A
BP/BPR300 480 224 (300) N/A N/A N/A N/A
BP/BPR350 480 261 (350) N/A N/A N/A N/A
BP/BPR400 480 298 (400) N/A N/A N/A N/A
BP/BPR450 480 336 (450) N/A N/A N/A N/A
BX040 480 30 (40) N/A N/A N/A N/A
BX060 480 45 (60) N/A N/A N/A N/A
BX150 480 112 (150) N/A N/A N/A N/A
BX250 480 187 (250) N/A N/A N/A N/A
CWF10 600 0.75 (1) 25 3R4-C 9 4
CWF20 600 1.5 (2) 50 3R4-C 9 4
CWF30 600 2.2 (3) 75 3R8-C 5 8
CWF50 600 3.7 (5) 100 3R8-B 3 8
CWF75 600 5.5 (7.5) 200 3R8-B 3 8
CWF100 600 7.5 (10) 200 3R12-B 2.5 12
CWF150 600 11 (15) 300 3R18-B 1.5 18
CWF200 600 15 (20) 350 3R25-B 1.2 25
C015 600 11 (15) 300 3R18-B 1.5 18
C020 600 15 (20) 350 3R25-B 1.2 25
C025 600 18.5 (25) 500 3R25-B 1.2 25
C030 600 22 (30) 600 3R35-B 0.8 35
C040 600 30 (40) 700 3R45-B 0.7 45
C050 600 37 (50) 850 3R55-B 0.5 55
C060 600 45 (60) 900 3R80-B 0.4 80
C075 600 56 (75) 950 3R80-B 0.4 80
C100 600 75 (100) 1200 3R100-B 0.3 100
C125 600 93 (125) 1400 3R130-B 0.2 130
C150 600 112 (150) 1500 3R160-B 0.15 160
C200 600 149 (200) 2200 3R200-B 0.11 200
C250 600 187 (250) 2500 3R250-B 0.09 250
C300 600 224 (300) 3000 3R320-B 0.075 320
C350 600 261 (350) 3000 3R400-B 0.06 400
C400 600 298 (400) 4000 3R400-B 0.06 400
C450 600 336 (450) 4500 3R500-B 0.05 500
C500 600 373 (500) 5000 3R500-B 0.05 500
C600 600 448 (600) 5000 3R600-B 0.04 600
C650 600 (650) 5000 3R750-B 0.029 750
C700 600 (700) 5000 3R850-B FN-1 0.027 850
C800 600 (800) 5000 3R850-B FN-1 0.027 850
CP/CPR350 600 261 (350) N/A N/A N/A N/A
CP/CPR400 600 298 (400) N/A N/A N/A N/A
(1) Shaded rows identify drive ratings without built-in inductors
(2)
Maximum suggested KVA supply without consideration for additional inductance
(3)
2000 KVA represents 2MVA and Greater
(4) N/A = Not Available at time of printing
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-15
Multi-Drive Protection
Multiple drives on a common power line should each have their own line
reactor. Individual line reactors provide filtering between each drive to
provide optimum surge protection for each drive. However, if it is
necessary to group more than one drive on a single AC line reactor, use the
following process to verify that the AC line reactor provides a minimum
amount of impedance:
1. In general, up to 5 drives can be grouped on one reactor.
2. Add the input currents of the drives in the group.
3. Multiply that sum by 125%.
4. Use publication 1321-2.0 to select a reactor with a maximum continuous
current rating greater than the multiplied current.
5. Verify that the impedance of the selected reactor is more than 0.5%
(0.25% for drives with internal inductors) of the smallest drive in the group
by using the formulas below. If the impedance is too small, select a reactor
with a larger inductance and same amperage, or regroup the drives into
smaller groups and start over.
Z
drive
=
V
3 * I
line - line
input - rating
Z reactor
=
L * 2 * 3.14 * f
L is the inductance of the reactor in henries and f is the AC line frequency
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-16 Power Distribution
Example: There are 5 drives, each is rated 1 HP, 480V, 2.7 amps. These drives do
not have internal inductors.
Total current = 5 * 2.7 amps = 13.5 amps
125% * Total current = 125% * 13.5 amps = 16.9 amps
From publication 1321-2.0, we selected the reactor 1321-3R12-C, which
has a maximum continuous current rating of 18 amps and an inductance of
4.2 mH (0.0042 henries).
Z
drive
=
V
3 * I
line - line
input - rating
=
480
= 102.6 Ohms
3 * 2.7
Z reactor
= L * (2 * 3.14) * f = 0.0042 * 6.28 * 60 = 1.58 Ohms
Z
Z
reactor
drive
=
1.58
102.6
= 0.0154 = 1.54%
1.54% is more than the 0.5% impedance recommended. The 1321-3R12-C
can be used for the (5) 2.7 amp drives in this example.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-17
Surge Protection MOVs and
Common Mode Capacitors
!
ATTENTION: When installing a drive on an ungrounded,
high-resistance or B phase grounded distribution system,
disconnect the phase-to-ground MOV circuit and the common
mode capacitors from ground.
Note: In some drives, a single jumper connects both the phase-to-ground
MOV and the common mode capacitors to ground.
MOV Circuitry
Most drives are designed to operate on three-phase supply systems with
symmetrical line voltages. To meet IEEE 587, these drives are equipped
with MOVs that provide voltage surge protection as well as phase-to-phase
and phase-to-ground protection. The MOV circuit is designed for surge
suppression (transient line protection) only, not for continuous operation.
Figure 2.1 Typical MOV Configuration
Three-Phase
AC Input
Ground
R
S
T
1 2 3 4
PHASE-TO-PHASE MOV RATING
Includes Two Phase-to-Phase MOV's
PHASE-TO-GROUND MOV RATING
Includes One Phase-to-Phase MOV
and One Phase-to-Ground MOV
With ungrounded distribution systems, the phase-to-ground MOV
connection can become a continuous current path to ground. Exceeding the
published phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground voltage or energy ratings may
cause physical damage to the MOV.
Suitable isolation is required for the drive when there is potential for
abnormally high phase-to-ground voltages (in excess of 125% of nominal
line-to-line voltage), or when the supply ground is tied to another system or
equipment that could cause the ground potential to vary with operation. An
isolation transformer is strongly recommended when this condition exists.
Common Mode Capacitors
Many drives also contain common mode capacitors that are referenced to
ground. In installations with ungrounded or high resistive ground systems,
the common mode capacitors can capture high frequency common mode or
ground fault currents. This can cause bus overvoltage conditions, which
could lead to damage or drive faults. Systems which are ungrounded or have
one phase grounded (commonly called B phase grounded) apply higher than
normal voltage stresses directly to the common mode capacitors, which can
lead to shortened drive life or damage.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-18 Power Distribution
Using PowerFlex Drives with
Regenerative Units
!
ATTENTION: If a Regenerative unit (i.e. 1336 REGEN) or
other Active Front End (AFE) is used as a bus supply or brake,
the common mode capacitors should be disconnected as
described in the Drive User Manual. This will guard against
possible equipment damage.
DC Bus Wiring Guidelines
DC bus wiring refers to connecting the DC bus of an AC drive to the DC
connections on another piece of equipment. That equipment could include
any or all of the following:
• Additional AC drive
• Non-Regenerative DC Bus Supply
• Regenerative DC Bus Supply
• Regenerative Braking Module
• Dynamic Braking Module
• Chopper Module
For further information on the types of common DC bus configurations and
applications refer to AC Drives in Common Bus Configurations (publication
DRIVES-AT002).
Drive Line-up
Generally, it is desirable to have the drive line-up match the machine layout.
However, if there is a mix of drive frame sizes used in the line-up, the
general system layout should have the largest drives located closest to the
rectifier source. The rectifier source need not be at the left end of the system
line-up. Many times it is advantageous to put the rectifier in the middle of
the line-up, minimizing the distances to the farthest loads. This is needed to
minimize the energy stored in the parasitic inductance of the bus structure
and thus lower peak bus voltages during transient operation.
The system must be contained in one contiguous line-up. The bus cannot be
interrupted to go to another cabinet for the remainder of the system drives.
This is needed to maintain low inductance.
DC Bus Connections
General
The interconnection of drives to the DC bus, and the inductance levels
between the drives, should be kept to a minimum for reliable system
operation. Therefore, a low inductance-type DC bus should be used, 0.35
µH/m or less.
The DC bus connections should not be “daisy chained.” Configuration of
the DC bus connections should be in a “star” configuration to allow for
proper fusing.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Power Distribution 2-19
Figure 2.2 Star Configuration of Common Bus Connections
L1
Bus Supply
L2
L3
DC+ BR1 BR2 DC-
DC+ DC-
DC+ DC-
Power Distribution
Terminal Block
DC+ BR1 BR2 DC-
DC+ BR1 BR2 DC-
L1
L2
L3
AC Drive
L1
L2
L3
AC Drive
L1
L2
L3
AC Drive
M1
M2
M3
Bus Bar vs. Cable
• DC Bus Bar is recommended.
• When DC Bus Bar cannot be used, use the following guidelines for DC
Bus cables:
– Cable should be twisted where possible, approximately 1 twist per
inch.
– Cable rated for the equivalent AC voltage rating should be used. The
peak AC voltage is equivalent to the DC voltage. For example, the
peak AC voltage on a 480V AC system no load is 480 x 1.414 = 679
Volts peak. The 679 Volts peak corresponds to 679 Volts DC at no
load.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

2-20 Power Distribution
Braking Chopper
Connection of the brake unit should be closest to the largest drive. If all are
the same rating, then closest to the drive that regenerates the most.
In general, brake units should be mounted within 3 meters (10 feet) of the
drive. Resistors for use with chopper modules must be located within 30
meters (100 feet) of the chopper module. Refer to the respective braking
product documentation for details.
An RC snubber circuit is required when using the 1336-WA, WB or WC
Brake Chopper in the configurations listed below:
1. A non-regenerative bus supply configuration using a PowerFlex Diode
Bus Supply.
2. A shared AC/DC Bus configuration containing a PowerFlex 700/700S
Frame 0…4 drive or PowerFlex 40P drive.
3. A shared DC Bus (Piggy Back) configuration when the main drive is a
PowerFlex 700/700S Frame 0 to 4 or PowerFlex 40P drive.
The RC snubber circuit is required to prevent the DC bus voltage from
exceeding the 1200V maximum Brake Chopper IGBT voltage. The 1336
Brake Chopper power-up delay time is 80 milliseconds. During this time,
the IGBT will not turn on. The RC snubber circuit must always be
connected to the DC bus (located close to the braking chopper) to absorb the
power-on voltage overshoot (see Figure 2.3).
The specifications for the RC snubber are:
R = 10 ohm, 100 W, low inductance (less than 50 µH)
C = 20 µF, 2000V
Figure 2.3 Configuration Example of Diode Bus Supply w/PowerFlex 700 Frame 0…4,
PowerFlex 40P, 1336-W Braking Chopper and RC Snubber Circuit.
3-Phase
Source
3-Phase
Reactor
Diode
Bus Supply
L1
DC+
L2
DC-
L3
PowerFlex
DC+
DC-
DC+ BR1 BR2 DC-
DC+ BR1 BR2 DC-
DC+ BR+ BR- DC-
DC+ BR+ BR- DC-
Braking Unit
1336-W*
Frame 0-4 Frame 0-4
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
L1
L2
L3
PowerFlex 40P
L1
L2
L3
PowerFlex 40P
BR1
BR2
PowerFlex 700
PowerFlex 700
BR
M1
M2
M3
M4
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Chapter 3
Grounding
This chapter discusses various grounding schemes for safety and noise
reduction.
An effectively grounded scheme or product is one that is “intentionally
connected to earth through a ground connection or connections of
sufficiently low impedance and having sufficient current-carrying capacity
to prevent the buildup of voltages which may result in undue hazard to
connected equipment or to persons” (as defined by the US National Electric
Code NFPA70, Article 100B). Grounding of a drive or drive system is done
for 2 basic reasons: safety (defined above) and noise containment or
reduction. While the safety ground scheme and the noise current return
circuit may sometimes share the same path and components, they should be
considered different circuits with different requirements.
Grounding Safety Grounds
The object of safety grounding is to ensure that all metalwork is at the same
ground (or Earth) potential at power frequencies. Impedance between the
drive and the building scheme ground must conform to the requirements of
national and local industrial safety regulations or electrical codes. These
will vary based on country, type of distribution system and other factors.
Periodically check the integrity of all ground connections.
General safety dictates that all metal parts are connected to earth with
separate copper wire or wires of the appropriate gauge. Most equipment has
specific provisions to connect a safety ground or PE (protective earth)
directly to it.
Building Steel
If intentionally bonded at the service entrance, the incoming supply neutral
or ground will be bonded to the building ground. Building steel is judged to
be the best representation of ground or earth. The structural steel of a
building is generally bonded together to provide a consistent ground
potential. If other means of grounding are used, such as ground rods, the
user should understand the voltage potential, between ground rods in
different areas of the installation. Type of soil, ground water level and other
environmental factors can greatly affect the voltage potential between
ground points if they are not bonded to each other.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

3-2 Grounding
Grounding PE or Ground
The drive safety ground - PE must be connected to scheme or earth ground.
This is the safety ground for the drive that is required by code. This point
must be connected to adjacent building steel (girder, joist), a floor ground
rod, bus bar or building ground grid. Grounding points must comply with
national and local industrial safety regulations or electrical codes. Some
codes may require redundant ground paths and periodic examination of
connection integrity. Global Drive Systems requires the PE ground to be
connected to the transformer ground feeding the drive system.
RFI Filter Grounding
Using an optional RFI filter may result in relatively high ground leakage
currents. Therefore, the filter must only be used in installations with
grounded AC supply systems and be permanently installed and solidly
grounded to the building power distribution ground. Ensure the incoming
supply neutral is solidly connected to the same building power distribution
ground. Grounding must not rely on flexible cables or any plug or socket
that may be accidentally disconnected. Some codes may require redundant
ground connections. Periodically check the integrity of all connections.
Refer to the instructions supplied with the filter.
Grounding Motors
The motor frame or stator core must be connected directly to the drive PE
connection with a separate ground conductor. It is recommended that each
motor frame be grounded to building steel at the motor. Refer to Cable
Trays in Chapter 4 for more information.
Grounding and TN-S Five-Wire Systems
Do not connect ground to neutral within a system cabinet, when using a
TN-S five-wire distribution system. The neutral wire is a current conducting
wire. There is a single connection between ground and neutral, typically in
the distribution system.
TN-S five-wire distribution systems are common throughout Europe, with
the exception of the United Kingdom and Germany. Leg to leg voltage
(commonly at 400V) powers three-phase loads. Leg to neutral voltage
(commonly at 230V) powers single-phase loads.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Grounding 3-3
Input Transformer
Figure 3.1 Cabinet Grounding with a TN-S Five-Wire System
L1
System Cabinet
L2
L3
PEN or N
PE
AC Drive
R
R
S
S
T
T
PE PE
PE
Single-
-Phase
Device
Cabinet Ground Bus
Noise Related Grounds
It is important to take care when installing PWM AC drives because output
can produce high frequency common mode (coupled from output to ground)
noise currents. These currents cause sensitive equipment to malfunction if
they are allowed to propagate.
INPUT TRANSFORMER
AC DRIVE
Path for Common
Mode Current
MOTOR FRAME
PE
X 0
A
B
C
R
S
T
U
V
W
PE
MOTOR
C lg-m
Feed-
-back
Device
Path for Common
Mode Current
Path for Common
Mode Current
C lg-c
Path for Common
Mode Current
V ng
SYSTEM GROUND
Path for Common
Mode Current
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

3-4 Grounding
The grounding scheme can greatly affect the amount of noise and its impact
on sensitive equipment. The power scheme is likely to be one of three types:
• Ungrounded Scheme
• Scheme with High Resistance Ground
• Fully Grounded Scheme
An ungrounded scheme, as shown in Figure 3.2, does not provide a direct
path for the common mode noise current, causing it to seek other
uncontrolled paths. This causes related noise issues.
Figure 3.2 Ungrounded Scheme
Earth Ground Potential
A scheme with a high resistance ground, shown in Figure 3.3, provides a
direct path for common mode noise current, like a fully grounded scheme.
Designers, who are concerned with minimizing ground fault currents,
commonly choose high resistance ground schemes.
Figure 3.3 Scheme with High Resistance Ground
Earth Ground Potential
A fully grounded scheme, shown in Figure 3.4, provides a direct path for
common mode noise currents. The use of grounded neutral systems is
recommended for the following reasons:
– Controlled path for common mode noise current
– Consistent line to ground voltage reference, which minimizes
insulation stress
– Accommodation for system surge protection schemes
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Grounding 3-5
Figure 3.4 Fully Grounded Scheme
Earth Ground Potential
The installation and grounding practices to reduce common mode noise
issues can be categorized into three ratings. The scheme used must weigh
additional costs against the operating integrity of all scheme components. If
no sensitive equipment is present and noise is not be an issue, the added cost
of shielded cable and other components may not be justified.
Acceptable Grounding Practices
The scheme shown below is an acceptable ground layout for a single drive
installation. However, conduit may not offer the lowest impedance path for
any high frequency noise. If the conduit is mounted so that it contacts the
building steel, it is likely that the building steel will offer a lower impedance
path and allow noise to inhabit the ground grid.
Connection to Drive Structure
or Optional Cabinet
Via Conduit Connector
MOTOR FRAME
INPUT TRANSFORMER
AC DRIVE
CONDUIT
A
R
U
S
T
R
AP
X 0
B
S
V
MOTOR
PE
C
T
W
PE PE
Connection to
Ground Grid,
Girder or
Ground Rod
Connection to
Cabinet Ground Bus
or Directly to
Drive PE Terminal
Panel Ground Bus
(OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE)
BUILDING GROUND POTENTIAL
Incidental Contact
of Conduit Strap
Motor
Frame
Ground
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

3-6 Grounding
Effective Grounding Practices
This scheme replaces the conduit with shielded or armored cable that has a
PVC exterior jacket. This PVC jacket prevents accidental contact with
building steel and reduces the possibility that noise will enter the ground
grid.
INPUT TRANSFORMER
AC DRIVE
Shielded or
Armored Cable
with PVC Jacket
MOTOR FRAME
A
R
U
PE
X 0
B
C
S
T
V
W
PE PE
P
V
C
MOTOR
Connection to
Ground Grid,
Girder or
Ground Rod
Connection to
Cabinet Ground Bus
or Directly to
Drive PE Terminal
Panel Ground Bus
(OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE)
Connection to Drive Structure or
Optional Cabinet Via Grounding
Connector or Terminating
Shield at PE Terminal
Motor
Frame
Ground
BUILDING GROUND POTENTIAL
Optimal - Recommended Grounding Practices
The fully grounded scheme provides the best containment of common mode
noise. It uses PVC jacketed, shielded cable on both the input and the output
to the drive. This method also provides a contained noise path to the
transformer to keep the ground grid as clean as possible.
INPUT TRANSFORMER
Shielded or
Armored Cable
with PVC Jacket
AC DRIVE
Shielded or
Armored Cable
with PVC Jacket
MOTOR FRAME
A
R
U
X 0
B
C
P
V
C
S
T
V
W
PE PE
P
V
C
MOTOR
PE
Connection to Ground Grid,
Girder or Ground Rod
Connection to Drive Structure or
Optional Cabinet Via Grounding
Connector or Terminating
Shield at PE Terminal
Connection to
Cabinet Ground Bus
or Directly to
Drive PE Terminal
Panel Ground Bus
(OPTIONAL ENCLOSURE)
Connection to Drive Structure or
Optional Cabinet Via Grounding
Connector or Terminating
Shield at PE Terminal
Motor
Frame
Ground
BUILDING GROUND POTENTIAL
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Grounding 3-7
Cable Shields
Motor and Input Cables
Shields of motor and input cables must be bonded at both ends to provide a
continuous path for common mode noise current.
Control and Signal Cables
Shields of control cables should be connected at one end only. The other
end should be cut back and insulated.
– The shield for a cable from one cabinet to another must be connected
at the cabinet that contains the signal source.
– The shield for a cable from a cabinet to an external device must be
connected at the cabinet end, unless specified by the manufacturer of
the external device.
Never connect a shield to the common side of a logic circuit (this will
introduce noise into the logic circuit). Connect the shield directly to a
chassis ground.
Shield Splicing
Figure 3.5 Spliced Cable Using Shieldhead Connector
PE
If the shielded cable needs to be stripped, it should be
stripped back as little as possible to ensure that continuity
of the shield is not interrupted. Avoid splicing motor
power cables when ever possible. Ideally, motor cables
should run continuously between the drive and motor
terminals. The most common reason for interrupted cable/
shield is to incorporate an “at the motor” disconnect
switch. In these cases, the preferred method of splicing is
to use fully shielded bulkhead connectors.
Single Point
A single safety ground point or ground bus bar should be
directly connected to the building steel for cabinet
installations. All circuits including the AC input ground
conductor should be grounded independently and directly
to this point/bar.
Isolated Inputs
If the drive’s analog inputs are from isolated devices and the output signal is
not referenced to the ground, the drive’s inputs do not need to be isolated.
An isolated input is recommended to reduce the possibility of induced noise
if the transducer’s signal is referenced to ground and the ground potentials
are varied (Refer to Noise Related Grounds on page 3-3). An external
isolator can be installed if the drive does not provide input isolation.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

3-8 Grounding
Notes:
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Chapter 4
Practices
This chapter discusses various installation practices.
Mounting
Standard Installations
There are many criteria in determining the appropriate enclosure. Some of
these include:
• Environment
• EMC Compatibility/Compliance
• Available Space
• Access/Wiring
• Safety Guidelines
Grounding to the Component Mounting Panel
In the example below, the drive chassis ground plane is extended to the
mounting panel. The panel is made of zinc-plated steel to ensure a proper
bond between chassis and panel.
Figure 4.1 Drive Chassis Ground Plane Extended to the Panel
Drive ground plane
(chassis) bonded to panel
Note: Where TE and PE terminals are provided, ground each separately to
the nearest point on the panel using flat braid.
In an industrial control cabinet, the equivalent to the copper ground layer of
a PCB is the mounting panel. To make use of the panel as a ground plane it
should be made of zinc-plated mild steel. If painted, remove the paint at
each mounting and grounding point.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-2 Practices
Zinc-plated steel is strongly recommended due to its inherent ability to bond
with the drive chassis and resist corrosion. The disadvantage with painted
panels, apart from the cost in labor to remove the paint, is the difficulty in
making quality control checks to verify if the paint has been properly
removed, and any future corrosion of the unprotected mild steel may
compromise noise performance.
Plain stainless steel panels are also acceptable but are inferior to zinc-plated
mild steel due to their higher ohms-per-square resistance.
Though not always applicable, a plated cabinet frame is also highly
desirable since it makes a high frequency bond between panel and cabinet
sections more reliable.
Doors
For doors 2 m (78 in.) in height, ground the door to the cabinet with two or
three braided straps.
EMC seals are not normally required for industrial systems.
EMC Specific Installations
A steel enclosure is recommended. A steel enclosure can help guard against
radiated noise to meet EMC standards. If the enclosure door has a viewing
window, it should be a laminated screen or a conductive optical substrate to
block EMC.
Do not rely on the hinge for electrical contact between the door and the
enclosure - install a grounding wire. For doors 2 m (78 in.) in height, two or
three braided grounding straps between the door and the cabinet should be
used. EMC gaskets are not normally required for industrial systems.
Layout
Plan the cabinet layout so that drives are separated from sensitive
equipment. Choose conduit entry points that allow any common mode noise
to remain away from PLCs and other equipment that may be susceptible to
noise. Refer to Moisture on page 4-19 for additional information.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-3
Hardware
You can mount the drive and/or mounting panel with either bolts or welded
studs.
Mounting Bracket
or Ground Bus
Figure 4.2 Stud Mounting of Ground Bus or Chassis to Back Panel
Welded Stud
Back Panel
Flat Washer
Paint Free Area
Nut
Flat Washer
Star Washer
If mounting bracket is coated with a
non-conductive material (anodized,
painted, etc.), scrape the material off
around the mounting hole.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-4 Practices
Figure 4.3 Bolt Mounting of Ground Bus or Chassis to Back Panel
Back Panel Star Washer
Bolt
Mounting Bracket
or Ground Bus
Flat Washer
Nut
Flat Washer
Nut
Star Washer
Paint Free Area
Star Washer
If mounting bracket is coated with a
non-conductive material (anodized,
painted, etc.), scrape the material off
around the mounting hole.
If the drive chassis does not lay flat before the nuts/bolts are tightened, use
additional washers as shims so that the chassis does not bend when you
tighten the nuts.
Conduit Entry
Entry Plates
In most cases, the conduit entry plate will be a paint-free conductive
material. The surface of the plate should be clean of oil or contaminants. If
the plate is painted, use a connector that cuts through the paint and makes a
high quality connection to the plate material
Or
Remove the paint around the holes to the bare metal one inch in from the
edge of the plate. Grind down the paint on the top and bottom surfaces. Use
a high quality joint compound when reassembling to avoid corrosion.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-5
Cable Connectors/Glands
Choose cable connectors or glands that offer the best cable protection,
shield termination and ground contact. Refer to Shield Termination on
page 4-15 for more information.
Shield terminating connectors
The cable connector selected must provide good 360 o contact and low
transfer impedance from the shield or armor of the cable to the conduit entry
plate at both the motor and the drive or drive cabinet for electrical bonding.
SKINTOP ® MS-SC/MS-SCL cable grounding connectors and NPT/PG
adapters from LAPPUSA are good examples of this type of shield
terminating gland.
Figure 4.4 Terminating the Shield with a Connector
Metal connector body
makes direct contact with
the braid wires
Braid wires pulled back in a 360° pattern
around the ground cone of the connector
U (T1)
V (T2)
W (T3)
PE
Ground Bushing
One or More
Ground Leads
Metal locknut bonds the
connector to the panel
Drain wires pulled back in a 360° pattern
around the ground cone of the connector
Important: This is mandatory for CE compliant installations, to meet
requirements for containing radiated electromagnetic emissions.
Shield termination via Pigtail (Lead)
If a shield terminating connector is not available, the ground conductors or
shields must be terminated to the appropriate ground terminal. If necessary,
use a compression fitting for ground conductor(s) and/or shields together as
they leave the cable fitting.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-6 Practices
Figure 4.5 Terminating the Shield with a Pigtail Lead
Exposed Shield
One or More
Ground Leads
U (T1)
V (T2)
W (T3)
PE
PE
Flying Lead Soldered
to Braid
Important: This is an acceptable industry practice for most installations.
to minimize stray common mode currents
Pigtail termination is the least effective method of noise containment.
It is not recommended if:
• the cable length is greater than 1 m (39 in.) or extends beyond the panel
• in very noisy areas
• the cables are for very noise sensitive signals (for example, registration
or encoder cables)
• strain relief is required
If a pigtail is used, pull and twist the exposed shield after separation from
the conductors. Solder a flying lead to the braid to extend its length.
Ground Connections
Ground conductors should be connected with care to assure safe and
adequate connections.
For individual ground connections, star washers and ring lugs should be
used to make connections to mounting plates or other flat surfaces that do
not provide proper compression lugs.
If a ground bus system is used in a cabinet, follow the bus bar mounting
diagrams.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-7
Figure 4.6 Connections to Ground Bus
Ground Bus
Component
Grounding
Conductors
Tapped Hole
Ground Lug
Bolt
Star Washer
Component
Grounding
Conductor
Figure 4.7 Ground Connections to Enclosure Wall
Star Washer
Ground Lug
Welded Stud
Paint Free
Area
Bolt
Ground Lug
Nut
Star Washer
Component
Ground Conductor
Nut
Star Washer
Component
Ground Conductor
Star Washer
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-8 Practices
Do not lay one ground lug directly on top of the other. This type of
connection can become loose due to compression of the metal lugs.
Sandwich the first lug between a star washer and a nut with another star
washer following. After tightening the nut, sandwich the second lug
between the first nut and a second nut with a captive star washer.
Figure 4.8 Multiple Connections to Ground Stud or Bolts
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-9
Wire Routing
General
When routing wiring to a drive, separate high voltage power and motor
leads from I/O and signal leads. To maintain separate routes, route these in
separate conduit or use tray dividers.
Table 4.A Cable and Wiring Recommendations
Minimum Spacing (in inches) between Levels in
Wiring
Steel Conduits (Cable Trays)
Category Level Signal Definition Signal Examples 1 2/3/4 5/6 7/8 9/10/11
Power 1 AC Power (600V or greater) 2.3kV 3-Ph AC Lines 0 3 (9) 3 (9) 3 (18) Refer to
Spacing
Note 6
2 AC Power (less than 600V) 460V 3-Ph AC Lines 3 (9) 0 3 (6) 3 (12) Refer to
Spacing
Note 6
3 AC Power AC Motor
4 Dynamic Brake Cables Refer to Spacing Note
7
Control 5 115V AC/DC Logic Relay Logic/PLC I/O
Motor Thermostat
Signal
(Process)
Signal
(Comm)
115V AC Power
Power Supplies,
Instruments
6 24V AC/DC Logic PLC I/O
7 Analog Signals, DC Supplies Reference/Feedback
Signal, 5 to 24V DC
Digital (Low Speed) TTK
8 Digital (High Speed) I/O, Encoder, Counter
Pulse Tach
9 Serial Communication RS-232, 422 to
Terminals/Printers
11 Serial Communication
(greater than 20k total)
ControlNet,
DeviceNet, Remote
I/O, Data Highway
3 (9) 3 (6) 0 3 (9) Refer to
Spacing
Note 6
Spacing
Notes
Refer to
Spacing
Notes 1, 2
and 5
Refer to
Spacing
Notes 1, 2
and 5
Refer to
Spacing
Notes 1, 2
and 5
3 (18) 3 (12) 3 (9) 0 1 (3) Refer to
Spacing
Notes 2, 3,
4 and 5
Refer to Spacing Note 6 1 (3) 0
Example: Spacing relationship between 480V AC incoming power leads and 24V
DC logic leads.
• 480V AC leads are Level 2; 24V AC leads are Level 6.
• For separate steel conduits, the conduits must be 76 mm (3 in.) apart.
• In a cable tray, the two groups of leads must be 152 mm (6 in.) apart.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-10 Practices
Spacing Notes:
1. Both outgoing and return current carrying conductors are pulled in the same conduit or laid
adjacent in tray.
2. The following cable levels can be grouped together:
A. Level 1: Equal to or above 601V.
B. Levels 2, 3, & 4 may have respective circuits pulled in the same conduit or layered in the same
tray.
C. Levels 5 & 6 may have respective circuits pulled in the same conduit or layered in the same
tray. Note: Bundle may not exceed conditions of NEC 310.
D. Levels 7 & 8 may have respective circuits pulled in the same conduit or layered in the same
tray. Note: Encoder cables run in a bundle may experience some amount of EMI coupling. The
circuit application may dictate separate spacing.
E. Levels 9, 10 & 11 may have respective circuits pulled in the same conduit or layered in the
same tray. Note: Communication cables run in a bundle may experience some amount of EMI
coupling and corresponding communication faults. The application may dictate separate
spacing.
3. Level 7 through Level 11 wires must be shielded per recommendations.
4. In cable trays, steel separators are advisable between the class groupings.
5. If conduit is used, it must be continuous and composed of magnetic steel.
6. Spacing of Communication cables Levels 2 through 6 is the following:
Conduit Spacing
Through Air Spacing
115V = 1 inch
115V = 2 inches
230V = 1.5 inches
230V = 4 inches
460/575V = 3 inches 460/575V = 8 inches
575 volts = proportional to 6 inches
Per 1000V
575V proportional to 12 inches
Per 1000V
7. If more than one brake module is required, the first module must be mounted within 3.0 m (10 ft.) of
the drive. Each remaining brake module can be a maximum distance of 1.5 m (5 ft.) from the
previous module. Resistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft.) of the chopper module.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-11
Within A Cabinet
When multiple equipment is mounted in a common enclosure, group the
input and output conduit/armor to one side of the cabinet as shown in Figure
4.9. Separating any Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) or other
susceptible equipment cabling to the opposite side will minimize many
effects of drive induced noise currents.
Figure 4.9 Separating Susceptible Circuits
Programmable Logic Controller
and Other Control Circuits
PWM Drives
Sensitive
Equipment
Drive Power
Wiring
Drive Control and
Communications Wiring
Ground Bus
Power
Distribution
Terminals
Common mode noise current returning on the output conduit, shielding or
armor can flow into the cabinet bond and most likely exit through the
adjacent input conduit/armor bond near the cabinet top, well away from
sensitive equipment (such as the PLC). Common mode current on the return
ground wire from the motor will flow to the copper PE bus and back up the
input PE ground wire, also away from sensitive equipment (Refer to Proper
Cabinet Ground - Drives & Susceptible Equipment on page 4-12). If a
cabinet PE ground wire is run it should be connected from the same side of
the cabinet as the conduit/armor connections. This keeps the common mode
noise shunted away from the PLC backplane.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-12 Practices
Common Mode Current on
Cabinet Backplane/Subpanel
Figure 4.10 Proper Cabinet Ground - Drives & Susceptible Equipment
Output Conduit or Armor
(Bonded to Cabinet)
U V
W PE
U V
W PE
R S
T PE
Common Mode
Current on Armor
or Conduit
Incoming Power
Conduit/Armor
Cabinet
Backplane/Subpanel
Within Conduit
Do not route more than 3 sets of motor leads (3 drives) in the same conduit.
Maintain fill rates per applicable electrical codes. Do not run power or
motor cables and control or communications cables in the same conduit. If
possible, avoid running incoming power leads and motor leads in the same
conduit for long runs.
Loops, Antennas and Noise
When routing signal or communications wires, avoid routes that produce
loops. Wires that form a loop can form an efficient antenna. Antennas work
well in both receive and transmit modes, these loops can be responsible for
noise received into the system and noise radiated from the system. Run feed
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-13
and return wires together rather than allow a loop to form. Twisting the pair
together further reduces the antenna effects. Refer to Figure 4.11.
Figure 4.11 Avoiding Loops in Wiring
Not Recommended Good Solution Better Solution
Conduit
Magnetic steel conduit is preferred. This type of conduit provides the best
magnetic shielding. However not all applications allow the use of magnetic
steel conduit. Stainless steel or PVC may be required. Conduit other than
magnetic steel will not provide the same level of shielding for magnetic
fields induced by the motor and input power currents.
Conduit must be installed so as to provide a continuous electrical path
through the conduit itself. This path can become important in the
containment of high frequency noise.
To avoid nicking, use caution when pulling the wire. Insulation damage can
occur when nylon coated wiring such as THHN or THWN is pulled through
conduit, particularly 90°bends. Nicking can significantly reduce or remove
the insulation. Use great care when pulling nylon coated. Do not use water
based lubricants with nylon coated wire such as THHN.
Do not route more than 3 sets of motor cables in one conduit. Maintain the
proper fill rates per the applicable electrical codes.
Do not rely on the conduit as the ground return for a short circuit. Route a
separate ground wire inside the conduit with the motor or input power
wires.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-14 Practices
Cable Trays
When laying cable in cable trays, do not randomly distribute them. Power
cables for each drive should be bundled together and anchored to the tray. A
minimum separation of one cable width should be maintained between
bundles to reduce overheating and cross-coupling. Current flowing in one
set of cables can induce a hazardous voltage and/or excessive noise on the
cable set of another drive, even when no power is applied to the second
drive.
Figure 4.12 Recommended Cable Tray Practices
Bundled and
Anchored to Tray
Recommended
arrangements for
multiple cable sets
T PE
R S
T PE
R S
T PE
R S
R S T PE
PE T S R
Carefully arrange the geometry of multiple cable sets. Keep conductors
within each group bundled. Arrange the order of the conductors to minimize
the current which induced between sets and to balance the currents. This is
critical on drives with power ratings of 200 HP (150 kW) and higher.
Maintain separation between power and control cables. When laying out
cable tray for large drives make sure that cable tray or conduit containing
signal wiring is separated from the conduit or trays containing power or
motor wiring by 3 feet or more. Electromagnetic fields from power or motor
currents can induce currents in the signal cables. Dividers also provide
excellent separation.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-15
Shield Termination
Refer to Shield Splicing on page 3-7 to splice shielded cables. The
following methods are acceptable if the shield connection to the ground is
not accomplished by the gland or connector. Refer to the table associated
with each type of clamp for advantages and disadvantages.
Termination via circular clamp
Clamp the cable to the main panel closest to the shield terminal using the
circular section clamping method. The preferred method for grounding
cable shields is clamping the circular section of 360°bonding, as shown in
Figure 4.13. It has the advantage of covering a wide variety of cable
diameters and drilling/mounting is not required. Its disadvantages are cost
and availability in all areas.
Figure 4.13 Commercial Cable Clamp (Heavy Duty)
Plain copper saddle clamps, as shown in Figure 4.14, are sold in many areas
for plumbing purposes, but are very effective and available in a range of
sizes. They are low cost and offer good strain relief as well. You must drill
mounting holes to use them.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-16 Practices
Figure 4.14 Plain Copper Saddle Clamp
Shield Termination via Pigtail (Lead)
If a shield terminating connector is not available, the ground conductors
and/or shields must be terminated to the appropriate ground terminal. If
necessary, use a compression fitting on the ground conductor(s) or shield
together as they leave the cable fitting.
Pigtail termination is the least effective method of noise containment.
It is not recommended if:
• the cable length is greater than 1 m (39 in.) or extends beyond the panel.
• being used in very noisy areas
• the cables are for very noise sensitive signals (for example, registration
or encoder cables)
• strain relief is required
If a pigtail is used, pull and twist the exposed shield after separation from
the conductors. To extend the length, solder a flying lead to the braid.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-17
Shield Termination via Cable Clamp
Standard Cable
Grounding Cable glands are a simple and effective method for terminating
shields while offering excellent strain relief. They are only applicable when
entry is through a cabinet surface or bulkhead.
The cable connector selected must provide good 360° contact and low
transfer impedance from the shield or armor of the cable to the conduit entry
plate at both the motor and the drive or drive cabinet for electrical bonding.
SKINTOP® MS-SC/MS-SCL cable grounding
connectors and NPT/PG adapters from LAPPUSA are
good examples of standard cable clamp shield
terminating gland.
Armored Cable
Armored cable can be terminated in a similar manner to standard cable.
The Tek-Mate Fast-Fit cable clamp by O-Z/Gedney is a
good example of an armored cable terminator.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-18 Practices
Conductor Termination
Terminate power, motor and control connections to the drive terminal
blocks. User manuals list minimum and maximum wire gauges, tightening
torque for terminals and recommended lug types if stud connections are
provided. Use a connector with 3 ground bushings when using a cable with
3 ground conductors. Bending radii minimums per the applicable electrical
code should be followed.
Power TB
Power terminals are normally fixed (non-pull apart) and can be cage
clamps, barrier strips or studs for ring type crimp lugs depending on the
drive style and rating. Cage clamp styles may require a non-standard
screwdriver. Crimp lugs will require a crimping tool. On smaller sizes, a
stripping gauge may be provided on the drive to assist in the amount of
insulation to remove. Normally the three phase input is not phase sensitive.
That is, the sequence of A,B,C phases has no effect on the operation of the
drive or the direction of motor rotation.
Control TB
Control terminal blocks are either pull apart or fixed (non pull apart).
Terminals will be either spring clamp type or barrier strip. A stripping
gauge may be provided on the drive to assist in the amount of insulation to
remove. Some control connections, such as analog input and output signals,
are polarity sensitive. Consult the applicable user manual for correct
connection.
Signal TB
If an encoder or tachometer feedback is used, a separate terminal block or
blocks may be provided. Consult the user manual for these phase sensitive
connections. Improper wiring could lead to incorrect drive operation.
Cables terminated here are typically shielded and the signals being carried
are generally more sensitive to noise. Carefully check the user manual for
recommendations on shield termination. Some shields can be terminated at
the terminal block and others will be terminated at the entry point.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Practices 4-19
Moisture
Refer to NEC Article 100 for definitions of Damp, Dry and Wet locations.
The U.S. NEC permits the use of heat-resistant thermoplastic wire in both
dry and damp applications (Table 310-13). However, PVC insulation
material is more susceptible to absorbing moisture than XLPE (Cross
Linked polyethylene) insulation material (XHHW-2) identified for use in
wet locations. Because the PVC insulating material absorbs moisture, the
corona inception voltage (CIV) insulation capability of the “damp” or “wet”
THHN was found to be less than ½ of the same wire when “dry.” For this
reason, certain industries where water is prevalent in the environment have
refrained from using THHN wire with IGBT drives.
Based on Rockwell Automation research, tests have determined that the
following cable type is superior to loose wires in dry, damp and wet
applications and can significantly reduce capacitive coupling and common
mode noise.
• PVC jacketed, shielded type TC with XLPE conductor insulation
designed to meet NEC code designation XHHW-2 (use in wet locations
per the U.S. NEC, Table 310-13).
Other cable types for wet locations include continuous welded armor cables
or CLX designation.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

4-20 Practices
Notes:
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Chapter 5
Reflected Wave
This chapter discusses the reflected wave phenomenon and its impact on
drive systems.
Description
The inverter section of a drive does not produce sinusoidal voltage, but
rather a series of voltage pulses created from the DC bus. These pulses
travel down the motor cables to the motor. The pulses are then reflected
back to the drive. The reflection is dependent on the rise time of the drive
output voltage, cable characteristics, cable length and motor impedance. If
the voltage reflection is combined with another, subsequent pulse, peak
voltages can be at a destructive level. A single IGBT drive output may have
reflected wave transient voltage stresses of up to twice (2 pu or per unit) the
DC bus voltage between its own output wires. Multiple drive output wires in
a single conduit or wire tray further increase output wire voltage stress
between multi-drive output wires that are touching. Drive #1 may have a (+)
2 pu stress while drive #2 may simultaneously have a (-) 2 pu stress.
Effects On Wire Types
Wires with dielectric constants greater than 4 cause the voltage stress to
shift to the air gap between the wires that are barely touching. This electric
field may be high enough to ionize the air surrounding the wire insulation
and cause a partial discharge mechanism (corona) to occur. The electric
field distribution between wires increases the possibility for corona and
greater ozone production. This ozone attacks the PVC insulation and
produces carbon tracking, leading to the possibility of insulation
breakdown.
Based on field and internal testing, Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley
has determined conductors manufactured with Poly-Vinyl Chloride (PVC)
wire insulation are subject to a variety of manufacturing inconsistencies
which can lead to premature insulation degradation when used with IGBT
drives. Flame-retardant heat-resistant thermoplastic insulation is the type of
insulation listed in the NEC code for the THHN wire designation. This type
of insulation is commonly referred to as PVC. In addition to manufacturing
inconsistencies, the physical properties of the cable can change due to
environment, installation and operation, which can also lead to premature
insulation degradation. The following is a summary of our findings:
Due to inconsistencies in manufacturing processes or wire pulling, air voids
can also occur in the THHN wire between the nylon jacket and PVC
insulation. Because the dielectric constant of air is much lower than the
dielectric constant of the insulating material, the transient reflected wave
voltage might appear across these voids. If the corona inception voltage
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

5-2 Reflected Wave
(CIV) for the air void is reached, ozone is produced. Ozone attacks the PVC
insulation leading to a breakdown in cable insulation.
Asymmetrical construction of the insulation has also been observed for
some manufacturers of PVC wire. A wire with a 15 mil specification was
observed to have an insulation thickness of 10 mil at some points. The
smaller the insulation thickness, the less voltage the wire can withstand.
THHN jacket material has a relatively brittle nylon that lends itself to
damage (i.e. nicks and cuts) when pulled through conduit on long wire runs.
This issue is of even greater concern when the wire is being pulled through
multiple 90°bends in the conduit. These nicks may be a starting point for
CIV leading to insulation degradation.
During operation, the conductor heats up and a “coldflow” condition may
occur with PVC insulation at points where the unsupported weight of the
wire may stretch the insulation. This has been observed at 90°bends where
wire is dropped down to equipment from an above wireway. This
“coldflow” condition produces thin spots in the insulation which lowers the
cable's voltage withstand capability.
Refer to NEC Article 100 for definitions of Damp, Dry and Wet locations.
The U.S. NEC permits the use of heat-resistant thermoplastic wire in both
dry and damp applications (Table 310-13). However, PVC insulation
material is more susceptible to absorbing moisture than XLPE (Cross
Linked polyethylene) insulation material (XHHN-2) identified for use in
wet locations. Because the PVC insulating material absorbs moisture, the
Corona Inception Voltage insulation capability of the “damp” or “wet”
THHN was found to be less than ½ of the same wire when “dry.” For this
reason, certain industries where water is prevalent in the environment have
refrained from using THHN wire with IGBT drives. Rockwell Automation
strongly suggests the use of XLPE insulation for wet areas.
Length Restrictions For
Motor Protection
To protect the motor from reflected waves, limit the length of the motor
cables from the drive to the motor. Each drive's user manual lists the lead
length limitations based on drive size and the quality of the insulation
system in the chosen motor.
If the distance between drive and motor must exceed these limits, contact
the local office or factory for analysis and advice. Refer to Appendix A for
complete tables.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Chapter 6
Electromagnetic Interference
This chapter discusses types of electromagnetic interference and its impact
on drive systems.
What Causes Common
Mode Noise
Faster output dv/dt transitions of IGBT drives increase the possibility for
increased Common Mode (CM) electrical noise. Common Mode Noise is a
type of electrical noise induced on signals with respect to ground.
INPUT TRANSFORMER
AC DRIVE
Path for Common
Mode Current
MOTOR FRAME
PE
X 0
A
B
C
R
S
T
U
V
W
PE
MOTOR
C lg-m
Feed-
-back
Device
Path for Common
Mode Current
Path for Common
Mode Current
C lg-c
Path for Common
Mode Current
V ng
SYSTEM GROUND
Path for Common
Mode Current
There is a possibility for electrical noise from drive operation to interfere
with adjacent sensitive electronic equipment, especially in areas where
many drives are concentrated. Generating common mode currents by
varying frequency inverters is similar to the common mode currents that
occur with DC drives. Although AC drives produce a much higher
frequency then DC drives (250 kHz - 6MHz). Inverters have a greater
potential for exciting circuit resonance because of very fast turn on switches
causing common mode currents to look for the lowest impedance path back
to the inverter. The dv/dt and di/dt from the circulating ground currents can
couple into the signal and logic circuits, causing improper operation and
possible circuit damage. When conventional grounding techniques do not
work you must use high frequency bonding techniques. If installers do not
use these techniques, motor bearing currents increase and system circuit
boards have the potential to fail prematurely. Currents in the ground system
may cause problems with computer systems and distributed control
systems.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

6-2 Electromagnetic Interference
Containing Common Mode
Noise With Cabling
Cable type has a great effect on the ability to contain common mode noise
in a system that incorporates a drive.
Conduit
The combination of a ground conductor and conduit contains most
capacitive current and returns it to the drive without polluting the ground
grid. A conduit may still have unintended contact with grid ground structure
due to straps, support, etc. The AC resistance characteristics of earth are
generally variable and unpredictable, making it difficult to predict how
noise current will divide between wire, conduit or the ground grid.
Shielded or Armored Power Cable
The predominant return path for common mode noise is the shield/armor
itself when using shielded or armored power cables. Unlike conduit, the
shield/armor is isolated from accidental contact with grounds by a PVC
outer coating. Making the majority of noise current flow in the controlled
path and very little high frequency noise flows into the ground grid.
Noise current returning on the shield or safety ground wire is routed to the
drive PE terminal, down to the cabinet PE ground bus, and then directly to
the grounded neutral of the drive source transformer. Take care when
bonding the armor or shield to the drive PE. A low impedance cable or strap
is recommended when making this connection, as opposed to the smaller
gauge ground wire either supplied as part of the motor cable or supplied
separately. Otherwise, the higher frequencies associated with the common
mode noise will find this cable impedance higher and look for a lower
impedance path. The cable’s radiated emissions are minimal because the
armor completely covers the noisy power wires. Also, the armor prevents
EMI coupling to other signal cables that might be routed in the same cable
tray.
Another effective method of reducing common mode noise is to attenuate it
before it can reach the ground grid. Installing a common mode ferrite core
on the output cables can reduce the amplitude of the noise to a level that
makes it relatively harmless to sensitive equipment or circuits. Common
mode cores are most effective when multiple drives are located in a
relatively small area. For more information see the 1321-M Common Mode
Chokes Instructions, publication 1321-5.0.
As a general rule:
IF the distance between the drive and motor or the distance between drive
and input transformer is greater than 75 feet.
AND
IF sensitive circuits with leads greater then 75 feet such as: encoders,
analog, or capacitive sensors are routed, in or out of the cabinet, near the
drive or transformer
THEN
Common mode chokes should be installed.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Electromagnetic Interference 6-3
How Electromechanical
Switches Cause Transient
Interference
Electromechanical contacts cause transient interference when switching
inductive loads such as relays, solenoids, motor starters, or motors. Drives,
as well as other devices having electronic logic circuits, are susceptible to
this type of interference.
Examine the following circuit model for a switch controlling an inductive
load. Both the load and the wiring have inductance, which prevents the
current from stopping instantly when the switch contacts open. There is also
stray capacitance in the wiring.
V C
Power
Wiring
Capacitance
Load
Inductance
Load
Wiring Inductance
Interference occurs when the switch opens while it is carrying current. Load
and cable inductance prevents the current from immediately stopping. The
current continues to flow, and charges the capacitance in the circuit. The
voltage across the switch contacts (VC) rises, as the capacitance charges.
This voltage can reach very high levels. When the voltage exceeds the
breakdown voltage for the space between the contacts, an arc occurs and the
voltage returns to zero. Charging and arcing continues until the distance
between the contacts is sufficient to provide insulation. The arcing radiates
noise at an energy levels and frequencies that disturb logic and
communication circuits.
If the power source is periodic (like AC power), you can reduce the
interference by opening the contact when the current waveform crosses
zero. Opening the circuit farther from zero elevates the energy level and
creates more interference.
How to Prevent or Mitigate
Transient Interference from
Electromechanical Switches
The most effective way to avoid this type of transient interference, is to use
a device like an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 156 contactor to switch inductive
AC loads. These devices feature “zero cross” switching.
A1
A2
L1
T1
AC
Bulletin 156
Contactor
Load
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

6-4 Electromagnetic Interference
Putting Resistive-Capacitive (RC) networks or Voltage Dependant Resistors
(Varistors) across contacts will mitigate transient interference. Make sure to
select components rated to withstand the voltage, power and frequency of
switching for your application.
AC
Load
AC
Load
A common method for mitigating transient interference is to put a diode in
parallel with an inductive DC load or a suppressor in parallel with an
inductive AC load. Again, make sure to select components rated to
withstand the voltage, power and frequency of switching for your
application. These methods are not totally effective, because they do not
entirely eliminate arcing at the contacts.
+
DC
Load
-
AC
Load
AC
Load
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Electromagnetic Interference 6-5
The following table contains examples which illustrate methods for
mitigating transient interference.
Examples of Transient Interference Mitigation
digital contact output
V DC
1CR
Example 1:
A contact output controls a DC
control relay.
The relay coil requires a suppressor
(blocking diode) because it is an
inductive device controlled by a dry
contact.
digital DC output
solid-state
switch
digital AC output
solid-state
switch
L1
1MS
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
1CR
1MS
1MS
1MS
suppressor
suppressor
1CR
suppressor
1S
suppressor
suppressor
L2
1M
Example 2:
An AC output controls a motor
starter, contacts on the starter control
a motor.
The contacts require RC networks or
Varistors.
The motor requires suppressors
because it is an inductive device.
An inductive device controlled by a
solid state switching device (like the
starter coil in this example) typically
does not require a suppressor.
Example 3:
An AC output controls an interposing
relay, but the circuit can be opened by
dry contacts. Relay contacts control a
solenoid coil.
The contacts require RC networks or
Varistors.
The relay coil requires a suppressor
because it is an inductive device
controlled by dry contacts.
The solenoid coil also requires a
suppressor because it is an inductive
device controlled by dry contacts.
digital contact output L1
pilot light with built-in
L2
step-down transformer
Example 4:
A contact output controls a pilot light
with a built in step-down transformer.
The pilot light requires a suppressor
because its transformer is an
inductive device controlled by a dry
contact.
suppressor
digital contact output
115V AC
1CR
suppressor
1CR
480V AC
brake solenoid
1CR
Example 5:
A contact output controls a relay,
which controls a brake solenoid.
The contacts require RC networks or
Varistors.
Both the relay and the brake solenoid
require suppressors because they
are both inductive devices controlled
by dry contacts.
suppressor
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

6-6 Electromagnetic Interference
Enclosure Lighting
Fluorescent lamps are also sources of EMI. If you must use fluorescent
lamps inside an enclosure, the following precautions may help guard against
EMI problems from this source as shown in the figure below:
• install a shielding grid over the lamp
• use shielded cable between the lamp and its switch
• use a metal-encased switch
• install a filter between the switch and the power line, or shield the
power-line cable
Filter
AC power
Shielding-grid
over lamp
Shielded
cable
Metel-encased
switch
Line-filter or
shielded
power line
Bearing Current
The application of pulse-width modulated (PWM) inverters has led to
significant advantages in terms of the performance, size, and efficiency of
variable speed motor controls. However, the high switching rates used to
obtain these advantages can also contribute to motor bearing damage due to
bearing currents and Electric Discharge Machining (EDM). Bearing
damage on motors supplied by PWM inverters is more likely to occur in
applications where the coupling between the motor and load is not
electrically conductive (such as belted loads), when the motor is lightly
loaded, or when the motor is in an environment with ionized air. Other
factors, such as the type of grease and the type of bearings used may also
affect the longevity of motor bearings. Motor manufacturers that design and
manufacture motors for use with variable frequency drives can offer
solutions to help mitigate these potential problems.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Appendix A
Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
The distances listed in each table are valid only for specific cable
constructions and may not be accurate for lesser cable designs, particularly
if the length restriction is due to cable charging current (indicated in tables
by shading). When choosing the proper cable, note the following
definitions:
Unshielded Cable
• Tray cable - fixed geometry without foil or braided shield but including an exterior cover
• Individual wires not routed in metallic conduit
Shielded Cable
• Individual conductors routed in metallic conduit
• Fixed geometry cables with foil or braided shield of at least 75% coverage
• Continuous weld or interlocked armored cables with no twist in the conductors (may
have and optional foil shield)
Important:
Certain shielded cable constructions may cause excessive cable charging
currents and may interfere with proper application performance, particularly
on smaller drive ratings. Shielded cables that do not maintain a fixed
geometry, but rather twist the conductors and tightly wrap the bundle with a
foil shield may cause unnecessary drive tripping. Unless specifically stated in
the table, the distances listed ARE NOT applicable to this type of cable.
Actual distances for this cable type may be considerably less.
Type A Motor
• No phase paper or misplaced phase paper
• Lower quality insulation systems
• Corona inception voltages between 850 and 1000 volts
Type B Motor
• Properly placed phase paper
• Medium quality insulation systems
• Corona inception voltages between 1000 and 1200 volts
1488V Motor
• Meets NEMA MG 1-1998 section 31 standard
• Insulation can withstand voltage spikes of 3.1 times rated motor voltage due to inverter
operation.
1329 R/L Motor
• AC variable speed motors are “Control-Matched” for use with Allen-Bradley drives.
• Motor designed to meet or exceed the requirements of the Federal Energy Act of 1992.
• Optimized for variable speed operation and include premium inverter grade insulation
systems, which meet or exceed NEMA MG1 (Part 31.40.4.2).
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-2 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
In the following tables, a “●” in any of the latter columns will indicate that
this drive rating can be used with an Allen-Bradley Terminator
(1204-TFA1/1204-TFB2) and/or Reflected Wave Reduction Device with
Common Mode Choke (1204-RWC-17) or without choke (1204-RWR2).
• For the Terminator, the maximum cable length is 182.9 meters (600 feet)
for 400/480/600V drives (not 690V). The PWM frequency must be 2
kHz. The 1204-TFA1 can be used only on low HP (5 HP & below), while
the 1204-TFB2 can be used from 2-800 HP.
• 1204 Reflected Wave Reduction Device (all motor insulation classes):
– 1204-RWR2-09
2 kHz: 182.9m (600 ft.) at 400/480V and 121.9m (400 ft.) at 600V.
4 kHz: 91.4m (300 ft.) at 400/480V and 61.0m (200 ft.) at 600V.
– 1204-RWC-17
2 kHz: 365.8m (1200 ft.) at 400/480/600V.
4 kHz: 243.8m (800 ft.) at 400/480V and 121.9m (400 ft.) at 600V.
For both devices, power dissipation in the damping resistor limits
maximum cable length.
The 1321-RWR is a complete reflected wave reduction solution available
for many of the PowerFlex drives. If available, a 1321-RWR catalog number
will be indicated in the “Reactor/RWR” column. When not available, use
the reactor and resistor information provided to build a solution.
For Further Information on … see Publication …
1321-RWR
1321-TD001
1204-RWR2 1204-5.1
1204-RWC
1204-IN001
1204-TFxx
1204-IN002
Table Cross Reference
Drive Voltage Table Page Drive Voltage Table Page
PowerFlex 4 400 A.A A-3 PowerFlex 700L with
400 A.V A-17
480 A.B A-3 PowerFlex 700S Control
480 A.W A-17
PowerFlex 4M 400 A.C A-4 600 A.X A-18
480 A.D A-4 690 A.Y A-18
PowerFlex 40 400 A.E A-5 PowerFlex 700S 400 A.Z A-18
480 A.F A-5 480 A.AA A-20
600 A.G A-5 600 A.AB A-21
PowerFlex 400 400 A.H A-6 690 A.AC A-22
480 A.I A-7 PowerFlex 753
400 A.AD A-23
PowerFlex 70 (Standard/Enhanced) 400 A.J A-8 PowerFlex 755
480 A.AE A-24
PowerFlex 700 (Standard/Vector) 480 A.K A-10 1336 PLUS II
380…480 A.AF A-26
600 A.L A-12 1336 IMPACT
600 A.AG A-27
PowerFlex 700 (Standard/Vector) 690 A.M A-12 1305 (No External Devices) 480 A.AH A-28
PowerFlex 700H 400 A.N A-13 1305 (External Devices at Motor) 480 A.AI A-28
480 A.O A-14 160 480 A.AJ A-28
600 A.P A-14 160 (Cable Charging Current) 240 & 480 A.AK A-29
690 A.Q A-15
PowerFlex 700L with
400 A.R A-16
PowerFlex 700VC Control
480 A.S A-16
600 A.T A-16
690 A.U A-17
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-3
PowerFlex 4 Drives
Table A.A PowerFlex 4, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
0.4 2/4 7.6 53.3 53.3 53.3 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(25) (175) (175) (175) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
0.75 2/4 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
1.5 2/4 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
2.2 2/4 7.6 137.2 182.9 182.9 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (450) (600) (600) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
3.7 2/4 7.6 137.2 243.8 243.8 91.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (450) (800) (800) (300) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Table A.B PowerFlex 4, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Hp kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
0.5 2/4 7.6 12.2 53.3 53.3 7.6 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(25) (40) (175) (175) (25) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
1 2/4 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
2 2/4 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
3 2/4 7.6 12.2 129.5 129.5 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (425) (425) (25) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
5 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 243.8 243.8 182.9 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (800) (800) (600) (800) (800) (800)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-4 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
PowerFlex 4M Drives
Table A.C PowerFlex 4M, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
0.4 2/4 7.6 53.3 53.3 53.3 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(25) (175) (175) (175) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
0.75 2/4 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
1.5 2/4 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
2.2 2/4 7.6 137.2 182.9 182.9 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (450) (600) (600) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
3.7 2/4 7.6 137.2 243.8 243.8 91.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (450) (800) (800) (300) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800)
5.5 2/4 7.6 137.2 304.8 304.8 91.4 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (450) (1000) (1000) (300) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000)
7.5 2/4 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
11 2/4 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Table A.D PowerFlex 4M, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Hp kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
0.5 2/4 7.6 12.2 53.3 53.3 7.6 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(25) (40) (175) (175) (25) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
1 2/4 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
2 2/4 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
3 2/4 7.6 12.2 129.5 129.5 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (425) (425) (25) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
5 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 243.8 243.8 182.9 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (800) (800) (600) (800) (800) (800)
7.5 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 304.8 304.8 182.9 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1000) (1000) (600) (1000) (1000) (1000)
10 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
15 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-5
PowerFlex 40 Drives
Table A.E PowerFlex 40, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
0.4 2/4 7.6 53.3 53.3 53.3 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(25) (175) (175) (175) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
0.75 2/4 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
1.5 2/4 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
2.2 2/4 7.6 137.2 182.9 182.9 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (450) (600) (600) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
4 2/4 7.6 137.2 243.8 243.8 91.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ● ●
(25) (450) (800) (800) (300) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800)
5.5 2/4 7.6 137.2 304.8 304.8 91.4 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (450) (1000) (1000) (300) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000)
7.5 2/4 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
11 2/4 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Table A.F PowerFlex 40, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Hp kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
0.5 2/4 7.6 12.2 53.3 53.3 7.6 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(25) (40) (175) (175) (25) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
1 2/4 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
2 2/4 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
3 2/4 7.6 12.2 129.5 129.5 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (425) (425) (25) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
5 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800)
7.5 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 304.8 304.8 182.9 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1000) (1000) (600) (1000) (1000) (1000)
10 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
15 2/4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Table A.G PowerFlex 40, 600V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor +
Damping
Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Hp kHz 1488V 1850V 1488V 1600V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
1 2/4 42.7 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(140) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
2 2/4 42.7 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(140) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
3 2/4 42.7 152.4 152.4 152.4 182.9 182.9
● ● ●
(140) (500) (500) (500) (600) (600)
5 2/4 42.7 152.4 152.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(140) (500) (500) (800) (800) (800)
7.5 2/4 42.7 182.9 152.4 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(140) (600) (500) (1000) (1000) (1000)
10 2/4 42.7 182.9 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(140) (600) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
15 2/4 42.7 182.9 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(140) (600) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-6 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
PowerFlex 400 Drives
Table A.H PowerFlex 400, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
2.2 2, 4 7.6 106.7 182.9 182.9 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (350) (600) (600) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
4 2, 4 7.6 106.7 243.8 243.8 91.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ● ●
(25) (350) (800) (800) (300) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800)
5.5 2, 4 7.6 106.7 274.3 304.8 91.4 274.3 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (350) (900) (1000) (300) (900) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000)
7.5 2, 4 7.6 106.7 274.3 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
11 2, 4 7.6 106.7 274.3 365.8 76.2 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (250) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
15 2, 4 7.6 106.7 274.3 365.8 76.2 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (250) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
18.5 2, 4 7.6 106.7 274.3 365.8 76.2 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (250) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
22 2, 4 7.6 106.7 274.3 365.8 76.2 213.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (250) (700) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
30 2, 4 7.6 106.7 274.3 365.8 76.2 213.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (250) (700) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
37 2, 4 12.2 106.7 274.3 365.8 76.2 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (350) (900) (1200) (250) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
45 2, 4 12.2 106.7 274.3 365.8 61.0 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (350) (900) (1200) (200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
55 2, 4 12.2 106.7 213.4 365.8 61.0 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (350) (700) (1200) (200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
75 2, 4 12.2 91.4 213.4 365.8 61.0 152.4 365.8 365.8 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
●
(40) (300) (700) (1200) (200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200)
90 2, 4 18.3 91.4 213.4 304.8 61.0 152.4 365.8 365.8 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(60) (300) (700) (1000) (200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200)
110 2, 4 24.4 91.4 213.4 274.3 61.0 152.4 365.8 365.8 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(80) (300) (700) (900) (200) (500) (1200) (1200) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200)
132 2, 4 24.4 91.4 182.9 274.3 61.0 152.4 365.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
●
(80) (300) (600) (900) (200) (500) (1200) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
160 2, 4 24.4 91.4 182.9 274.3 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(80) (300) (600) (900) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
200 2, 4 24.4 91.4 167.6 274.3 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B 20 495 ●
(80) (300) (550) (900) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
250 2, 4 24.4 91.4 167.6 274.3 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 ●
(80) (300) (550) (900) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-7
Table A.I PowerFlex 400, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Rating No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Hp kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
3 2, 4 7.6 12.2 121.9 121.9 12.2 91.4 182.9 182.9 152.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (400) (400) (40) (300) (600) (600) (500) (600) (600) (600)
5 2, 4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 12.2 91.4 243.8 243.8 152.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (40) (300) (800) (800) (500) (800) (800) (800)
7.5 2, 4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 12.2 91.4 304.8 304.8 152.4 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (40) (300) (1000) (1000) (500) (1000) (1000) (1000)
10 2, 4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 12.2 91.4 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (40) (300) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
15 2, 4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 12.2 76.2 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (40) (250) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
20 2, 4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 12.2 76.2 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (40) (250) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
25 2, 4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 12.2 76.2 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (40) (250) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
30 2, 4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 12.2 76.2 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (40) (250) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
40 2, 4 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 12.2 76.2 365.8 365.8 121.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (40) (250) (1200) (1200) (400) (1200) (1200) (1200)
50 2, 4 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 121.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (400) (1200) (1200) (1200)
60 2, 4 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200)
75 2, 4 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200)
100 2, 4 12.2 24.4 137.2 167.6 12.2 61.0 243.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (550) (40) (200) (800) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200)
125 2, 4 12.2 24.4 137.2 167.6 12.2 61.0 243.8 365.8 76.2 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (550) (40) (200) (800) (1200) (250) (1000) (1200) (1200)
150 2, 4 12.2 24.4 137.2 167.6 12.2 61.0 213.4 304.8 76.2 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (550) (40) (200) (700) (1000) (250) (1000) (1200) (1200)
200 2, 4 12.2 30.5 121.9 152.4 12.2 61.0 152.4 243.8 61.0 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
●
(40) (100) (400) (500) (40) (200) (500) (800) (200) (900) (1200) (1200)
250 2, 4 12.2 30.5 121.9 152.4 12.2 45.7 152.4 213.4 61.0 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(40) (100) (400) (500) (40) (150) (500) (700) (200) (900) (1200) (1200)
300 2, 4 12.2 30.5 106.7 137.2 12.2 30.5 121.9 152.4 61.0 243.8 304.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (450) (40) (100) (400) (500) (200) (800) (1000) (1200)
350 2, 4 12.2 30.5 106.7 137.2 12.2 30.5 121.9 152.4 61.0 243.8 304.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (450) (40) (100) (400) (500) (200) (800) (1000) (1200)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-8 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
PowerFlex 70 & 700 Drives
Table A.J PowerFlex 70 (Standard/Enhanced) & 700 (Standard/Vector), 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive
Frame Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
70
700
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
A 0 0.37 2 7.6 53.3 53.3 53.3 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(25) (175) (175) (175) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
4 7.6 53.3 53.3 53.3 18.3 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ●
(25) (175) (175) (175) (60) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
0.75 2 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
4 7.6 76.2 76.2 76.2 18.3 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ●
(25) (250) (250) (250) (60) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
1.5 2 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
4 7.6 76.2 76.2 76.2 18.3 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ●
(25) (250) (250) (250) (60) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
B 2.2 2 7.6 137.2 182.9 182.9 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (450) (600) (600) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 182.9 18.3 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ●
(25) (300) (500) (600) (60) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
4 2 7.6 137.2 243.8 243.8 91.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR8-DP ● ●
(25) (450) (800) (800) (300) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 243.8 243.8 182.9 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR8-DP
●
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (800) (800) (600) (800) (800) (800)
C 5.5 2 7.6 137.2 304.8 304.8 91.4 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (450) (1000) (1000) (300) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 304.8 304.8 182.9 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP
●
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1000) (1000) (600) (1000) (1000) (1000)
1 7.5 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP
●
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
D 11 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
2 15 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
D 18.5 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
D 3 22 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
E 30 2 7.6 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
●
(25) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
37 2 12.2 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 12.2 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
(40) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
4 45 2 12.2 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 12.2 91.4 152.4 213.4 24.4 91.4 365.8 365.8 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
(40) (300) (500) (700) (80) (300) (1200) (1200) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-9
Drive
Frame Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
70
700
kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
5 55 2 12.2 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 12.2 91.4 152.4 213.4 24.4 91.4 365.8 365.8 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
(40) (300) (500) (700) (80) (300) (1200) (1200) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
75 2 18.3 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 213.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR130-DP
●
(60) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (700) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 18.3 91.4 152.4 213.4 30.5 91.4 304.8 365.8 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR130-DP
(60) (300) (500) (700) (100) (300) (1000) (1200) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
6 90 2 18.3 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 213.4 365.8 365.8 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
●
(60) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (700) (1200) (1200) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 18.3 91.4 152.4 213.4 30.5 91.4 365.8 365.8 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
(60) (300) (500) (700) (100) (300) (1200) (1200) (400) (800) (1200) (1200)
110 2 24.4 137.2 274.3 365.8 76.2 198.1 365.8 365.8 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(80) (450) (900) (1200) (250) (650) (1200) (1200) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 36.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 121.9 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
(80) (300) (500) (700) (120) (300) (1200) (1200) (400) (700) (1200) (1200)
132 2 24.4 137.2 274.3 365.8 61.0 182.9 365.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
●
(80) (450) (900) (1200) (200) (600) (1200) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 36.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 91.4 182.9 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
(80) (300) (500) (700) (120) (300) (1200) (1200) (300) (600) (1200) (1200)
7 160 2 24.4 121.9 243.8 365.8 61.0 152.4 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 225 ●
(80) (400) (800) (1200) (200) (500) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 182.9 274.3 91.4 182.9 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 450
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (600) (900) (300) (600) (1200) (1200)
180 2 24.4 121.9 243.8 365.8 61.0 152.4 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 225 ●
(80) (400) (800) (1200) (200) (500) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 182.9 274.3 91.4 182.9 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 450
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (600) (900) (300) (600) (1200) (1200)
8 200 2 24.4 121.9 243.8 365.8 61.0 152.4 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (800) (1200) (200) (500) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 182.9 228.6 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 990
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (600) (750) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
240 2 24.4 121.9 243.8 365.8 61.0 152.4 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (800) (1200) (200) (500) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 990
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
280 2 24.4 121.9 213.4 304.8 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 228.6 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (700) (1000) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (750) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 990
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
300 2 24.4 121.9 213.4 259.1 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 228.6 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (700) (850) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (750) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 990
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
350 2 24.4 121.9 213.4 259.1 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 228.6 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (700) (850) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (750) (1000) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 990
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
9 400 2 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 36.6 91.4 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (2) 20 735 ●
(80) (300) (500) (700) (120) (300) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 137.2 167.6 36.6 91.4 152.4 182.9 76.2 137.2 274.3 365.8 1321-3R750-B (2) 20 1470
(80) (300) (450) (550) (120) (300) (500) (600) (250) (450) (900) (1200)
10 500 2 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 36.6 91.4 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R850-B (2) 20 735 ●
(80) (300) (500) (700) (120) (300) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4
(80)
91.4
(300)
137.2
(450)
167.6
(550)
36.6
(120)
91.4
(300)
152.4
(500)
182.9
(600)
76.2
(250)
137.2
(450)
274.3
(900)
365.8
(1200)
1321-3R850-B (2) 20 1470
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2)
Requires three parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-10 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
Table A.K PowerFlex 70 (Standard/Enhanced) & 700 (Standard/Vector), 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive
Frame Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
HP kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
A 0 0.5 2 7.6 12.2 53.3 53.3 7.6 91.4 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ● ●
(25) (40) (175) (175) (25) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
4 7.6 12.2 53.3 53.3 7.6 12.2 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9 121.9
● ●
(25) (40) (175) (175) (25) (40) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400)
1 2 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
4 7.6 12.2 76.2 76.2 7.6 12.2 121.9 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ●
(25) (40) (250) (250) (25) (40) (400) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
2 2 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
4 7.6 12.2 76.2 76.2 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ●
(25) (40) (250) (250) (25) (40) (400) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
B 3 2 7.6 12.2 129.5 129.5 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (425) (425) (25) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 121.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ●
(25) (40) (400) (400) (25) (40) (400) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
5 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 243.8 243.8 182.9 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (800) (800) (600) (800) (800) (800)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 243.8 182.9 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR8-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (800) (600) (800) (800) (800)
C 7.5 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 304.8 304.8 182.9 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1000) (1000) (600) (1000) (1000) (1000)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 304.8 182.9 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP
●
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (1000) (600) (1000) (1000) (1000)
1 10 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 304.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP
●
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (1000) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
D 15 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 304.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (1000) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
2 20 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 304.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (1000) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
25 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 274.3 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (900) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
3 30 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 243.8 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (800) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
E 40 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 106.7 152.4 7.6 12.2 106.7 228.6 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (40) (350) (750) (400) (800) (1200) (1200)
3 50 2 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 91.4 152.4 12.2 18.3 106.7 228.6 91.4 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
(25) (40) (300) (500) (40) (60) (350) (750) (300) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 60 2 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 137.2 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (450) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 91.4 152.4 12.2 24.4 91.4 228.6 76.2 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
(25) (40) (300) (500) (40) (80) (300) (750) (250) (700) (1200) (1200)
5 75 2 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 274.3 365.8 137.2 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (900) (1200) (450) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 91.4 152.4 12.2 24.4 91.4 182.9 76.2 182.9 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
(25) (40) (300) (500) (40) (80) (300) (600) (250) (600) (1200) (1200)
100 2 12.2 24.4 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 243.8 365.8 137.2 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR130-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (600) (40) (200) (800) (1200) (450) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 18.3 91.4 152.4 12.2 30.5 91.4 152.4 61.0 137.2 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR130-DP
(25) (60) (300) (500) (40) (100) (300) (500) (200) (450) (1000) (1000)
70
700
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-11
Drive
Frame Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
70
700
HP kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
6 125 2 12.2 24.4 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 243.8 365.8 121.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (600) (40) (200) (800) (1200) (400) (1000) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 18.3 91.4 152.4 12.2 30.5 91.4 152.4 61.0 106.7 243.8 274.3 1321-RWR160-DP
(25) (60) (300) (500) (40) (100) (300) (500) (200) (350) (800) (900)
150 2 12.2 24.4 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 243.8 304.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (600) (40) (200) (800) (1000) (300) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 152.4 12.2 30.5 91.4 152.4 45.7 76.2 243.8 274.3 1321-RWR200-DP
(25) (80) (300) (500) (40) (100) (300) (500) (150) (250) (800) (900)
200 2 12.2 30.5 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 243.8 304.8 76.2 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
●
(40) (100) (450) (600) (40) (200) (800) (1000) (250) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 36.6 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 213.4 274.3 1321-RWR250-DP
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (120) (300) (400) (150) (250) (700) (900)
7 250 2 12.2 30.5 137.2 167.6 12.2 61.0 198.1 259.1 76.2 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 225 ●
(40) (100) (450) (550) (40) (200) (650) (850) (250) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 213.4 274.3 1321-3RB320-B 50 450
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (700) (900)
250 2 12.2 30.5 137.2 167.6 12.2 61.0 198.1 259.1 76.2 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 225 ●
(40) (100) (450) (550) (40) (200) (650) (850) (250) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 213.4 274.3 1321-3RB320-B 50 450
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (700) (900)
8 300 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 198.1 61.0 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (650) (200) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 213.4 274.3 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (700) (900)
350 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 198.1 61.0 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (650) (200) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 259.1 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (850)
400 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 182.9 61.0 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (600) (200) (700) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 259.1 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (850)
450 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 182.9 61.0 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (600) (200) (700) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 259.1 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (850)
500 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 121.9 152.4 61.0 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (400) (500) (200) (600) (1000) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 243.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (800)
9 600 2 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 12.2 45.7 106.7 137.2 61.0 152.4 274.3 365.8 1321-3R750-B (2) 20 735 ●
(40) (100) (300) (400) (40) (150) (350) (450) (200) (500) (900) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 61.0 152.4 213.4 1321-3R750-B (2) 20 1470
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (200) (500) (700)
10 700 2 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 12.2 45.7 106.7 137.2 61.0 152.4 274.3 365.8 1321-3R850-B (2) 20 735 ●
(40) (100) (300) (400) (40) (150) (350) (450) (200) (500) (900) (1200)
4 7.6
(25)
24.4
(80)
91.4
(300)
121.9
(400)
12.2
(40)
30.5
(100)
91.4
(300)
121.9
(400)
30.5
(100)
61.0
(200)
152.4
(500)
213.4
(700)
1321-3R850-B (2) 20 1470
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2) Requires three parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-12 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
Table A.L PowerFlex 70 (Standard/Enhanced) & 700 (Standard/Vector), 600V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive
Frame Rating No Solution Reactor Only 1321-RWR
RWR
(see page A-30)
Available Options
HP kHz 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V Cat. No.
A 0 1 2 42.7 (140) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) ● ● ●
4 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) ● ●
2 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) ● ● ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) ● ●
B 3 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) ● ● ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) ● ●
5 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 243.8 (800) 243.8 (800) 243.8 (800) 1321-RWR8-EP ● ● ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 243.8 (800) 243.8 (800) 1321-RWR8-EP ● ●
C 7.5 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 304.8 (1000) 304.8 (1000) 1321-RWR12-EP ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 304.8 (1000) 1321-RWR12-EP ●
1 10 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR12-EP ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR12-EP ●
D 15 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR18-EP
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR18-EP
2 20 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR25-EP ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR25-EP
25 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR35-EP ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR35-EP
3 30 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR35-EP ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 36.6 (120) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR35-EP
E 40 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR45-EP ●
4 30.5 (100) 137.2 (450) 36.6 (120) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR45-EP
50 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR55-EP ●
4 36.6 (120) 137.2 (450) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR55-EP
4 60 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR80-EP ●
4 36.6 (120) 137.2 (450) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 274.3 (900) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR80-EP
5 75 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR80-EP ●
4 36.6 (120) 137.2 (450) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 274.3 (900) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR80-EP
100 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR100-EP ●
4 42.7 (140) 137.2 (450) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 274.3 (900) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR100-EP
6 125 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR130-EP ●
4 42.7 (140) 137.2 (450) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 228.6 (750) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR130-EP
150 2 42.7 (140) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR160-EP ●
4 42.7 (140) 137.2 (450) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 198.1 (650) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR160-EP
70
700
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Table A.M PowerFlex 700 (Standard/Vector), 690V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Frame kW kHz 1850V 2000V 1850V 2000V 1850V 2000V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
4 45 2 30.5 (100) 106.9 (350) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R80-C 50 345
4 24.4 (80) 76.2 (250) 36.6 (120) 121.9 (400) 213.4 (700) 274.3 (900) 1321-3R80-C 50 690
55 2 30.5 (100) 106.9 (350) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R80-C 50 345
4 24.4 (80) 76.2 (250) 36.6 (120) 106.9 (350) 213.4 (700) 274.3 (900) 1321-3R80-C 50 690
5 75 2 30.5 (100) 106.9 (350) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R100-C 50 345
4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 36.6 (120) 106.9 (350) 213.4 (700) 274.3 (900) 1321-3R100-C 50 690
90 2 30.5 (100) 106.9 (350) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R130-C 50 375
4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 36.6 (120) 106.9 (350) 182.9 (600) 274.3 (900) 1321-3R130-C 50 750
6 110 2 30.5 (100) 106.9 (350) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R160-C 50 375
4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 36.6 (120) 99.1 (325) 152.4 (500) 274.3 (900) 1321-3R160-C 50 750
132 2 30.5 (100) 106.9 (350) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R200-C 50 375
4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 36.6 (120) 83.8 (275) 152.4 (500) 274.3 (900) 1321-3R200-C 50 750
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-13
PowerFlex 700H
Table A.N PowerFlex 700H, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable – Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1) Frame 12 drives have dual inverters and require two output reactors. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(2)
Some Frame 13 drives require two output reactors to match drive amp rating. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(3) Resistor specification is based on two cables per phase.
(4) Resistor specification is based on three cables per phase.
(5)
Resistor specification is based on four cables per phase.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
9 132 2 24.4 48.8 76.2 137.2 24.4 48.8 365.8 365.8 121.9 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(80) (160) (250) (450) (80) (160) (1200) (1200) (400) (900) (1200) (1200)
160 2 24.4 48.8 76.2 137.2 24.4 48.8 365.8 365.8 121.9 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(80) (160) (250) (450) (80) (160) (1200) (1200) (400) (900) (1200) (1200)
10 200 2 24.4 48.8 76.2 121.9 24.4 48.8 365.8 365.8 121.9 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 (3) ●
(80) (160) (250) (400) (80) (160) (1200) (1200) (400) (900) (1200) (1200)
250 2 24.4 48.8 61.0 121.9 24.4 48.8 365.8 365.8 121.9 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 (3) ●
(80) (160) (200) (400) (80) (160) (1200) (1200) (400) (900) (1200) (1200)
11 315 2 18.3 42.7 61.0 121.9 18.3 42.7 365.8 365.8 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B 20 495 (3) ●
(60) (140) (200) (400) (60) (140) (1200) (1200) (400) (800) (1200) (1200)
355 2 18.3 42.7 61.0 121.9 18.3 42.7 304.8 365.8 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B 20 495 (3) ●
(60) (140) (200) (400) (60) (140) (1000) (1200) (400) (800) (1200) (1200)
400 2 18.3 42.7 61.0 121.9 18.3 42.7 274.3 365.8 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B 20 735 (4) ●
(60) (140) (200) (400) (60) (140) (900) (1200) (400) (800) (1200) (1200)
12 (1) 450 2 18.3 42.7 61.0 121.9 18.3 42.7 243.8 365.8 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 2 x
40 375 (4) ●
(60) (140) (200) (400) (60) (140) (800) (1200) (400) (800) (1200) (1200) 1321-3RB400-B
500 2 12.2 42.7 61.0 121.9 18.3 42.7 243.8 365.8 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 2 x
40 375 (4) ●
(40) (140) (200) (400) (60) (140) (800) (1200) (400) (800) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R500-B
560 2 12.2 42.7 61.0 121.9 18.3 42.7 243.8 365.8 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (140) (200) (400) (60) (140) (800) (1200) (400) (800) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R500-B
13 630 (2) 2 12.2 61.0 99.1 167.6 36.6 61.0 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (200) (325) (550) (120) (200) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R600-B
710 (2) 2 12.2 61.0 99.1 167.6 36.6 61.0 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (200) (325) (550) (120) (200) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R750-B
800 (2) 2 12.2 61.0 99.1 167.6 36.6 61.0 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (200) (325) (550) (120) (200) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R750-B
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-14 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
Table A.O PowerFlex 700H, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30)
Resistor
Available
Options
(1) Frame 12 drives have dual inverters and require two output reactors. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(2)
Some Frame 13 drives require two output reactors to match drive amp rating. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(3) Resistor specification is based on two cables per phase.
(4) Resistor specification is based on three cables per phase.
(5)
Resistor specification is based on four cables per phase.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame HP kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
9 200 2 12.2 24.4 42.7 76.2 12.2 24.4 106.9 152.4 61.0 167.6 304.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(40) (80) (140) (250) (40) (80) (350) (500) (200) (550) (1000) (1200)
250 2 12.2 24.4 42.7 76.2 12.2 24.4 91.4 121.9 61.0 152.4 304.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(40) (80) (140) (250) (40) (80) (300) (400) (200) (500) (1000) (1200)
10 300 2 12.2 24.4 42.7 76.2 12.2 24.4 76.2 91.4 61.0 121.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B 20 495 (3) ●
(40) (80) (140) (250) (40) (80) (250) (300) (200) (400) (1000) (1200)
350 2 12.2 24.4 42.7 76.2 12.2 24.4 76.2 91.4 61.0 121.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 (3) ●
(40) (80) (140) (250) (40) (80) (250) (300) (200) (400) (1000) (1200)
450 2 12.2 24.4 36.6 61.0 12.2 24.4 61.0 91.4 61.0 121.9 274.3 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 (3) ●
(40) (80) (120) (200) (40) (80) (200) (300) (200) (400) (900) (1200)
11 500 2 12.2 24.4 36.6 61.0 12.2 24.4 61.0 91.4 61.0 121.9 243.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B 20 495 (3) ●
(40) (80) (120) (200) (40) (80) (200) (300) (200) (400) (800) (1200)
600 2 12.2 24.4 36.6 61.0 12.2 24.4 45.7 91.4 45.7 121.9 243.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B 20 735 (4) ●
(40) (80) (120) (200) (40) (80) (150) (300) (150) (400) (800) (1200)
12 (1) 700 2 12.2 24.4 36.6 61.0 12.2 24.4 45.7 91.4 45.7 106.9 243.8 365.8 2 x
40 375 (4) ●
(40) (80) (120) (200) (40) (80) (150) (300) (150) (350) (800) (1200) 1321-3RB400-B
800 2 12.2 24.4 36.6 61.0 12.2 24.4 45.7 91.4 45.7 106.9 243.8 365.8 2 x
40 375 (4) ●
(40) (80) (120) (200) (40) (80) (150) (300) (150) (350) (800) (1200) 1321-3R500-B
900 2 12.2 24.4 36.6 61.0 12.2 24.4 45.7 91.4 45.7 106.9 243.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (80) (120) (200) (40) (80) (150) (300) (150) (350) (800) (1200) 1321-3R500-B
13 1000 (2) 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 152.4 304.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (500) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R600-B
1200 (2) 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 152.4 304.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (500) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R750-B
1250 (2) 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 152.4 304.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (500) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R750-B
Table A.P PowerFlex 700H, 600V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Frame HP kHz 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
9 150 2 30.5 (100) 54.9 (180) 36.6 (120) 152.4 (500) 213.4 (700) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR200-EP ●
200 2 30.5 (100) 54.9 (180) 36.6 (120) 121.9 (400) 182.9 (600) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR250-EP ●
10 250 2 30.5 (100) 54.9 (180) 36.6 (120) 91.4 (300) 182.9 (600) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB250-B 50 315 ●
350 2 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 167.6 (550) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB320-B 20 585 (3) ●
400 2 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 30.5 (100) 61.0 (200) 167.6 (550) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB400-B 20 585 (3) ●
450 2 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 30.5 (100) 61.0 (200) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R500-B 20 585 (3) ●
11 500 2 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R500-B 20 585 (3) ●
600 2 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R600-B 20 585 (3) ●
12 (1) 700 2 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 2 x 1321-3RB320-B 40 300 (3) ●
800 2 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 137.2 (450) 365.8 (1200) 2 x 1321-3RB400-C 40 480 (4) ●
900 2 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 2 x 1321-3R400-B 40 480 (4)
13 1000 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R1000-C 20 960 (4)
1100 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R1000-B 10 1440 (5)
1300 (2) 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 2 x 1321-3R600-B 20 720 (5)
(1) Frame 12 drives have dual inverters and require two output reactors. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(2) Some Frame 13 drives require two output reactors to match drive amp rating. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(3)
Resistor specification is based on two cables per phase.
(4) Resistor specification is based on three cables per phase.
(5) Resistor specification is based on four cables per phase.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-15
Table A.Q PowerFlex 700H, 690V Shielded/Unshielded Cable – Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Frame kW kHz 1850V 2000V 1850V 2000V 1850V 2000V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
9 160 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3RB250-C 50 480
200 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3RB250-C 50 480
10 250 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3RB320-C 50 480
315 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 213.4 (700) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3RB400-C 20 945 (3)
355 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 213.4 (700) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R500-C 20 945 (3)
400 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 213.4 (700) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R500-C 20 945 (3)
11 450 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 213.4 (700) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R600-C 20 945 (3)
500 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 213.4 (700) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R600-C 20 945 (3)
560 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 182.9 (600) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R750-C 20 945 (3)
12 (1) 630 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 182.9 (600) 304.8 (1000) 2 x1321-3RB400-C 40 480 (3)
710 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 182.9 (600) 304.8 (1000) 2 x1321-3R500-C 40 645 (4)
800 2 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 15.2 (50) 30.5 (100) 182.9 (600) 304.8 (1000) 2 x1321-3R500-C 40 645 (4)
13 900 (2) 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 x1321-3R600-C 40 645 (4)
1000 (2) 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 48.8 (160) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 x1321-3R600-C 20 840 (5)
1100 (2) 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 48.8 (160) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 x1321-3R750-C 20 840 (5)
(1)
Frame 12 drives have dual inverters and require two output reactors. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(2) Some Frame 13 drives require two output reactors to match drive amp rating. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(3) Resistor specification is based on two cables per phase.
(4) Resistor specification is based on three cables per phase.
(5)
Resistor specification is based on four cables per phase.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-16 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
PowerFlex 700L
Table A.R PowerFlex 700L w/700VC Control, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1)
Requires two parallel cables.
(2) Requires four parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
2 200 2 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 30.5 76.2 228.6 365.8 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (300) (500) (700) (100) (250) (750) (1200) (500) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 121.9 152.4 18.3 76.2 137.2 182.9 76.2 137.2 274.3 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 990
(80) (300) (400) (500) (60) (250) (450) (600) (250) (450) (900) (1200)
3A 370 2 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 30.5 76.2 228.6 365.8 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 735 ●
(80) (300) (500) (700) (100) (250) (750) (1200) (500) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 121.9 152.4 18.3 76.2 137.2 182.9 76.2 137.2 274.3 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 1470
(80) (300) (400) (500) (60) (250) (450) (600) (250) (450) (900) (1200)
3B 715 2 24.4 76.2 129.5 160.0 91.4 76.2 152.4 228.6 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525
(80) (250) (425) (525) (80) (250) (500) (750) (500) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R600-B (2)
4 18.3 76.2 121.9 152.4 18.3 76.2 121.9 152.4 76.2 137.2 274.3 365.8 2 x
20 1050
(60) (250) (400) (500) (60) (250) (400) (500) (250) (450) (900) (1200) 1321-3R600-B (2)
Table A.S PowerFlex 700L w/700VC Control, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2)
Requires four parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame HP kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
2 300 2 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 12.2 36.6 99.1 137.2 61.0 137.2 274.3 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (300) (400) (40) (120) (325) (450) (200) (450) (900) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 83.8 114.3 7.6 24.4 83.8 114.3 30.5 61.0 152.4 213.4 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (275) (375) (25) (80) (275) (375) (100) (200) (500) (700)
3A 600 2 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 12.2 36.6 99.1 137.2 61.0 137.2 274.3 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 735 ●
(40) (100) (300) (400) (40) (120) (325) (450) (200) (450) (900) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 83.8 114.3 7.6 24.4 83.8 114.3 30.5 61.0 152.4 213.4 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 1470
(25) (80) (275) (375) (25) (80) (275) (375) (100) (200) (500) (700)
3B 1150 2 12.2 24.4 83.8 114.3 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 61.0 137.2 274.3 365.8 2 x
20 525
(40) (80) (275) (375) (40) (100) (300) (400) (200) (450) (900) (1200) 1321-3R600-B (2)
4 7.6 24.4 83.8 114.3 7.6 24.4 83.8 114.3 30.5 61.0 152.4 213.4 2 x
20 1050
(25) (80) (275) (375) (25) (80) (275) (375) (100) (200) (500) (700) 1321-3R600-B (2)
Table A.T PowerFlex 700L w/700VC Control, 600V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor +
Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2)
Requires three parallel cables.
(3) Requires four parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame HP kHz 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
3A 465 2 24.4 106.7 24.4 365.8 182.9 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 585 ●
(80) (350) (80) (350) (600) (1200)
4 18.3 61.0 18.3 61.0 76.2 190.5 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 1170
(60) (200) (60) (200) (250) (625)
3B 870 2 18.3 91.4 18.3 91.4 152.4 274.3 1321-3R850-B (2) 20 960
(60) (300) (60) (300) (500) (900)
4 18.3 61.0 18.3 61.0 53.3 137.2 1321-3R850-B (2) 20 1920
(60) (200) (60) (200) (175) (450)
3B 1275 2 18.3 83.8 18.3 83.8 137.2 274.3 2 x
20 720
(60) (275) (60) (275) (450) (900) 1321-3R600-B (3)
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-17
Table A.U PowerFlex 700L w/700VC Control, 690V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor +
Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2) Requires three parallel cables.
(3)
Requires four parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame kW kHz 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
3A 355 2 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 228.6 304.8 1321-3R500-C (1) 20 960 ●
(80) (150) (80) (150) (750) (1000)
4 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 76.2 121.9 1321-3R500-C (1) 20 1920
(80) (150) (80) (150) (250) (400)
3B 657 2 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 182.9 228.6 1321-3R850-C (2) 20 1290
(80) (150) (80) (150) (600) (750)
4 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 76.2 121.9 1321-3R850-C (2) 20 2580
(80) (150) (80) (150) (250) (400)
3B 980 2 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 182.9 228.6 2 x
20 840
(80) (150) (80) (150) (600) (750) 1321-3R600-C (3)
Table A.V PowerFlex 700L w/700S Control, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2)
Requires four parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
2 200 2 18.3 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 274.3 335.3 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(60) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (900) (1100) (500) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 18.3 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 274.3 335.3 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 990
(60) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (900) (1100) (500) (900) (1200) (1200)
3A 370 2 18.3 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 274.3 335.3 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 735 ●
(60) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (900) (1100) (500) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 18.3 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 274.3 335.3 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 1470
(60) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (900) (1100) (500) (900) (1200) (1200)
3B 715 2 12.2 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 274.3 335.3 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525
(40) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (900) (1100) (500) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R600-B (2)
4 12.2 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 274.3 335.3 152.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 1050
(40) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (900) (1100) (500) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R600-B (2)
Table A.W PowerFlex 700L w/700S Control, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2) Requires four parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame HP kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
2 300 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 213.4 304.8 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (700) (1000) (1200)
4 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 213.4 304.8 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 990
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (700) (1000) (1200)
3A 600 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 213.4 304.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 735 ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (700) (1000) (1200)
4 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 213.4 304.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 1470
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (700) (1000) (1200)
3B 1150 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 152.4 304.8 365.8 2 x
20 525
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (500) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R600-B (2)
4 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 152.4 304.8 365.8 2 x
20 1050
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (500) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R600-B (2)
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-18 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
Table A.X PowerFlex 700L w/700S Control, 600V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor +
Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1)
Requires two parallel cables.
(2) Requires three parallel cables.
(3) Requires four parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame HP kHz 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
3A 465 2 18.3 76.2 18.3 76.2 182.9 304.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 585 ●
(60) (250) (60) (250) (600) (1000)
4 18.3 76.2 18.3 76.2 182.9 304.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 1170
(60) (250) (60) (250) (600) (1000)
3B 870 2 18.3 61.0 18.3 61.0 152.4 228.6 1321-3R850-B (2) 20 960
(60) (200) (60) (200) (500) (750)
4 18.3 61.0 18.3 61.0 152.4 228.6 1321-3R850-B (2) 20 1920
(60) (200) (60) (200) (500) (750)
3B 1275 2 12.2 45.7 12.2 45.7 121.9 228.6 2 x
20 720
(40) (150) (40) (150) (400) (750) 1321-3R600-B (3)
Table A.Y PowerFlex 700L w/700S Control, 690V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor +
Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2) Requires three parallel cables.
(3)
Requires four parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame kW kHz 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
3A 355 2 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 228.6 304.8 1321-3R500-C (1) 20 960 ●
(80) (150) (80) (150) (750) (1000)
4 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 182.9 228.6 1321-3R500-C (1) 20 1920
(80) (150) (80) (150) (600) (750)
3B 657 2 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 182.9 228.6 1321-3R850-C (2) 20 1290
(80) (150) (80) (150) (600) (750)
4 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 182.9 228.6 1321-3R850-C (2) 20 2580
(80) (150) (80) (150) (600) (750)
3B 980 2 24.4 45.7 24.4 45.7 182.9 228.6 2 x
20 840
(80) (150) (80) (150) (600) (750) 1321-3R600-C (3)
PowerFlex 700S
Table A.Z PowerFlex 700S, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
1 0.75 2/4 7.6 83.8 83.8 83.8 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (275) (275) (275) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
1.5 2/4 7.6 106.9 182.9 182.9 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (350) (600) (600) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
2.2 2/4 7.6 106.9 182.9 182.9 91.4 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (350) (600) (600) (300) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600) (600)
4 2/4 7.6 106.9 243.8 243.8 91.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR8-DP ● ●
(25) (350) (800) (800) (300) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800) (800)
5.5 2/4 7.6 106.9 274.3 304.8 91.4 274.3 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (350) (900) (1000) (300) (900) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000) (1000)
7.5 2/4 7.6 106.9 274.3 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
11 2/4 7.6 106.9 274.3 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-19
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Frame kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
2 15 2/4 7.6 106.9 274.3 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
18.5 2/4 7.6 106.9 274.3 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
3 22 2/4 7.6 106.9 274.3 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
30 2/4 7.6 106.9 274.3 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
●
(25) (350) (900) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
37 2/4 12.2 91.4 274.3 365.8 76.2 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (300) (900) (1200) (250) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 45 2/4 12.2 106.9 274.3 365.8 76.2 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (350) (900) (1200) (250) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
5 55 2/4 12.2 106.9 274.3 365.8 61.0 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (350) (900) (1200) (200) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
75 2/4 18.3 91.4 213.4 304.8 45.7 243.8 365.8 365.8 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR130-DP
●
(60) (300) (700) (1000) (150) (800) (1200) (1200) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200)
6 90 2/4 18.3 91.4 213.4 304.8 45.7 213.4 365.8 365.8 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
●
(60) (300) (700) (1000) (150) (700) (1200) (1200) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200)
110 2/4 24.4 91.4 213.4 274.3 45.7 182.9 365.8 365.8 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(80) (300) (700) (900) (150) (600) (1200) (1200) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200)
132 2/4 24.4 91.4 182.9 243.8 45.7 152.4 365.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
●
(80) (300) (600) (800) (150) (500) (1200) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
9 132 2 24.4 91.4 182.9 243.8 45.7 152.4 365.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(80) (300) (600) (800) (150) (500) (1200) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
160 2 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 45.7 121.9 365.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(80) (300) (500) (700) (150) (400) (1200) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
10 200 2 24.4 76.2 121.9 182.9 36.6 91.4 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 (3) ●
(80) (250) (400) (600) (120) (300) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
250 2 24.4 76.2 99.1 167.6 36.6 76.2 304.8 365.8 228.6 335.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 (3) ●
(80) (250) (325) (550) (120) (250) (1000) (1200) (750) (1100) (1200) (1200)
11 315 2 18.3 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 304.8 365.8 228.6 335.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B 20 495 (3) ●
(60) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (1000) (1200) (750) (1100) (1200) (1200)
355 2 18.3 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 304.8 365.8 228.6 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B 20 495 (3) ●
(60) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (1000) (1200) (750) (900) (1200) (1200)
400 2 18.3 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 304.8 365.8 228.6 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B 20 735 (4) ●
(60) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (1000) (1200) (750) (900) (1200) (1200)
12 (1) 450 2 18.3 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 304.8 365.8 228.6 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
40 375 (4) ●
(60) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (1000) (1200) (750) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3RB400-B
500 2 12.2 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
40 375 (4) ●
(40) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R500-B
560 2 12.2 68.6 99.1 167.6 36.6 68.6 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (225) (325) (550) (120) (225) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R500-B
13 630 (2) 2 12.2 61.0 99.1 167.6 36.6 61.0 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (200) (325) (550) (120) (200) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R600-B
710 (2) 2 12.2 61.0 99.1 167.6 36.6 61.0 304.8 365.8 198.1 274.3 365.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (200) (325) (550) (120) (200) (1000) (1200) (650) (900) (1200) (1200) 1321-3R750-B
800 (2) 2 12.2
(40)
61.0
(200)
99.1
(325)
167.6
(550)
36.6
(120)
61.0
(200)
304.8
(1000)
365.8
(1200)
198.1
(650)
274.3
(900)
365.8
(1200)
365.8
(1200)
2 x
1321-3R750-B
20 525 (5)
(1) Frame 12 drives have dual inverters and require two output reactors. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(2)
Some Frame 13 drives require two output reactors to match drive amp rating. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(3) Resistor specification is based on two cables per phase.
(4) Resistor specification is based on three cables per phase.
(5)
Resistor specification is based on four cables per phase.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-20 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
Table A.AA PowerFlex 700S, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Frame 12 drives have dual inverters and require two output reactors. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
Some Frame 13 drives require two output reactors to match drive amp rating. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
Resistor specification is based on two cables per phase.
Resistor specification is based on three cables per phase.
Resistor specification is based on four cables per phase.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame HP kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
1 1 2/4 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4
● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500) (500)
2 2/4 7.6 12.2 83.8 83.8 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 152.4 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (275) (275) (25) (300) (600) (600) (500) (600) (600) (600)
3 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 91.4 182.9 182.9 152.4 182.9 182.9 182.9
● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (300) (600) (600) (500) (600) (600) (600)
5 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 91.4 243.8 243.8 152.4 243.8 243.8 243.8 1321-RWR8-DP ● ● ● ●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (300) (800) (800) (500) (800) (800) (800)
7.5 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 91.4 304.8 304.8 152.4 304.8 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR12-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (300) (1000) (1000) (500) (1000) (1000) (1000)
10 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
15 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
2 20 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
25 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
3 30 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
40 2/4 7.6 12.2 106.9 152.4 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 121.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
●
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (400) (1200) (1200) (1200)
50 2/4 12.2 18.3 106.9 152.4 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 121.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (60) (350) (500) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (400) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 60 2/4 12.2 18.3 91.4 152.4 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (60) (300) (500) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200)
5 75 2/4 12.2 18.3 91.4 152.4 12.2 61.0 274.3 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (60) (300) (500) (40) (200) (900) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200)
100 2/4 12.2 24.4 91.4 137.2 12.2 61.0 243.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR130-DP
●
(40) (80) (300) (450) (40) (200) (800) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200)
6 125 2/4 12.2 24.4 91.4 137.2 12.2 61.0 243.8 365.8 76.2 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
●
(40) (80) (300) (450) (40) (200) (800) (1200) (250) (1000) (1200) (1200)
150 2/4 12.2 24.4 91.4 137.2 12.2 61.0 243.8 304.8 76.2 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(40) (80) (300) (450) (40) (200) (800) (1000) (250) (900) (1200) (1200)
200 2/4 12.2 30.5 91.4 137.2 12.2 61.0 243.8 304.8 61.0 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
●
(40) (100) (300) (450) (40) (200) (800) (1000) (200) (900) (1200) (1200)
9 200 2 12.2 30.5 91.4 152.4 12.2 45.7 152.4 228.6 61.0 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(40) (100) (300) (500) (40) (150) (500) (750) (200) (900) (1200) (1200)
250 2 12.2 30.5 91.4 152.4 12.2 45.7 121.9 182.9 61.0 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR320-DP
●
(40) (100) (300) (500) (40) (150) (400) (600) (200) (800) (1200) (1200)
10 300 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 243.8 304.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B 20 495 (3) ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (800) (1000) (1200)
350 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 243.8 304.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 (3) ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (800) (1000) (1200)
450 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 213.4 304.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B 20 495 (3) ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (700) (1000) (1200)
11 500 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 213.4 304.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B 20 495 (3) ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (700) (1000) (1200)
600 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 61.0 213.4 304.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B 20 735 (4) ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (200) (700) (1000) (1200)
12 (1) 700 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 182.9 304.8 365.8 2 x
40 375 (4) ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (600) (1000) (1200) 1321-3RB400-B
800 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 182.9 304.8 365.8 2 x
40 375 (4) ●
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (600) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R500-B
900 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 182.9 304.8 365.8 2 x
20 525 (5)
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (600) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R500-B
13 1000 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 152.4 304.8 365.8 2 x
20
(2) (40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (500) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R600-B
525 (5)
1200 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 152.4 304.8 365.8 2 x
20
(2) (40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (500) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R750-B
525 (5)
1250 2 12.2 30.5 61.0 121.9 12.2 45.7 61.0 121.9 45.7 152.4 304.8 365.8 2 x
20
(2)
(40) (100) (200) (400) (40) (150) (200) (400) (150) (500) (1000) (1200) 1321-3R750-B
525 (5)
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-21
Table A.AB PowerFlex 700S, 600V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame HP kHz 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V 1488V 1850V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
1 1 2/4 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400) ● ● ●
2 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) ● ● ● ●
3 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) ● ● ● ●
5 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 243.8 (800) 243.8 (800) 243.8 (800) 1321-RWR8-EP ● ● ● ●
7.5 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 304.8 (1000) 304.8 (1000) 304.8 (1000) 1321-RWR8-EP ● ●
10 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR12-EP ● ●
15 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR18-EP ●
2 20 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR25-EP ●
25 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR25-EP ●
3 30 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR35-EP ●
40 2/4 30.5 (100) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR45-EP ●
50 2/4 36.6 (120) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR55-EP ●
4 60 2/4 36.6 (120) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR80-EP ●
5 75 2/4 36.6 (120) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR80-EP ●
100 2/4 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR100-EP ●
6 125 2/4 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR130-EP ●
150 2/4 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR160-EP ●
9 150 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR200-EP ●
200 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-RWR250-EP ●
10 250 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB250-B 50 315 ●
350 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB350-B 20 585 (3) ●
400 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB400-B 20 585 (3) ●
450 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R500-B 20 585 (3) ●
11 500 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R500-B 20 585 (3) ●
600 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R600-B 20 585 (3) ●
12 (1) 700 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 2 X 1321-3RB320-B 40 300 (3) ●
800 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 2 X 1321-3RB400-C 40 480 (4) ●
900 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 2 X 1321-3R400-B 40 480 (4)
13 1000 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R1000-C 20 960 (4)
1100 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R1000-B 10 1440 (5)
1300 (2) 2 42.7 (140) 152.4 (500) 61.0 (200) 304.8 (1000) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 2 X 1321-3R600-B 20 720 (5)
(1) Frame 12 drives have dual inverters and require two output reactors. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(2)
Some Frame 13 drives require two output reactors to match drive amp rating. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(3) Resistor specification is based on two cables per phase.
(4) Resistor specification is based on three cables per phase.
(5)
Resistor specification is based on four cables per phase.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-22 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
Table A.AC PowerFlex 700S, 690V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive No Solution Reactor Only Reactor + Damping Resistor
Reactor
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Frame kW kHz 1850V 2000V 1850V 2000V 1850V 2000V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
5 45 2/4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R80-C 50 345/690
55 2/4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R80-C 50 345/690
75 2/4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R100-C 50 345/690
90 2/4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R130-C 50 375/750
6 110 2/4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R160-C 50 375/750
132 2/4 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 365.8 (1200) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R200-C 50 375/750
9 160 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 274.3 (900) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB250-C 50 480
200 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500) 274.3 (900) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB250-C 50 480
10 250 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 76.2 (250) 121.9 (400) 274.3 (900) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB320-C 50 480
315 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 76.2 (250) 121.9 (400) 274.3 (900) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3RB400-C 20 945 (3)
355 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 76.2 (250) 121.9 (400) 274.3 (900) 365.8 (1200) 1321-3R500-C 20 945 (3)
400 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 76.2 (250) 121.9 (400) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R500-C 20 945 (3)
11 450 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 76.2 (250) 121.9 (400) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R600-C 20 945 (3)
500 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 76.2 (250) 121.9 (400) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R600-C 20 945 (3)
560 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 1321-3R750-C 20 945 (3)
12 (1) 630 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 X 1321-3RB400-C 40 480 (3)
710 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 X 1321-3R500-C 40 645 (4)
800 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 X 1321-3R500-C 40 645 (4)
13 900 (2) 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 X 1321-3R600-C 40 645 (4)
1000 (2) 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 48.8 (160) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 X 1321-3R600-C 20 840 (5)
1100 (2) 2 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 48.8 (160) 91.4 (300) 243.8 (800) 304.8 (1000) 2 X 1321-3R750-C 20 840 (5)
(1) Frame 12 drives have dual inverters and require two output reactors. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(2)
Some Frame 13 drives require two output reactors to match drive amp rating. The resistor ratings are per phase values for each reactor.
(3) Resistor specification is based on two cables per phase.
(4) Resistor specification is based on three cables per phase.
(5)
Resistor specification is based on four cables per phase.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-23
PowerFlex 753 & 755 Drives
Table A.AD PowerFlex 753 & 755, 400V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Frame kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
2 7.5 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP
●
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
11 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
3 15 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
18.5 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
22 2 7.6 137.2 365.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (450) (1200) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
4 30 2 7.6 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
●
(25) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
(25) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
37 2 12.2 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 12.2 91.4 152.4 213.4 18.3 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
(40) (300) (500) (700) (60) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
5 45 2 12.2 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 12.2 91.4 152.4 213.4 24.4 91.4 365.8 365.8 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
(40) (300) (500) (700) (80) (300) (1200) (1200) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
55 2 12.2 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 12.2 91.4 152.4 213.4 24.4 91.4 365.8 365.8 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
(40) (300) (500) (700) (80) (300) (1200) (1200) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
6 75 2 18.3 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 213.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR130-DP
●
(60) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (700) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 18.3 91.4 152.4 213.4 30.5 91.4 304.8 365.8 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR130-DP
(60) (300) (500) (700) (100) (300) (1000) (1200) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
90 2 18.3 137.2 304.8 365.8 91.4 213.4 365.8 365.8 304.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
●
(60) (450) (1000) (1200) (300) (700) (1200) (1200) (1000) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 18.3 91.4 152.4 213.4 30.5 91.4 365.8 365.8 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
(60) (300) (500) (700) (100) (300) (1200) (1200) (400) (800) (1200) (1200)
110 2 24.4 137.2 274.3 365.8 76.2 198.1 365.8 365.8 274.3 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(80) (450) (900) (1200) (250) (650) (1200) (1200) (900) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 36.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 121.9 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
(80) (300) (500) (700) (120) (300) (1200) (1200) (400) (700) (1200) (1200)
7 132 2 24.4 137.2 274.3 365.8 61.0 182.9 365.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
●
(80) (450) (900) (1200) (200) (600) (1200) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 213.4 36.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 91.4 182.9 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
(80) (300) (500) (700) (120) (300) (1200) (1200) (300) (600) (1200) (1200)
160 2 24.4 121.9 243.8 365.8 61.0 152.4 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 225 ●
(80) (400) (800) (1200) (200) (500) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 182.9 274.3 91.4 182.9 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 450
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (600) (900) (300) (600) (1200) (1200)
200 2 24.4 121.9 243.8 365.8 61.0 152.4 304.8 365.8 243.8 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (800) (1200) (200) (500) (1000) (1200) (800) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 182.9 228.6 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 990
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (600) (750) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-24 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
Drive Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Frame kW kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
7 250 2 24.4 121.9 213.4 304.8 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 228.6 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 495 ●
(cont.)
(80) (400) (700) (1000) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (750) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 990 ●
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
315 2 24.4 121.9 213.4 259.1 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 228.6 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (700) (850) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (750) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 990 ●
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
8 250 2 24.4 121.9 213.4 304.8 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 228.6 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (700) (1000) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (750) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 990 ●
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
315 2 24.4 121.9 213.4 259.1 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 228.6 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (700) (850) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (750) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 990 ●
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
355 2 24.4 121.9 213.4 259.1 45.7 121.9 304.8 365.8 228.6 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 495 ●
(80) (400) (700) (850) (150) (400) (1000) (1200) (750) (1000) (1200) (1200)
4 24.4 91.4 152.4 182.9 36.6 91.4 167.6 213.4 91.4 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 990 ●
(80) (300) (500) (600) (120) (300) (550) (700) (300) (600) (1000) (1200)
400 2 24.4
(80)
91.4
(300)
152.4
(500)
213.4
(700)
36.6
(120)
91.4
(300)
304.8
(1000)
365.8
(1200)
198.1
(650)
274.3
(900)
304.8
(1000)
365.8
(1200)
1321-3R850-B (2) 20 735 ●
4 24.4
(80)
91.4
(300)
(1) Requires two parallel cables.
(2)
Requires three parallel cables.
137.2
(450)
167.6
(550)
36.6
(120)
91.4
(300)
152.4
(500)
182.9
(600)
76.2
(250)
137.2
(450)
274.3
(900)
365.8
(1200)
1321-3R850-B (2) 20 1470 ●
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Table A.AE PowerFlex 753 & 755, 480V Shielded/Unshielded Cable - Meters (Feet)
Drive Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Frame HP kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
2 10 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP ● ●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 304.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR18-DP
●
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (1000) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
15 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 304.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR25-DP
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (1000) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
3 20 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 91.4 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (300) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 304.8 182.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (1000) (600) (1000) (1200) (1200)
25 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 274.3 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR35-DP
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (900) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
30 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 182.9 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (600) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 121.9 182.9 7.6 12.2 121.9 243.8 152.4 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR45-DP
(25) (40) (400) (600) (25) (40) (400) (800) (500) (1000) (1200) (1200)
4 40 2 7.6 12.2 137.2 182.9 7.6 76.2 365.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
●
(25) (40) (450) (600) (25) (250) (1200) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 106.7 152.4 7.6 12.2 106.7 228.6 121.9 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR55-DP
(25) (40) (350) (500) (25) (40) (350) (750) (400) (800) (1200) (1200)
50 2 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 152.4 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (500) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 91.4 152.4 12.2 18.3 106.7 228.6 91.4 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
(25) (40) (300) (500) (40) (60) (350) (750) (300) (800) (1200) (1200)
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-25
Drive Rating No Solution Reactor Only
Reactor + Damping Resistor
or 1321-RWR
Reactor/RWR
(see page A-30) Resistor Available Options
Frame HP kHz 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V 1000V 1200V 1488V 1600V Cat. No. Ohms Watts
5 60 2 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 304.8 365.8 137.2 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (1000) (1200) (450) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 91.4 152.4 12.2 24.4 91.4 228.6 76.2 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR80-DP
(25) (40) (300) (500) (40) (80) (300) (750) (250) (700) (1200) (1200)
75 2 12.2 18.3 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 274.3 365.8 137.2 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
●
(40) (60) (450) (600) (40) (200) (900) (1200) (450) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 12.2 91.4 152.4 12.2 24.4 91.4 182.9 76.2 182.9 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR100-DP
(25) (40) (300) (500) (40) (80) (300) (600) (250) (600) (1200) (1200)
6 100 2 12.2 24.4 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 243.8 365.8 137.2 365.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR130-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (600) (40) (200) (800) (1200) (450) (1200) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 18.3 91.4 152.4 12.2 30.5 91.4 152.4 61.0 137.2 304.8 304.8 1321-RWR130-DP
(25) (60) (300) (500) (40) (100) (300) (500) (200) (450) (1000) (1000)
125 2 12.2 24.4 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 243.8 365.8 121.9 304.8 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR160-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (600) (40) (200) (800) (1200) (400) (1000) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 18.3 91.4 152.4 12.2 30.5 91.4 152.4 61.0 106.7 243.8 274.3 1321-RWR160-DP
(25) (60) (300) (500) (40) (100) (300) (500) (200) (350) (800) (900)
150 2 12.2 24.4 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 243.8 304.8 91.4 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR200-DP
●
(40) (80) (450) (600) (40) (200) (800) (1000) (300) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 152.4 12.2 30.5 91.4 152.4 45.7 76.2 243.8 274.3 1321-RWR200-DP
(25) (80) (300) (500) (40) (100) (300) (500) (150) (250) (800) (900)
7 200 2 12.2 30.5 137.2 182.9 12.2 61.0 243.8 304.8 76.2 274.3 365.8 365.8 1321-RWR250-DP
●
(40) (100) (450) (600) (40) (200) (800) (1000) (250) (900) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 36.6 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 213.4 274.3 1321-RWR250-DP
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (120) (300) (400) (150) (250) (700) (900)
250 2 12.2 30.5 137.2 167.6 12.2 61.0 198.1 259.1 76.2 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB320-B 50 225 ●
(40) (100) (450) (550) (40) (200) (650) (850) (250) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 213.4 274.3 1321-3RB320-B 50 450
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (700) (900)
300 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 198.1 61.0 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (650) (200) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 213.4 274.3 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (700) (900)
350 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 198.1 61.0 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R400-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (650) (200) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 259.1 1321-3RB400-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (850)
400 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 182.9 61.0 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (600) (200) (700) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 259.1 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 990
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (850)
8 350 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 198.1 61.0 243.8 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (650) (200) (800) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 259.1 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 990 ●
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (800)
400 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 182.9 61.0 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (600) (200) (700) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 259.1 1321-3R500-B (1) 20 990 ●
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (850)
450 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 137.2 182.9 61.0 213.4 365.8 365.8 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (450) (600) (200) (700) (1200) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 259.1 1321-3R600-B (1) 20 990 ●
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (850)
500 2 12.2 30.5 106.7 152.4 12.2 45.7 121.9 152.4 61.0 182.9 304.8 365.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 495 ●
(40) (100) (350) (500) (40) (150) (400) (500) (200) (600) (1000) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 76.2 167.6 243.8 1321-3R750-B (1) 20 990 ●
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (250) (550) (800)
600 2 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 12.2 45.7 106.7 137.2 61.0 152.4 274.3 365.8 1321-3R750-B (2) 20 735 ●
(40) (100) (300) (400) (40) (150) (350) (450) (200) (500) (900) (1200)
4 7.6 24.4 91.4 121.9 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 45.7 61.0 152.4 213.4 1321-3R750-B (2) 20 1470 ●
(25) (80) (300) (400) (40) (100) (300) (400) (150) (200) (500) (700)
650 2 12.2 30.5 91.4 121.9 12.2 45.7 106.7 137.2 61.0 152.4 274.3 365.8 1321-3R850-B (2) 20 735 ●
(40) (100) (300) (400) (40) (150) (350) (450) (200) (500) (900) (1200)
4 7.6
(25)
24.4
(80)
91.4
(300)
121.9
(400)
12.2
(40)
30.5
(100)
91.4
(300)
121.9
(400)
45.7
(150)
61.0
(200)
152.4
(500)
213.4
(700)
1321-3R850-B (2) 20 1470 ●
(1)
Requires two parallel cables.
(2) Requires three parallel cables.
TFA1
TFB2
RWR2
RWC
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-26 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
1336 PLUS II and IMPACT To increase the distance between the drive and the motor, some device
(RWR or Terminator) needs to be added to the system. Shaded distances are
restricted by cable capacitance charging current.
Table A.AF 1336 PLUS II/IMPACT Drive, 380-480V - Meters (Feet)
No External Devices (1)
w/1204-TFB2 Term. (1) w/1204-TFA1 Terminator (1) Reactor at Drive (1)(4)
Motor Motor Motor Motor
A B 1329 1329R/L (1600V) A or B 1329 A B 1329 A B or 1329
Drive Drive kW Motor Any Any Any Any
Cable Type
Any
Cable Type Cable Type
Any Any Any
Frame (HP) kW (HP) Cable Cable Cable Cable (2) Shld (3) Unshld Cable Shld .(3) Unshld Shld .(3) Unshld Cable Cable Cable
A1 0.37 (0.5) 0.37 (0.5) 12.2 33.5 91.4 91.4
30.5 61.0 30.5 61.0 91.4 22.9 182.9 (600)
(40) (110) (300) (300)
(100) (200) (100) (200) (300) (75)
0.75 (1) 0.75 (1) 12.2 33.5 91.4 91.4
30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 91.4 22.9 182.9 (600)
(40) (110) (300) (300)
(100) (100) (100) (100) (300) (75)
0.37 (0.5) 12.2 33.5 91.4 91.4
30.5 61.0 30.5 61.0 91.4 22.9 182.9 (600)
(40) (110) (300) (300)
(100) (200) (100) (200) (300) (75)
Use 1204-TFA1
1.2 (1.5) 1.2 (1.5) 12.2 33.5 91.4 91.4
30.5 30.5 61.0 61.0 91.4 22.9 182.9 (600)
(40) (110) (300) (300)
(100) (100) (200) (200) (300) (75)
0.75 (1) 12.2 33.5 91.4 91.4
30.5 30.5 61.0 61.0 91.4 22.9 182.9 (600)
(40) (110) (300) (300)
(100) (100) (200) (200) (300) (75)
0.37 (0.5) 12.2 33.5 114.3 121.9
30.5 30.5 61.0 61.0 121.9 22.9 182.9 (600)
(40) (110) (375) (400)
(100) (100) (200) (200) (400) (75)
A2 1.5 (2) 1.5 (2) 7.6 12.2 91.4 91.4
91.4 91.4 91.4 30.5 30.5 91.4 61.0 91.4 22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (300) (300)
(300) (300) (300) (100) (100) (300) (200) (300) (75)
1.2 (1.5) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
91.4 182.9 182.9 30.5 30.5 91.4 61.0 182.9 22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(300) (600) (600) (100) (100) (300) (200) (600) (75)
0.75 (1) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9 30.5 30.5 91.4 61.0 182.9 22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600) (100) (100) (300) (200) (600) (75)
0.37 (0.5) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9 30.5 30.5 91.4 61.0 182.9 22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600) (100) (100) (300) (200) (600) (75)
2.2 (3) 2.2 (3) 7.6 12.2 91.4 91.4
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (300) (300)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
1.5 (2) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
0.75 (1) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
0.37 (0.5) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
A3 3.7 (5) 3.7 (5) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
2.2 (3) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
1.5 (2) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
0.75 (1) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
Use 1204-TFB2
0.37 (0.5) 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
22.9 182.9 (600)
(25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(75)
A4 5.5-15 5.5-15 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
24.4 182.9 (600)
(7.5-20) (7.5-20) (25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(80)
B 11-22 11-22 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
24.4 182.9 (600)
(15-30) (15-30) (25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(80)
C 30-45 30-45 7.6 12.2 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
76.2 182.9 (600)
(X40-X60) (40-60) (25) (40) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(250)
D 45-112
(60-X150)
45-112
(60-150)
12.2
(40)
30.5
(100)
114.3
(375)
182.9
(600)
182.9
(600)
182.9
(600)
182.9
(600)
61.0
(200)
91.4
(300)
E 112-187 112-187 12.2 53.3 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
182.9 182.9 (600)
(150-250) (150-250) (40) (175) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(600)
F 187-336 187-336 18.3 53.3 114.3 182.9
182.9 182.9 182.9
182.9 182.9 (600)
(250-450) (250-450) (60) (175) (375) (600)
(600) (600) (600)
(600)
G 187-448
(X250-600)
187-448
(250-600)
18.3
(60)
53.3
(175)
114.3
(375)
182.9
(600)
182.9
(600)
182.9
(600)
182.9
(600)
182.9
(600)
182.9 (600)
(1) Values shown are for nominal input voltage, drive carrier frequency of 2 kHz or as shown and surrounding air temperature at the motor of 40o C. Consult factory
regarding operation at carrier frequencies above 2 kHz. Multiply values by 0.85 for high line conditions. For input voltages of 380, 400 or 415V AC, multiply the table
values by 1.25, 1.20 or 1.15, respectively.
(2) These distance restrictions are due to charging of cable capacitance and may vary from application to application.
(3)
Includes wire in conduit.
(4) A 3% reactor reduces motor and cable stress but may cause a degradation of motor waveform quality. Reactors must have a turn-turn insulation rating of 2100 Volts
or higher.
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-27
Table A.AG 1336 PLUS II/IMPACT Drive, 600V - Meters (Feet)
No External Devices (1) w/1204-TFB2 Terminator (1) w/1204-TFA1 Terminator (1) (1) (3)
Reactor at Drive
Motor Motor Motor Motor
A B 1329R/L (2) A B 1329R/L (2) A B 1329R/L (2) A B 1329R/L (2)
Drive
Frame
Drive kW
(HP)
Motor kW
(HP)
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
Any
Cable
A4 0.75 (1) 0.75 (1) NR NR NA NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
0.37 (0.5) NR NR NA NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
1.5 (2) 1.5 (2) NR NR NA NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
1.2 (1.5) NR NR NA NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
0.75 (1) NR NR 182.9 (600) NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
0.37 (0.5) NR NR 182.9 (600) NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
2.2 (3) 2.2 (3) NR NR NA NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
1.5 (2) NR NR NA NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
Not
(600) (1100)
(200)
Recommended
0.75 (1) NR NR 182.9 (600) NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
0.37 (0.5) NR NR 182.9 (600) NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
3.7 (5) 3.7 (5) NR NR NA NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
2.2 (3) NR NR NA NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
1.5 (2) NR NR 182.9 (600) NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
0.75 (1) NR NR 182.9 (600) NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
0.37 (0.5) NR NR 182.9 (600) NR 182.9 335.3 NR 61.0 182.9 (600)
(600) (1100)
(200)
5.5-15 5.5-15 NR 9.1 182.9 (600) 91.4 182.9 182.9 (600) NR 61.0 182.9 (600) 30.5 91.4 182.9 (600)
(7.5-20) (7.5-20)
(30)
(300) (600)
(200)
(100) (300)
C 18.5-45 18.5-45 NR 9.1 182.9 (600) 91.4 182.9 182.9 (600) NR 61.0 182.9 (600) 30.5 91.4 182.9 (600)
(25-60) (25-60)
(30)
(300) (600)
(200)
(100) (300)
D 56-93 56-93 NR 9.1 182.9 (600) 91.4 182.9 182.9 (600) NR 61.0 182.9 (600) 61.0 91.4 182.9 (600)
(75-125) (75-125)
(30)
(300) (600)
(200)
(200) (300)
E 112-224 112-224 NR 9.1 182.9 (600) 91.4 182.9 182.9 (600) NR 61.0 182.9 (600) 182.9 182.9 182.9 (600)
(150-X300) (150-X300) (30)
(300) (600)
(200)
(600) (600)
F 261-298 261-298 NR 9.1 182.9 (600) 91.4 182.9 182.9 (600) NR 61.0 182.9 (600) 182.9 182.9 182.9 (600)
(350-400) (350-400)
(30)
(300) (600)
(200)
(600) (600)
G 224-448 224-448 NR 9.1 182.9 (600) 91.4 182.9 182.9 (600) NR 61.0 182.9 (600) 182.9 182.9 182.9 (600)
(300-600) (300-600)
(30)
(300) (600)
(200)
(600) (600)
(1)
Values shown are for nominal input voltage and drive carrier frequency of 2 kHz. Consult factory regarding operation at carrier frequencies above 2 kHz.
(2) When used on 600V systems, 1329R/L motors have a corona inception voltage rating of approximately 1850V.
(3) A 3% reactor reduces motor and cable stress but may cause a degradation of motor waveform quality. Reactors must have a turn-turn insulation rating of 2100 Volts
or higher.
NR = Not Recommended
NA = Not Available at time of printing
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-28 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
1305 Table A.AH 1305 Drive, 480V, No External Devices at Motor - Meters (Feet)
(480V) Using a Motor with Insulation V P-P
Drive HP Motor HP Type A Type B 1329R/L
(480V) (480V) Any Cable Any Cable Shielded Cable Unshielded Cable
Maximum Carrier Frequency 4 kHz 4 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz
High-Line Derate Multiplier 0.85 0.85 0.55 0.55
5 5 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
3 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
2 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
1 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
0.5 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
3 3 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 91.4 (300) 121.9 (400)
2 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
1 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
0.5 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
2 2 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 76.2 (250) 121.9 (400)
1 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
0.5 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
1 1 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 68.6 (225) 121.9 (400)
0.5 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
0.5 0.5 9.1 (30) 30.5 (100) 45.7 (150) 106.7 (350)
Table A.AI 1305 Drive, 480V with Devices at Motor - Meters (Feet)
Reactor at the Drive (1)
With 1204-TFB2 Terminator With 1204-TFA1 Terminator
Using a Motor with Insulation V P-P Using a Motor with Insulation V P-P Using a Motor with Insulation V P-P
Drive HP
Type A Type B or 1329R/L Type A or Type B Type A Type B
(460V) Motor HP (460V) Any Cable Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded
Maximum Carrier Frequency 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz 2 kHz
High-Line Derating Multiplier 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
5 5 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) NR NR 91.4 (300) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 121.9 (400)
3 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 91.4 (300) 121.9 (400) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400)
2 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400)
1 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400)
0.5 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400)
3 3 15.2 (50) 91.4 (300) 182.9 (600) NR NR 91.4 (300) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 121.9 (400)
2 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 91.4 (300) 121.9 (400) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400)
1 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 91.4 (300) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400)
0.5 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400)
2 2 15.2 (50) 76.2 (250) 167.6 (550) NR NR 91.4 (300) 61.0 (200) 91.4 (300) 121.9 (400)
1 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 61.0 (200) 61.0 (200) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 121.9 (400) 121.9 (400)
0.5 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) 91.4 (300) 121.9 (400) 99.1 (325) 61.0 (200) 152.4 (500) 121.9 (400)
1 1 15.2 (50) 68.6 (225) 152.4 (500) NR NR 45.7 (150) 61.0 (200) 45.7 (150) 76.2 (250)
0.5 15.2 (50) 182.9 (600) 182.9 (600) NR NR 76.2 (250) 61.0 (200) 76.2 (250) 121.9 (400)
0.5 0.5 15.2 (50) 45.7 (150) 106.7 (350) NR NR NR NR NR NR
(1) IMPORTANT: A 3% reactor reduces motor stress but may cause a degradation of motor waveform quality. Reactors must have a turn-to-turn insulating rating of 2100
volts or higher. Reactors are not recommended for lightly loaded applications because over voltage trips may result at low output frequencies.
NR = Not Recommended
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-29
160
Table A.AJ 160 Drive, 480V - Meters (Feet)
380-460V
Ratings
4.0 kW
(5 HP)
2.2 kW
(3 HP)
1.5 kW
(2 HP)
0.75 kW
(1 HP)
0.55 kW
(0.75 HP)
0.37 kW
(0.5 HP)
Motor Insulation Motor Cable Only RWR at Drive Reactor at Motor
Rating - Volts P-P Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded
1000 13.7 (45) 6.1 (20) 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 91.4 (300)
1200 27.4 (90) 12.2 (40) 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600) 160.0 (525) 129.5 (425)
1600 160.0 (525) 144.8 (475) 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600) 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600)
1000 12.2 (40) 12.2 (40) 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600) 68.6 (225) 76.2 (250)
1200 27.4 (90) 18.3 (60) 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 129.5 (425)
1600 160.0 (525) 152.4 (500) 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600) 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600)
1000 12.2 (40) 12.2 (40) 129.5 (425) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 91.4 (300)
1200 27.4 (90) 18.3 (60) 129.5 (425) 182.9 (600) 129.5 (425) 137.2 (450)
1600 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 129.5 (425) 182.9 (600) 164.6 (540) 182.9 (600)
1000 16.8 (55) 12.2 (40) 99.1 (325) 182.9 (600) 99.1 (325) 106.7 (350)
1200 38.1 (125) 18.3 (60) 99.1 (325) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 137.2 (450)
1600 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 99.1 (325) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 182.9 (600)
1000 13.7 (45) 12.2 (40) 91.4 (300) 182.9 (600) 91.4 (300) 91.4 (300)
1200 38.1 (125) 18.3 (60) 91.4 (300) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500)
1600 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 91.4 (300) 182.9 (600) 152.4 (500) 182.9 (600)
1000 13.7 (45) 27.4 (90) 91.4 (300) 129.5 (425) 91.4 (300) 129.5 (425)
1200 38.1 (125) 54.9 (180) 91.4 (300) 129.5 (425) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500)
1600 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500) 91.4 (300) 129.5 (425) 152.4 (500) 152.4 (500)
Table A.AK 160 Drive, 240 & 480V - Cable Charging Current - Meters (Feet)
480V
Ratings
4.0 kW
(5 HP)
2.2 kW
(3 HP)
1.5 kW
(2 HP)
0.75 kW
(1 HP)
0.55 kW
(0.75 HP)
0.37 kW
(0.5 HP)
Motor Cable Only RWR at Drive Reactor at Motor
kHz
Shielded (1) Unshielded Shielded (1) Unshielded Shielded (1) Unshielded
2 106.7 (350) 182.9 (600) 91.4 (300) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400) 182.9 (600)
4 129.5 (425) 182.9 (600) 106.7 (350) 182.9 (600) 137.2 (450) 182.9 (600)
8 144.8 (475) 152.4 (500) NR NR 137.2 (450) 152.4 (500)
2 109.7 (360) 182.9 (600) 85.3 (280) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400) 182.9 (600)
4 114.3 (375) 182.9 (600) 83.8 (275) 182.9 (600) 121.9 (400) 182.9 (600)
8 121.9 (400) 152.4 (500) NR NR 121.9 (400) 152.4 (500)
2 91.4 (300) 167.6 (550) 83.8 (275) 182.9 (600) 91.4 (300) 182.9 (600)
4 91.4 (300) 167.6 (550) 83.8 (275) 182.9 (600) 91.4 (300) 152.4 (500)
8 99.1 (325) 152.4 (500) NR NR 106.7 (350) 152.4 (500)
2 61.0 (200) 114.3 (375) 61.0 (200) 129.5 (425) 68.6 (225) 121.9 (400)
4 68.6 (225) 114.3 (375) 61.0 (200) 129.5 (425) 68.6 (225) 114.3 (375)
8 76.2 (250) 114.3 (375) NR NR 68.6 (225) 121.9 (400)
2 54.9 (180) 106.7 (350) 54.9 (180) 114.3 (375) 54.9 (180) 106.7 (350)
4 54.9 (180) 106.7 (350) 54.9 (180) 114.3 (375) 54.9 (180) 106.7 (350)
8 54.9 (180) 106.7 (350) NR NR 54.9 (180) 106.7 (350)
2 30.5 (100) 99.1 (325) 30.5 (100) 106.7 (350) 30.5 (100) 91.4 (300)
4 30.5 (100) 99.1 (325) 30.5 (100) 106.7 (350) 30.5 (100) 106.7 (350)
8 30.5 (100) 99.1 (325) NR 30.5 (100) 106.7 (350)
240V Ratings No Reactor RWR at Drive Reactor at Motor
0.37 to 4.0 kW
Shielded (1) Unshielded Shielded (1) Unshielded Shielded (1) Unshielded
(0.5 to 5 HP)
2 through 8 kHz
160.0 (525) 182.9 (600) NR NR 160.0 (525) 182.9 (600)
(1)
When using shielded cable at lightly loaded conditions, cable length recommendations for drives rated 0.75 kW (1 HP) and below are 61 meters (200 feet).
NR = Not Recommended
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-30 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
1321-RWR Guidelines • Figure A.1 shows wiring for single inverter drives (PowerFlex 70 Frames
A-E, PowerFlex 700 Frames 0-6, PowerFlex 700H Frames 9-11 and
PowerFlex 700S Frames 1-11 & 13).
Figure A.2 describes dual inverter drives (PowerFlex 700H/700S Frame
12).
Figure A.3 is for single inverter drives that require parallel reactors
because the drive amp rating exceeds the rating of the largest available
reactor (PowerFlex 700S Frame 13).
• Configurations shown in Figure A.1 and Figure A.3 can be used for
single inverter drives with single or parallel cables, and single-motor or
multi-motor applications.
• The configuration shown in Figure A.2 is used with dual inverter drives
with single or parallel cables, and single-motor or multi-motor
applications.
• Filter (RWR or L-R) must be connected at drive output terminals, less
than 7.6 meters (25 feet) from the drive.
• See the lead length tables for output reactor and resistor selection. The
resistor specification is based on the number of parallel cables used.
• For PowerFlex 700H & 700S Frame 12 drives and some PowerFlex 700S
Frame 13 drives, two reactors are required. In this case, the resistor ohms
and watts ratings are values per phase for each reactor (see lead length
tables for output reactor selection).
• Resistor must be connected to reactor using 150 degree C wire. Select
wire gauge based on rated resistor power from the lead length tables.
• Recommended cables include; XLPE, EPR and Hypalon.
• Maximum total cable distance for resistor wires is 6.1 meters (20 feet) or
3 meters (10 feet) per side.
Figure A.1 Filter Wiring for Single Inverter Drive
AC Drive
1321-RWR
Output Reactor
U
V
W
Cable
Motor
R
Damping Resistor
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables A-31
Figure A.2 Filter Wiring for Dual Inverter Frame 12 Drive
L-R Filter
Output Reactor
AC Drive
U1
R
V1
W1
U2
V2
W2
Damping Resistor
L-R Filter
Output Reactor
Cable
Motor
R
Damping Resistor
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

A-32 Motor Cable Length Restrictions Tables
Figure A.3 Filter Wiring for Single Inverter Frame 13 Drive w/ Parallel Reactors
L-R Filter
Output Reactor
R
AC Drive
U
Damping Resistor
V
Cable
Motor
W
L-R Filter
Output Reactor
R
Damping Resistor
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Glossary
Ambient Air
Air around any equipment cabinet.
See surrounding air for more detail.
Armored
A fixed geometry cable that has a protective “sheath” of continuous metal
Capacitive Coupling
Current or voltage that is induced on one circuit by another because of their
close physical proximity. For drive installations it is generally seen in two
areas:
1. Coupling between motor leads of two drives, such that the operating
drive induces voltage onto the motor leads (and thus the motor) of a
non-operating drive.
2. Coupling between the conductors /or shields of motor leads that creates a
requirement for more current than the motor itself would demand.
CIV (Corona Inception Voltage)
The amplitude of voltage on a motor or other electrical winding that
produces corona (ionization of air to ozone). CIV is increased by adding
phase paper, placing windings in the proper pattern and reducing or
eliminating air bubbles (voids) in the varnish applied.
Common Mode Core
A ferrite bead or core that can be used to pass control, communications or
motor leads through to attenuate high frequency noise. Catalog Number/
Part Number 1321-Mxxx
Common Mode Noise
Electrical noise, typically high frequency, that is imposed on the ground
grid, carriers in an electrical system
Conduit
Conductive ferrous electrical metal tubing used to contain and protect
individual wires
Damp
Wet locations per U.S. NEC or local code
Discrete
Individual, hard-wired inputs or outputs, typically used for control of the
drive (Start, Stop, etc.)
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Glossary-2
Dry
Dry locations per Per NEC Article 100 or local code
dv/dt
The rate of change of voltage over time
Fill Rates
The maximum number of conductors allowed in a conduit, as determined by
local, state or national electrical code.
Fixed Geometry
Cable whose construction fixes the physical position of each conductor
within the overall coating, usually with filler material that prevents
individual conductors from moving.
IGBT
Insulated Gate Bi-Polar Transistor. The typical power semi conductor
device used in most PWM AC drives today
mil
0.001 inches
MOV
Metal Oxide Varistor
NEC
United States National Electric Code NFPA70
Peak Cable Charging Current
The current required to charge capacitance in motor cable. This capacitance
has various components:
– conductor to shield or conduit
– conductor to conductor
– motor stator to motor frame
PVC
Polyvinyl Chloride (typically thermoplastic)
RWR
Reflected Waver Reducer, an RL network mounted at or near the drive, used
to reduce the amplitude and rise time of the reflected wave pulses. Cat No
1204-RWR2-09-B or 1204-RWR2-09-C
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Glossary-3
Shielded
Cable containing a foil or braided metal shield surrounding the conductors.
Usually found in multi-conductor cable. Shield coverage should be at least
75%.
Signal
Individual hard wired analog inputs or outputs, typically used to issue
reference commands or process information to or from the drive.
Surrounding Air Temperature
The temperature of the air around the drive. If the drive is free standing or
wall mounted, the surrounding air temperature is room temperature. If the
drive is mounted inside another cabinet, the surrounding air temperature is
the interior temperature of that cabinet
Terminator
An RC network mounted at or near the motor, used to reduce the amplitude
and rise time of the reflected wave pulses. Catalog Number 1204-TFxx
THHN/THWN
U.S. designations for individual conductor wire, typically 75 °C or 90 °C
rated and with PVC insulation and nylon coating.
Unshielded
Cable containing no braided or foil sheath surrounding the conductors. Can
be multi-conductor cable or individual conductors.
Wet
Locations with moisture present - see Damp
XLPE
Cross Linked Polyethylene
UL
Underwriters Laboratories
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Glossary-4
Notes:
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Index
Numerics
1305 Drive, A-28
1305 Drive, AC Line Impedance, 2-7
1336 Drive, AC Line Impedance, 2-13
1336 Plus II/Impact Drive, A-26
1336 PLUS II/Impact Drive, 600V, A-27
160 Drive, Cable Charging Current, A-29
4, PowerFlex, AC Line Impedance, 2-8
40, PowerFlex, AC Line Impedance, 2-8
400, PowerFlex, AC Line Impedance, 2-9
70, PowerFlex, AC Line Impedance, 2-9
700, PowerFlex, AC Line Impedance, 2-11
A
AC Line, 2-5
Analog Signal Cable, 1-12
Armored Cable, 1-8
Containing Common Mode Noise, 6-2
B
Bearing Current, 6-6
Brake Solenoid, Noise, 6-3
C
Cable
Analog Signal, 1-12
Armored, 1-8
Connectors, 4-5
Containing Common Mode Noise, 6-2
Discrete Drive I/O, 1-11
Encoder, 1-12
European Style, 1-9
Exterior Cover, 1-2
Length, 1-11
Material, 1-2
Recommended, 1-5
Shielded, 1-6
Shields, 3-7
Trays, 4-14
Types, 1-1, 1-8
Unshielded, 1-5
Unshielded Definition, A-1
Cable Length Restrictions, A-1
Cable, Input Power, 1-10, 3-7
Capacitive Current Cable Length
Recommendations, A-29
Capacitors, Common Mode, 2-17
Clamp, Shield Termination, 4-15
Common Mode Capacitors, 2-17
Common Mode Chokes, 6-2
Common Mode Noise
Armored Cable, 6-2
Causes, 6-1
Conduit, 6-2
Containing, 6-2
Motor Cable Length, 6-2
Shielded Cable, 6-2
Communications, 1-12
ControlNet, 1-13
Data Highway, 1-14
DeviceNet, 1-12
Ethernet, 1-13
Remote I/O, 1-14
RS232/485, 1-14
Serial, 1-14
Concentricity, Insulation, 1-4
Conductor, Termination, 4-18
Conductors, 1-3
Conduit, 4-13
Cable Connectors, 4-5
Common Mode Noise, 6-2
Entry, 4-4
Entry Plates, 4-4
Connections, Ground, 4-6
Contacts, 6-3
Control Terminal, 4-18
Control Wire, 1-11
ControlNet, 1-13
Conventions, P-2
D
Data Highway, 1-14
DC Bus Wiring Guidelines, 2-18
Delta/Delta with Grounded Leg, 2-2
Delta/Wye with Grounded Wye, 2-1
DeviceNet, 1-12
DH+, 1-14
Diode, 6-4
Discrete Drive I/O, Cable, 1-11
Distribution
Delta/Delta with Grounded Leg, 2-2
Delta/Wye with Grounded Wye, 2-1
High Resistance Ground, 2-3
TN-S Five-Wire System, 2-4
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Index-2
Ungrounded Secondary, 2-3
Documentation, P-1
Drive
1305, A-28
1305 Drive with Line Device, A-28
1305,AC Line Impedance, 2-7
1336 PLUS II/Impact, A-26
1336 PLUS II/Impact, 600V, A-27
1336,AC Line Impedance, 2-13
160, Cable Charging Current, A-29
160, Voltage Peak, A-29
160,AC Line Impedance, 2-7
PowerFlex 4, AC Line Impedance, 2-8
PowerFlex 40, AC Line Impedance, 2-8
PowerFlex 400, AC Line Impedance, 2-9
PowerFlex 70, AC Line Impedance, 2-9
PowerFlex 700, AC Line Impedance,
2-11
E
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
Causes, 6-3
Mitigating, 6-3
Preventing, 6-3
EMC, Installation, 4-2
Encoder Cable, 1-12
Encompass Partners, P-2
Ethernet, 1-13
European Style Cable, 1-9
F
Filter, RFI, 3-2
G
Gauge, 1-3
Geometry, 1-4
Glands, 4-5
Grounded
Delta/Delta, 2-2
Delta/Wye, 2-1
Grounding, 3-1
Acceptable Practices, 3-5
Building Steel, 3-1
Connections, 4-6
Effective Practices, 3-6
Fully Grounded System, 3-5
High Resistance System, 3-4
Motors, 3-2
Optimal Practices, 3-6
PE, 3-2
Practices, 3-5, 4-1
RFI Filter, 3-2
Safety, 3-1
TN-S Five-Wire, 3-2
Ungrounded, 3-4
Grounding Practices, 3-6
Grounds, Noise Related, 3-3
I
I/O Cable, Discrete Drive, 1-11
Impedance, 2-5
Multiple Drives, 2-15
Reactor, 2-5
Inductive Loads, Noise, 6-3
Input Power Cables, 1-10
Inputs, Isolated, 3-7
Installation
EMC Specific, 4-2
Layout, 4-2
Practices, 4-1
Insulation, 1-1, 1-2, 1-4, 1-9, 1-10, 1-12,
4-13, 4-18, 5-1
L
Layout, Installation, 4-2
Length
Common Mode Noise, 6-2
Motor Cable, 1-11
Restrictions, 5-2
Length Restrictions, A-1
Lighting, Noise, 6-6
Line Impedance
AC Line Impedance, 2-5
Multiple Drives, 2-15
M
Manual Conventions, P-2
Manual Usage, P-1
Material, Cable, 1-2
Mode Capacitors, Common, 2-17
Moisture, 1-2, 4-19, 5-2
Motor
1329R/L, A-1
1488V, A-1
Brake Solenoid Noise, 6-3
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Index-3
Grounding, 3-2
Type A, A-1
Type B, A-1
Motor Brake Solenoid, Noise, 6-3
Motor Cable Length, 1-11
Motor Cable Length Restrictions, A-1
Motor Starters, Noise, 6-3
Motors, Noise, 6-3
Mounting, 4-1
MOV Surge Protection, 2-17
Multiple Drives
Line Impedance, 2-15
Reactor, 2-15
N
Noise
Brake, 6-3
Common Mode, 6-1
Contacts, 6-3
Enclosure Lighting, 6-6
Inductive Loads, 6-3
Lighting, 6-6
Mitigating, 6-3
Motor Brake, 6-3
Motor Starters, 6-3
Motors, 6-3
Preventing, 6-3
Related Grounds, 3-3
Relays, 6-3
Solenoids, 6-3
Switch Contacts, 6-3
Transient Interference, 6-3
P
Power
Wire, 1-10, 1-11, 1-12, 3-7, 4-14, 4-18,
6-2
Power Cables, Input, 1-10
Power Distribution, 2-1
Delta/Delta with Grounded Leg, 2-2
Delta/Wye with Grounded Wye, 2-1
High Resistance Ground, 2-3
TN-S Five-Wire System, 2-4
Ungrounded Secondary, 2-3
Power Terminals, 4-18
PowerFlex 4, 2-8
PowerFlex 40, 2-8
PowerFlex 400, 2-9
PowerFlex 70, 2-9
PowerFlex 700, 2-11
Practices, Grounding, 4-1
Precautions, P-2
Protection
MOV Surge, 2-17
R
RC Networks, 6-4
Reactor, Multiple Drives, 2-15
Recommended Cable Design, 1-5
Recommended Documentation, P-1
Reflected Wave, 5-1
Effects on Wire Types, 5-1
Length Restrictions, 5-2
Motor Protection, 5-2
Relays, Noise, 6-3
Remote I/O, 1-14
Resistance, Ground, 2-3
RFI Filter Grounding, 3-2
Routing, 4-9
S
Safety Grounds
Building Steel, 3-1
Grounding PE or Ground, 3-2
Safety Grounds, Grounding, 3-1
Secondary, Ungrounded, 2-3
Serial (RS232/485), 1-14
Shields
Cable, 1-6, 3-7
Termination, 4-15
Signal
Analog Cable, 1-12
Terminals, 4-18
Wire, 1-12
Solenoids, Noise, 6-3
Spacing, 4-10
Wiring, 4-9, 4-10
Standard Installation, 4-1
Suppression, Noise
Contracts, 6-3
Inductive Loads, 6-3
Motor Starters, 6-3
Motors, 6-3
Relays, 6-3
Solenoids, 6-3
Suppressor, 2-17, 6-4
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

Index-4
Surge Protection
MOV, 2-17
Switch Contacts
Noise, 6-3
System Configuration
Delta/Delta with Grounded Leg, 2-2
Delta/Wye with Grounded Wye, 2-1
High Resistance Ground, 2-3
TN-S Five-Wire System, 2-4
Ungrounded Secondary, 2-3
T
TB (Terminal Block)
Control, 4-18
Power, 4-18
Signal, 4-18
Temperature, 1-3
Termination
Conductor, 4-18
Control Terminal, 4-18
Power Terminals, 4-18
Shield, 4-15
Shield via Pigtail (Lead), 4-5
Signal Terminals, 4-18
Via Cable Clamp, 4-17
Via Circular Clamp, 4-15
Via Pigtail (Lead), 4-16
TN-S Five-Wire Systems, 2-4, 3-2
Transient Interference
Causes, 6-3
Suppression, 6-3
Signal, 1-12
Wire Routing
Antennas, 4-12
Loops, 4-12
Noise, 4-12
Within a Cabinet, 4-11
Within Conduit, 4-12
Wire/Cable Types, 1-1
Armored Cable, 1-8
Conductors, 1-3
European Style Cable, 1-9
Exterior Cover, 1-2
Gauge, 1-3
Geometry, 1-4
Insulation Thickness, 1-4
Material, 1-2
Reflected Wave Effects, 5-1
Shielded Cable, 1-6
Temperature Rating, 1-3
Unshielded Cable, 1-5
Wiring
Category Definitions, 4-9
Routing, 4-9
Spacing, 4-9
Spacing Notes, 4-10
Z
Zero Cross Switching, 6-3
U
Ungrounded Secondary, 2-3
Ungrounded System Example, 3-4
Unshielded Cable, 1-5
V
Varistors, 2-17, 6-4
W
Wire
Control, 1-11
Insulation, 1-1, 1-2, 1-4, 1-9, 1-10, 1-12,
4-13, 4-18, 5-1
Power, 1-10, 1-11, 1-12, 3-7, 4-14, 4-18,
6-2
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P

U.S. Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel: (1) 262.512.8176, Fax: (1) 262.512.2222, Email: support@drives.ra.rockwell.com, Online: www.ab.com/support/abdrives
www.rockwellautomation.com
Power, Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444
Europe/Middle East/Africa: Rockwell Automation, Vorstlaan/Boulevard du Souverain 36, 1170 Brussels, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, Level 14, Core F, Cyberport 3, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846
Publication DRIVES-IN001K-EN-P – May 2010
Supersedes Publication DRIVES-IN001J-EN-P – April 2009
Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in USA.

Product Details and Certifications
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/RAConfig/sendsuppl.asp?CID=C8662ED80DBD420...
Page 1 of 1
9/24/2009
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140U-NRP3-D90
Description: Molded Case Circuit Breaker Rating Plug, 1200A, N-Frame,Thermal Trip
900A
SelectionType
Select Group or Individual
Individual Accessory
Circuit Breaker Data
Bulletin Number
Rating / Frame Size
Pole Configuration
Bulletin 140U
1200A, N-Frame
3 Poles
Accessory Items
140U Accessories () Rating Plug (for Bulletin 140U)
Certifications and Approvals
UL 489
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 60947-2
CE
KEMA-KEUR
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm
Dimensions and Weight
Weight (kg / lbs) 0.02 / 0.04
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2009 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Short Circuit Ratings
Product: 140U-N0L3-E12-F
Description: Molded Case Circuit Breaker, N-Frame (up to 1200A), 100 kA, Electronic LS - Long &
Short Time, Rated Current 1200A, AX/AL: (1) 1a - 1b + (1) 1M-1B
SCCR (Interrupting Rating) max kA
Rating Document File Ref: UL File Ref: CSA Comments
240V 480V 600V 600Y/347V
200 100 50 — Nameplate E197878 216034 and 216035 —
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/...ID=760BC9F8FC814C388BF254630691A1F9&PIID=RDCPDL.$M$:/PFM/ec&tar=F$SCCR&pg=0[2/15/2012 11:09:39 AM]

http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/raconfig/rtcache/jpg/140unfrm.jpg[2/15/2012 11:10:19 AM]

http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/raconfig/rtcache/jpg/140u1200%20specifications.jpg[2/15/2012 11:09:58 AM]

Product Details and Certifications
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/RAConfig/sendsuppl.asp?CID=57AD5EC9427E46A...
Page 1 of 1
8/17/2009
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 20-COMM-E
Description: PowerFlex Architecture Class EtherNet/IP to DPI Communication Adapter
User Installed Options
Communications Kits (1) PowerFlex Architecture Class EtherNet/IP to DPI
Communication Adapter
Dimensions and Weight
Weight (kg / lbs) 0.00 / 0.00
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2009 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Product Details and Certifications
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 1497A-A11-M6-3-N
Description: 1497A - CCT, 1000VA, 220x440V, 230x460V,
240x480V (50/60Hz) Primary, 2 Pri - 1 Sec
Fuse Blocks
Representative Photo Only (actual product may vary based on
configuration selections)
TRANSFORMER DATA
Continuous VA (Transformer Rating) 1000
Primary - Secondary Voltage
220x440V, 230x460V, 240x480V - 110/115/120V (50/60Hz)
Fuse Block
2 Pri - 1 Sec
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2012 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/...ID=6E6B8AF583334AE4A767C121BE4E406A&PIID=RDCPDL.$M$:/PFM/2658&tar=2658&pg=0[1/24/2012 10:51:23 AM]

Yokogawa Corp. of America - Meter & Instrument Div. - Item # 240311AAAB, 3 1/2" New Big Look Time Meter Hours Non-Reset
Yokogawa Corp. of America - Meter & Instrument Div.
2 Dart Rd
Newnan, GA 30265 US
Phone: 770-254-0400
Fax: 770-251-2088
Toll-free: 800-888-6400
Email: meters-instr@us.yokogawa.com
Website: http://www.yokogawa-usa.com
All Categories > Electrical Meters > Elapsed Time Meters > New Big Look Panel Mounted Elapsed Time
Meter > Item # 240311AAAB
Item # 240311AAAB, 3 1/2" New Big Look Time Meter Hours Non-Reset
larger image
Product Overview
Accuracy
Matches frequency control of power system.
Vibration Shock Meets ANSI Specification C39.1
Material
Safety
Input Range
Sealing
Presentation
Brass terminal studs
Case of clear Polycarbonate
Frame of black Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate front covers.
Type 240 elapsed-time meters are recognized under the Component Program of Underwriters’
Laboratories. (UL File #E91703) & CSA
All Type 240 models available to operate on 120 or 208/240 or 480 volts AC, 50 or 60 Hertz.
All non-reset Type 240 models are weather resistant. Sealed window and no- through screw holes
for flange or back-of panel mounting protect motor, counter, and gearing from rain or panel washdown.
6-digit counter in 5/32" high hours and tenths of hours or minutes and tenths of minutes.
http://yokogawausa.thomasnet.com/...nted-elapsed-time-meter/240311aaab?&plpver=10&assetid=g1038&origin=&by=&filter=[3/9/2011 8:14:09 AM]

Yokogawa Corp. of America - Meter & Instrument Div. - Item # 240311AAAB, 3 1/2" New Big Look Time Meter Hours Non-Reset
Insulation Level
Burden Data
Features
Operating at 120, 208, 240 or 480 volts AC, will pass Hi-pot of 2000 V RMS for one minute.
3 VA typical
Back-of-panel model
2 1/2" and 3 1/2" New Big Look models
2 1/2" and 3 1/2" Round and Square models
Conduit-case models
Complete interchangeability physically and electrically with most GE Types 235 and 236
models
Optional 3 stud mounting is available on 3 1/2" New Big Look style 240 meters only.
http://yokogawausa.thomasnet.com/...nted-elapsed-time-meter/240311aaab?&plpver=10&assetid=g1038&origin=&by=&filter=[3/9/2011 8:14:09 AM]

Career │ Site Map │ Contact Us │Copyright© 2008 ADDA All Rights Reserved - Fan Manufacturer
"ADDA" and "ADDA Logo" are registered trademarks and/or service marks of ADDA corporation in Taiwan and
other countries.
ADDA USA |
Designed By
GRNET

TRI-ONIC ®
TRM
1-1/2” X 13/32” MIDGET FUSES
Tri-onic TRM time-delay midget fuses
are rated 250 volts AC and are offered in
ampere ratings from 1/10A to 30A.
They have 12 seconds time delay at 200%
rating to provide supplemental protection
of small motors, small transformers and
other high inrush loads, plus many other
250 volt applications. (Not for Branch
Circuit Protection).
HIGHLIGHTS:
APPLICATIONS:
Time Delay
Small Motors
250 VAC Rated Small Transformers
Lighting Circuits
Control Circuits
Standard Fuse Ampere Ratings, Catalog Numbers
Ratings
AC: 1/10 to 30A
250VAC, 10kA I.R.
Features/Benefits
Numerous ratings for a wide variety of
applications
250VAC rating in all sizes up to 30A
Time delay for circuits with high inrush
currrent
Can be used with ULTRASAFE fuse holders
Approvals
UL Listed to
Standard 248-14
File E33925
CSA Certified to Standard
C22.2 No. 248.14
AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG
RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER
1/10 TRM1/10 6/10 TRM6/10 1-6/10 TRM1-6/10 3 TRM3 5-6/10 TRM5-6/10 10 TRM10
15/100 TRM15/100 8/10 TRM8/10 1-8/10 TRM1-8/10 3-2/10 TRM3-2/10 6 TRM6 12 TRM12
2/10 TRM2/10 1 TRM1 2 TRM2 3-1/2 TRM3-1/2 6-1/4 TRM6-1/4 15 TRM15
1/4 TRM1/4 1-1/8 TRM1-1/8 2-1/4 TRM2-1/4 4 TRM4 7 TRM7 20 TRM20
3/10 TRM3/10 1-1/4 TRM1-1/4 2-1/2 TRM2-1/2 4-1/2 TRM4-1/2 8 TRM8 25 TRM25
4/10 TRM4/10 1-4/10 TRM1-4/10 2-8/10 TRM2-8/10 5 TRM5 9 TRM9 30 TRM30
1/2 TRM1/2
C
Melting Time – Current Data 1/10 - 3-1/2 Amperes, 250 Volts AC
Melting Time – Current Data 4-30Amperes, 250 Volts AC
Time in Seconds
Time in Seconds
Current in Amperes
C 5
Current in Amperes

AMP-TRAP 2000 ®
ATQR
TIME DELAY/CLASS CC
TAKE CONTROL OF FAULT CURRENTS HEADED
FOR YOUR CONTROL TRANSFORMER
ATQR small-dimension fuses feature time delay
characteristics ideally suited for the high inrush
currents of control transformers, solenoids, and
similar inductive loads. The newest member of our
Amp-trap 2000 ® family of fuses - ATQR fuses
provide superior protection for the branch circuits
of electrical distribution systems.
Features/Benefits
Time delay for control transformer inrush loads without
nuisance opening
Highly current limiting for low peak let-thru current
Rejection-style design prevents replacement errors
(when used with recommended fuse blocks)
High-visibility orange label ensures instant recognition,
and simplifies replacement
Metal-embossed date and catalog number
for traceability and lasting identification
Fiberglass body provides dimensional stability in harsh
industrial settings
High-grade silica filler ensures fast arc quenching and
high current limitation
HIGHLIGHTS:
APPLICATIONS:
Ratings
Approvals
Time Delay
Best Choice for Small
Transformer Protection
Most Current-Limiting
Control Transformers
Solenoids
Inductive Loads
Lighting, Heating &
General-purpose Loads
AC: 1/10 to 30A
600VAC, 200kA I.R.
DC: 1/10 to
30A300VDC,
100kA I.R.
UL Listed to
Standard 248-4
DC Listed to UL
Standard 248
CSA Certified to
Standard C22.2
No. 248.4
A 16

AMP-TRAP 2000 ®
TIME DELAY/CLASS CC FUSES
ATQR
Standard Fuse Ampere Ratings, Catalog Numbers
AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG
RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER
1/10 ATQR1/10 8/10 ATQR8/10 2-8/10 ATQR2-8/10 7-1/2 ATQR7-1/2
1/8 ATQR1/8 1 ATQR1 3 ATQR3 8 ATQR8
3/16 ATQR3/16 1-1/8 ATQR1-1/8 3-2/10 ATQR3-2/10 9 ATQR9
2/10 ATQR2/10 1-1/4 ATQR1-1/4 3-1/2 ATQR3-1/2 10 ATQR10
1/4 ATQR1/4 1-4/10 ATQR1-4/10 4 ATQR4 12 ATQR12
3/10 ATQR3/10 1-1/2 ATQR1-1/2 4-1/2 ATQR4-1/2 15 ATQR15
4/10 ATQR4/10 1-6/10 ATQR1-6/10 5 ATQR5 17-1/2 ATQR17-1/2
1/2 ATQR1/2 1-8/10 ATQR1-8/10 5-6/10 ATQR5-6/10 20 ATQR20
6/10 ATQR6/10 2 ATQR2 6 ATQR6 25 ATQR25
3/4 ATQR3/4 2-1/4 ATQR2-1/4 6-1/4 ATQR6-1/4 30 ATQR30
2-1/2 ATQR2-1/2 7 ATQR7
A
Recommended ATQR Class CC Primary Fuses For
Single Phase Control Transformers
Dimensions
TRANS
VA
25
50
75
100
150
200
250
VOLTS
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
PRIMARY
FLA
0.04
0.05
0.10
0.12
0.21
0.08
0.10
0.21
0.24
0.42
0.13
0.16
0.31
0.36
0.63
0.17
0.21
0.42
0.48
0.83
0.25
0.31
0.63
0.72
1.25
0.33
0.42
0.83
0.96
1.67
0.42
0.52
1.04
1.2
2.08
ATQR
AMPS
1/10
1/10
2/10
1/4
4/10
1/4
1/4
4/10
1/2
6/10
1/4
3/10
1/2
3/4
1
3/10
4/10
6/10
1
1-1/2
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
2-1/2
1/2
6/10
1-1/2
2
3
6/10
1-1/8
2
3
4*
TRANS
VA
300
500
750
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000
VOLTS
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
120
600
480
240
208
600
480
240
600
480
PRIMARY
FLA
0.50
0.63
1.25
1.44
2.5
0.83
1.04
2.08
2.40
4.17
1.25
1.56
3.13
3.61
6.25
1.67
2.08
4.16
4.81
8.33
2.50
3.13
6.25
7.21
12.5
3.33
4.17
8.33
9.62
5.00
6.25
12.5
8.33
10.4
ATQR
AMPS
1-1/8
1-1/2
2-1/2
3
5*
1-1/2
2
4*
6*
10*
2-1/2
3
7*
8*
15*
3
4*
10*
12*
20*
5*
7*
10
20*
25*
8*
10*
20++*
20++*
12+*
15+*
30++*
20++*
25+*
Recommended Fuse Blocks for Class CC Fuses
Number
of
Poles
ULTRASAFE
Indicating
Fuse
Holder
Screw
with Double
Quick
Connects
Pressure Plate
with Double
Quick
Connects
Copper
Box
Connector
ADDER 30310R 30320R 30350R
1 USCC1I 30311R 30321R 30351R
2 USCC2I 30312R 30322R 30352R
3 USCC3I 30313R 30323R 30353R
Primary fuses - If primary FLA is less than 2 amps, fuse may be 300%
max. (500% for motor control). If primary FLA exceeds 2 amps but is
less than 9 amps, fuse may not exceed 167% of primary FLA unless
secondary protection is used, when it may be increased to 250%. Fuse
sizes shown are based on approx. 40 x FLA for .01 sec.
* Secondary protection is required for these ratings.
+ Fuse will withstand 30 x FLA for .01 second
++ Fuse will withstand 25 x FLA for .01 second
A 17

AMP-TRAP 2000 ®
TIME DELAY/CLASS CC FUSES
ATQR
Peak Let-Thru Current Data–ATQR1/4 to 30, 600 Volts AC
Melting Time-Current Data ATQR 3/16 to 1-8/10, 600 Volts
Current in Amperes
Time in Seconds
Maximum Instantaneous Peak Let-Thru Amperes
Time in Seconds
Available Current in RMS Symmetrical Amperes
Melting Time-Current Data ATQR 2 to 30, 600 Volts AC
Current in Amperes
A 18

LIMITRON ®
Fast-Acting Fuses
13/32” x 1-1/2”, Class CC - 600 Volt, 1/10 - 30 Amps
Bussmann ®
KTK-R
Dimensional Data
1.5
(±0.031)
(38.1mm)
• LIMITRON ® fast-acting fuse.
• Melamine tube. Nickel-plated brass endcaps.
• U.L. Listed for branch circuit protection.
• Rejection type; for both standard holders or those which
reject other type fuses.
Time-Current Characteristic Curves–Average Melt
.41
(±0.005)
(10.3mm)
Catalog Symbol: KTK-R
Fast-Acting Branch Circuit Fuse:
1/10 TO 30A
Voltage Rating:
600Vac (or less): 0-30A
Interrupting Rating:
ac: 200,000A RMS Sym.
UL LIisted, STD. 248-4, Class CC,
(Guide #JDDZ, File #E4273)
CSA Certified, C22.2 NO. 248.4, (File #53787—Class
#1422-02)
Electrical Ratings (Catalog Symbol and Amperes)
600Vac - UL Listed & C.S.A.
KTK-R-1/10 KTK-R-6/10 KTK-R-3-1/2 KTK-R-10
KTK-R-1/8 KTK-R-3/4 KTK-R-4 KTK-R-12
KTK-R-2/10 KTK-R-1 KTK-R-5 KTK-R-15
KTK-R-1/4 KTK-R-1-1/2 KTK-R-6 KTK-R-20
KTK-R-3/10 KTK-R-2 KTK-R-7 KTK-R-25
KTK-R-4/10 KTK-R-2-1/2 KTK-R-8 KTK-R-30
KTK-R-1/2 KTK-R-3 KTK-R-9 –
Carton Quantity and Weight
Ampere Carton Weight*
Ratings Qty. Lbs. Kg.
1/10–30 10 .180 .082
*Weight per carton.
Recommended fuseblocks/fuseholders for
Class CC 600V fuses
See Data Sheets listed below
• Open fuseblocks - 1105
• Finger-safe fuseholders - 1109, 1102, 1103, 1151
• Panel-mount fuseholders - 2114, 2113
• In-line fuseholders - 2126
CE logo denotes compliance with European Union Low Voltage Directive
(50-1000Vac, 75-1500Vdc). Refer to Data Sheet: 8002 or contact
Bussmann Application Engineering at 636-527-1270 for more information.
The only controlled copy of this Data Sheet is the electronic read-only version located on the Bussmann Network Drive. All other copies of this Data Sheet are by definition uncontrolled. This bulletin is intended to clearly
present comprehensive product data and provide technical information that will help the end user with design applications. Bussmann reserves the right, without notice, to change design or construction of any products
and to discontinue or limit distribution of any products. Bussmann also reserves the right to change or update, without notice, any technical information contained in this bulletin. Once a product has been selected, it
should be tested by the user in all possible applications.
3-19-03 SB03078
Form No. KTK-R
Page 1 of 1
Data Sheet: 1015

Bussmann ®
LOW-PEAK ® Time-Delay Fuses KRP-C
Class L – 600 Volt 601-2000A
Dimensional Data All other tolerances (± 0.02)
0.63" (± 0.03)
All Slots and Holes
10.75"
(± 0.09)
8.63"
(± 0.09)
6.75" 5.75"
601A
to
800A
801A
to
1200A
1350A
to
1600A
1800A
to
2000A
3.75"
.38"
.38"
.44"
.5"
Terminal:
Width (± 0.06)
Thickness (± 0.03)
2"
2"
2.38"
2.75"
2.5"
2.53"
Max.
2.5"
2.78"
Max.
3"
3.03"
Max.
3.5"
3.53"
Max.
Catalog Symbol: KRP-C-SP
Time-Delay – 4 seconds (minimum) at 500% rated current
Current-Limiting
Ampere Rating: 601 to 2000 Amperes‡
Voltage Rating: 600 Volts AC (or less) 300 Volts DC (or less)
Interrupting Rating: 300,000A RMS Sym. (UL)
Interrupting Rating: 100,000A DC (UL)
Agency Approvals:
UL Listed – Special Purpose £, Guide JFHR, File E56412
CSA Certified – (200,000 AIR), Class 1422-02, File 53787
Class L per CSA C22.2, No. 248.10
‡Use KRP-CL for current ratings below 601 amps.
*601-3000A is rated 340 VDC and 50 KAIC.
£Meets all performance requirements of UL Standard 248-10 for Class L fuses.
Ampere Ratings†
Catalog Ctn. Weight** Catalog Ctn. Weight**
Number Qty. Lbs. Kg. Number Qty. Lbs. Kg.
KRP-C-601SP
KRP-C-1350SP
KRP-C-650SP
KRP-C-1400SP
KRP-C-700SP 1 3.75 1.7 KRP-C-1500SP
1 6.50 2.948
KRP-C-750SP
KRP-C-1600SP
KRP-C-800SP
KRP-C-1800SP
KRP-C-801SP KRP-C-1900SP 1 8.5 3.85
KRP-C-900SP
KRP-C-2000SP
KRP-C-1000SP 1 4.5 2.041
KRP-C-1100SP
KRP-C-1200SP
**Weight per carton.
†Special purpose rating of 300,000 AIR.
General Information:
• All-purpose silver-linked fuse for both overload and shortcircuit
protection for high capacity systems (mains and
large feeders).
• Time-delay (minimum of four seconds at five times amp
rating) for close sizing.
• Current-limiting action of the fuse generally affords
considerable reduction in bus bracing.
• Interrupting rating of 300,000 amperes complies with
NEC Sections 110-9 and 230-65 for today’s large capacity
systems.
• O-ring seals maximize pressure build-up during currentlimiting
action and ensure filler retention.
• High grade silica-sand filler; accelerates response of fuse to
short-circuits by having quenching effect upon the fuse arc.
• 99.9% pure silver fuselinks. The high conductivity of silver
gives low watt loss and low operating temperature at normal
current levels; maximizes total clearing I 2 t fault energy
let-through.
• Selective coordination (blackout prevention).
• Glass melamine tube.
• Silver-plated end bells.
CE logo denotes compliance with European Union Low Voltage Directive
(50-1000 VAC, 75-1500 VDC). Refer to BIF document #8002 or contact
Bussmann Application Engineering at 636-527-1270 for more information.
11-12-99
A99119
Rev. A
Form No. KRP-C-601-2000
Page 1 of 3
BIF Doc #1008

Bussmann ®
LOW-PEAK ® Time-Delay Fuses KRP-C
Class L – 600 Volt 601-2000A
Time-Current Characteristic Curves–Average Melt
Fuseblocks: (601 - 1200 Amps)
Catalog
Number Poles
51215 1
51235 3
No reducers available.
300
100
800A
1200A
1600A
2000A
AMPERE
RATING
10
TIME IN SECONDS
1
.1
.01
1,000
10,000
CURRENT IN AMPERES
100,000
200,000
11-12-99
A99119
Rev. A
Form No. KRP-C-601-2000
Page 2 of 3
BIF Doc #1008

Bussmann ®
LOW-PEAK ® Time-Delay Fuses KRP-C
Class L – 600 Volt 601-2000A
Current-Limitation Curves
The only controlled copy of this BIF document is the electronic read-only version located on the Bussmann Network Drive. All other copies of this document are by definition uncontrolled. This bulletin is
intended to clearly present comprehensive product data and provide technical information that will help the end user with design applications. Bussmann reserves the right, without notice, to change
design or construction of any products and to discontinue or limit distribution of any products. Bussmann also reserves the right to change or update, without notice, any technical information contained
in this bulletin. Once a product has been selected, it should be tested by the user in all possible applications.
11-12-99
A99119
Rev. A
Form No. KRP-C-601-2000
Page 3 of 3
BIF Doc #1008

PowerFlex® HIMs for 70, 700, 700S
United
States [+]
About Us News & Events Products Services & Support Industries & Solutions
Sign In, Become a Member, Why Join?
Drives
Drives Home
AC Drives
DC Drives
Drives
Drive Communications &
Accessories
Drive Software
Medium Voltage
Servo Drives
General Resources
A to Z Product Directory
Configuration and
Selection Tools
Events Listing
Locate Us
Newsletters / Magazines
Product Certification
Product Cross Reference
Publications Library
PowerFlex® 7-Class HIMs
20-HIM-A1 20-HIM-A2 20-HIM-A3 20-HIM-A4 20-HIM-A5
LED
IP20 (NEMA 1)
Digital Speed LCD
IP20 (NEMA 1)
Full Numeric LCD
IP20 (NEMA 1)
Analog Speed LCD
IP20 (NEMA 1)
Programmer Only LCD
IP20 (NEMA 1)
How to Purchase
Find a US Distributor
WorldWide Offices
Shop On-Line
Get Drawings
Autocad Library
Get Software
RAISE Product Selection and
Engineering Tools
Request-For-Quote Builder
DriveTools SP
DriveExplorer
Electronic Data Sheets (EDS)
Product Selection
Browse the Library
On-Line Catalog
Related Products
Need Drive Packaging Options?
Drive Systems Solutions
Control Matched Motors
Energy Efficiency Solutions
20-HIM-B1 20-HIM-C3S 20-HIM-C5S
Bezel Kit
Panel Mount LCD Display
IP20 (NEMA Type 1)
Full Numeric
Panel Mount LCD
IP66 (NEMA 4X/12)
Indoor use only
Programmer Only
Panel Mount LCD
IP66 (NEMA 4X/12)
Indoor use only
Locations|Contact|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2005 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
http://www.ab.com/drives/powerflex/him/12/7/2005 11:00:07 AM

Product Details and Certifications
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-FXT6A5
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 2 Pos. PB-Non-Illum., Push-Pull / Twist to Release, Red, 2 NCLB,
Finger Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled?
Factory Assembled
PUSH BUTTON DATA
E Stop
Hazardous Location
Finger Safe Guards
Head Type
Cap/Button Color
Block Type
Contact Blocks
Yes
No
Finger Safe Guards
Push-Pull / Twist to Release
Red
Standard
2 N.C.L.B.
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2011 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/...?CID=0F13EE29069B4B78906F4A2BBCA5D16E&PIID=RDCPDL.$M$:/PFM/8cc&tar=8cc&pg=0[11/29/2011 4:03:46 PM]

Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-PTH16W
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Pushto-Test,
LED, White, 120V AC 50/60 Hz, 1
NO-1 NC, Finger Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User
Assembled?
Factory Assembled
PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location
Finger Safe Guards
Power Module Type
Lamp Test Options
Illumination Options
Voltage
Lens Color
Block Type
Contact Blocks
No
Finger Safe Guards
Transformer
Push-to-Test
LED
120V AC 50/60 Hz
White
Standard
1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Standard with Push-to-
Test)
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL
Certifications
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Directory:
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-PTH16R
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Pushto-Test,
LED, Red, 120V AC 50/60 Hz, 1
NO-1 NC, Finger Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User
Assembled?
Factory Assembled
PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location
Finger Safe Guards
Power Module Type
Lamp Test Options
Illumination Options
Voltage
Lens Color
Block Type
Contact Blocks
No
Finger Safe Guards
Transformer
Push-to-Test
LED
120V AC 50/60 Hz
Red
Standard
1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Standard with Push-to-
Test)
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL
Certifications
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Directory:
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Product Details and Certifications
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-PTH16G
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test, LED, Green, 120V AC 50/60 Hz, 1
NO-1 NC, Finger Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled?
Factory Assembled
PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location
Finger Safe Guards
Power Module Type
Lamp Test Options
Illumination Options
Voltage
Lens Color
Block Type
Contact Blocks
No
Finger Safe Guards
Transformer
Push-to-Test
LED
120V AC 50/60 Hz
Green
Standard
1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Standard with Push-to-Test)
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2011 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/...ID=5ADD954A652B490C85D3E9A9CCA0A811&PIID=RDCPDL.$M$:/PFM/3f31&tar=3f31&pg=0[9/23/2011 9:23:09 AM]

Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-PTH16A
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Pushto-Test,
LED, Amber, 120V AC 50/60 Hz, 1
NO-1 NC, Finger Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User
Assembled?
Factory Assembled
PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location
Finger Safe Guards
Power Module Type
Lamp Test Options
Illumination Options
Voltage
Lens Color
Block Type
Contact Blocks
No
Finger Safe Guards
Transformer
Push-to-Test
LED
120V AC 50/60 Hz
Amber
Standard
1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Standard with Push-to-
Test)
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL
Certifications
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Directory:
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-A1A
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 Mom. Contact PB,
Non-Illum., Green, Flush Hd, 1 NO-1 NC,
Finger Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User
Assembled?
Factory Assembled
PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location No
Finger Safe Guards Finger Safe Guards
Operator Type
Flush Head
Cap/Button Color Green
Special Mushroom Head No Special Head
Block Type
Standard
Contact Blocks
1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL
Certifications
Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm
Dimensions and Weight

Weight (kg / lbs) 0.15 / 0.33
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-B6A
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 Mom. Contact PB,
Non-Illum., Red, Extended Hd, 1 NO-1 NC,
Finger Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User
Assembled?
Factory Assembled
PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location No
Finger Safe Guards Finger Safe Guards
Operator Type
Extended Head
Cap/Button Color Red
Special Mushroom Head No Special Head
Block Type
Standard
Contact Blocks
1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL
Certifications
Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm
Dimensions and Weight

Weight (kg / lbs) 0.15 / 0.33
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-A2A
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 Mom. Contact PB, Non-Illum., Black, Flush Hd, 1 NO-1 NC, Finger Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled?
Factory Assembled
PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location
Finger Safe Guards
Operator Type
Cap/Button Color
Special Mushroom Head
Block Type
Contact Blocks
No
Finger Safe Guards
Flush Head
Black
No Special Head
Standard
1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm
Dimensions and Weight
Weight (kg / lbs) 0.15 / 0.33

Product Details and Certifications
Product: 800TC-J2H
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/13 3 Pos. Sel. Switch-
Non-Illum., White, Std. Knob Maint., Finger
Safe Guards
ASSEMBLY
Factory or User
Assembled?
Factory Assembled
SELECTOR SWITCH DATA
Hazardous Location No
Finger Safe Guards Finger Safe Guards
Head Type
Standard Knob
Knob Insert or Metal Wing White
Lever Color
Operator Function Maintained
Target Table Selections () Cam and Contact Blocks
Certifications and Approvals
UL
Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL
Certifications
Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

9
KEY BENEFITS
Unique protection features - Comprehensive motor protection
plus voltage dependant overload curves, torque metering and
protection, broken rotor bar protection
Most advanced thermal model - Including multiple RTD inputs
for stator thermal protection
Advanced monitoring functions - vibration, bearing temperature
Best in class man machine interface (MMI) - Large backlit
display with 40 characters to view relay information and
settings in direct sunlight, full numerical keypad, and setpoint
navigation keys.
Minimize replacement time - Draw-out construction
Complete asset monitoring - Temperature, Analog I/O, full
metering including demand & energy
Improve uptime of auxiliary equipment - Through I/O monitoring
Reduce troubleshooting time and maintenance costs - Event
reports, waveform capture, data logger
Simplify testing - Built in simulation features
Cost effective Access to information - Via Modbus RTU
protocol, through standard RS232 & RS485 serial ports, and
optional Modbus RTU over TCP/IP through embedded Ethernet
Port to connect to 10MB Ethernet local or wide area networks.
Follow technology evolution - Flash memory for product field
upgrade
Long lasting life when exposed to chemically corrosive and
humid environments with optional conformal coating
APPLICATIONS
Protection and Management of three phase medium and large horsepower motors and driven equipment, including
high inertia, two speed and reduced-voltage start motors.
FEATURES
Protection and Control
Thermal model biased with RTD and negative sequence
current feedback
Start supervision and inhibit
Mechanical jam
Voltage compensated acceleration
Undervoltage, overvoltage
Underfrequency
Stator differential protection
Thermal overload
Overtemperature protection
Phase and ground overcurrent
Current unbalance
Power elements
Torque protection
Dual overload curves for 2 speed motors
Reduced voltage starting control
Monitoring and Metering
A V W var VA PF Hz Wh varh demand
Torque, temperature
Event recorder
Oscillography & Data Logger (trending)
Statistical information & learned motor data
Motor starting reports - NEW
User Interface
Front Panel LEDs, full key pad, and backlit LCD display
RS232, and RS485 ports - up to 19,200 bps
Optional Embedded 10BaseT, 10Mbs ethernet port
ModBus RTU Protocol
ModBus over TCP/IP
Optional Device Net Protocol
Includes EnerVista software
Inputs and Outputs
12 RTDs, programmable
5 pre-defined & 4 assignable digital inputs
6 output relays
4 analog inputs
4 programmable analog outputs
210

469 Motor Protection System
469 SR Motor Protection System
Protection and Control
The 469 is a digital motor protection
system designed to protect and manage
medium and large motors and driven
equipment. It contains a full range of
selectively enabled, self contained
protection and control elements as
detailed in the Functional Block Diagram
and Features table.
Motor Thermal Model
The primary protective function of the 469
is the thermal model with six key elements:
Overload Curves
Unbalance Biasing
Hot/Cold Safe Stall Ratio
Motor Cooling Time Constants
Start Inhibit and Emergency Restart
RTD Biasing
Functional Block Diagram
Overload Curves
The curves can take one of three formats:
standard, custom, or voltage dependent.
For all curve styles, the 469 retains thermal
memory in a thermal capacity used
register which is updated every 0.1 second.
The overload pickup determines where the
running overload curve begins.
The 469 standard overload curves are of
standard shape with a multiplier value of 1
to 15.
The voltage dependent overload curves
are used in high inertia load applications,
where motor acceleration time can
actually exceed the safe stall time and
motor thermal limits. During motor
acceleration, the programmed thermal
overload curve is dynamically adjusted
with reference to the system voltage level.
The selection of the overload curve type
and the shape is based on motor thermal
limit curves provided by motor vendor.
TRIP TIME (seconds)
10000
10,000
1000
1,000
100
10
1
CURVE
15
12
9
7
4
3
2
0.1
1
10
Full Load
Setpoint PHASE CURRENT
(multiples of full load)
819765A8.cdr
Fifteen standard overload curves.
TYPICAL CUSTOM CURVE
6500 HP, 13800 VOLT INDUCED DRAFT FAN MOTOR
1 PROGRAMMED 469 CUSTOM CURVE
2 RUNNING SAFETIME (STATOR LIMIT)
3 ACCELERATION SAFETIME (ROTOR LIMIT)
4 MOTOR CURRENT @ 100% VOLTAGE
5 MOTOR CURRENT @ 80% VOLTAGE
1
9
1
BUS
52
50 50G
TIME TO TRIP IN SECONDS
100
10
2
3
2
27
59 47 81
R2
AUXILIARY
1.0
4
5
3
3
AMBIENT AIR
RTD
MOTOR
STATOR RTDs
BEARING RTDs
LOAD
14
TACHOMETER
DCMA
R1
TRIP
50
50G
87
49
38
METERING
V,A,W,Var,VA,PF,Hz
55
51 49 37 66 46
51G
78
4 ANALOG INPUTS
R3
AUXILIARY
R4
ALARM
R5
BLOCK
START
R6
SERVICE
74
86
4 ISOLATED
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
469
Motor Management System
14
START
RS232
RS485
RS485
Ethernet
0.1
0.5 1.0 10 100 1000
MULTIPLE OF FULL LOAD CURRENT SETPOINT
806803A5.cdr
Typical custom overload curve.
DEVICE PROTECTION
14 Speed switch
19/48 Reduced voltage start and
incomplete sequence
27/59 Undervoltage/Overvoltage
32 Reverse power
Mechanical Jam
Acceleration time
Over Torque
37 Undercurrent/Underpower
38 Bearing RTD
46 Current Unbalance
47 Phase Reversal
49 Stator RTD
50 Short circuit backup
50G/51G Ground overcurrent backup
51 Overload
55 Power factor
66 Starts/hour and time between
starts
81 Frequency
86 Overload lockout
87 Differential
806807A7.cdr
www.GEMultilin.com
211

469 SR Motor Protection System
469 Motor Protection System
9
TIME TO TRIP (SECONDS)
Unbalance (Negative Sequence
Current) Biasing
Negative sequence current, which causes
rotor heating, is not accounted for in the
thermal limit curves supplied by the motor
manufacturer. The 469 measures unbalance
as the ratio of negative to positive
sequence current. The thermal model is
biased to reflect the additional heating.
Motor derating due to current unbalance
can be selected via the setpoint unbalance
bias k factor. Unbalance voltage causes
approximately 6 times higher level of
current unbalance (1% of voltage unbalance
equal to 6% of current unbalance). Note
that the k=8 curve is almost identical to the
NEMA derating curve.
Motor derating factor due to unbalanced voltage
DERATING FACTOR
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1.00
HIGH INERTIA LOAD OVERLOAD CURVES
8800 HP, 13.2 kV, REACTOR COOLANT PUMP
OVERLOAD THERMAL LIMIT
MOTOR ACCELERATION
CURVE
SAFE STALL TIME
@80% V
ACCELERATION INTERSECTION
@80% V
ACCELERATION THERMAL LIMIT
ACCELERATION INTERSECTION @100% V
CUSTOM CURVE
LOCKED ROTOR THERMAL LIMIT
SAFE STALL TIME@100% V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MULTIPLES OF FULL LOAD AMPS
806805A3.cdr
An example of a voltage dependent overload
curve; in this example the user has set the
minimum voltage to 80%.
0.95
k=2
0.90
k=4
0.85
k=6
0.80
k=8
0.75
k=10
0.70
0 1 2 3 4 5
PERCENT VOLTAGE UNBALANCE derafacta2.cdr
Hot/Cold Safe Stall Ratio
The Hot/Cold Safe Stall time ratio defines
the steady state level of thermal capacity
used (TCU) by the motor. This level
corresponds to normal operating
temperature of the fully loaded motor and
will be adjusted proportionally if motor
load is lower then rated.
Hot/Cold Safe Stall ratio is used by the
relay to determine the lower limit of the
running cool down curve and also defines
the thermal capacity level of the central
point in RTD Biasing curve.
Thermal Capacity Used
100
75
50
25
Iavg @ 100% FLA
Iavg @ 50% FLA
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Time in Minutes 806810A3.cdr
Exponential cooldown (hot/cold curve ratio 60%).
Motor Cooling Time Constants
When the 469 detects that the motor is
running at a load lower then overload
pickup setpoint, or the motor is stopped, it
will start reducing the stored TCU value,
simulating actual motor cool down
process. TCU decays exponentially at a
rate dictated by Cooling Time Constants
setpoints. Normally the cooling down
process of the stopped motor is much
slower then of running motor, thus running
and stopped cooling time constants
setpoints are provided in the relay to
reflect the difference.
The TCU lower limit of the running cool
down curve is defined by Hot/Cold Safe
Stall Ratio and level of the motor load. The
TCU lower limit of the stopped cool down
curve is 0% and corresponds to motor at
ambient temperature.
Start Inhibit and Emergency Restart
The Start Inhibit function prevents starting
of a motor when insufficient thermal
capacity is available or motor start
supervision function dictate the start
inhibit. In case of emergency the thermal
capacity used and motor start supervision
timers can be reset to allow the hot motor
starting.
RTD Thermal Capacity Used (%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
RTD Bias Minimum
RTD Bias curve.
RTD Bias Maximum
RTD Bias Center
Point
-50 0 50 100 150 200 250
Maximum Stator RTD Temperature (C)
806809A4.cdr
RTD Biasing
The relay thermal replica operates as a
complete and independent model. The
thermal overload curves are based solely
on measured current, assuming a normal
40°C ambient and normal motor cooling.
The actual motor temperature will increase
due to unusually high ambient temperature,
or motor cooling blockage. Use the RTD
bias feature to augment the thermal model
calculation of Thermal Capacity Used,
if the motor stator has embedded RTDs.
The RTD bias feature is feedback of
measured stator temperature. This feedback
acts to correct the assumed thermal
model. Since RTDs have a relatively slow
response, RTD biasing is useful for slow
motor heating. Other portions of the
thermal model are required during starting
and heavy overload conditions when
motor heating is relatively fast.
For RTD temperatures below the RTD BIAS
MINIMUM setting, no biasing occurs. For
maximum stator RTD temperatures above
the RTD BIAS MAXIMUM setting, the
thermal memory is fully biased and forced
to 100%. At values in between, if the RTD
bias thermal capacity used is higher
compared to the thermal capacity used
created by other features of the thermal
model, then this value is used from that
point onward.
212
www.GEMultilin.com

469 Motor Protection System
469 SR Motor Protection System
Motor Start Supervision
Motor Start Supervision consists of the
following features: Time-Between-Starts,
Start-per-Hour, Restart Time.
These elements intend to guard the motor
against excessive starting duty, which are
normally defined by motor manufacturer
in addition to the thermal damage curves.
Mechanical Jam and Acceleration
Time
The function is equipped with overreach
filter, which removes the DC component
from the asymmetrical current present at
the moment a fault occurs or motor starts.
Two pickup levels ( trip and alarm) with
individual time delays are available for
ground fault detection.
Trip Backup feature is also available as
part of this function. The operational
principal of Ground Fault Trip Backup is the
same as of Short Circuit Trip Backup.
RTD Protection
The 469 has 12 programmable RTD inputs
that are normally used for monitoring
temperature of stator, bearings, ambient
temperature and some other parts of
motor assembly that can be exposed to
overheating. Each RTD input has 3
operational levels: alarm, high alarm and
trip.
Relay supports RTD trip voting and
provides open/short RTD failure alarm.
The two elements are used to prevent a
motor damage at the abnormal
operational conditions: such as too long
acceleration time and stalled rotor.
Phase Differential Protection
This function is intended to protect the
stator windings and supplying power
cables of large motors. Two types of
current transformers connections are
supported:
6 CT's externally connected in the
summing configuration.
3 Flux Balancing CT's.
Separate trip pickup levels and time delays
are provided for motor starting and
running conditions.
Short Circuit Trip
This function is intended to protect the
stator windings of the motors against
phase-to-phase faults.
Equipped with an overreach filter, the 469
removes the DC component from the
asymmetrical current present at the
moment a fault occurs or motor starts.
A trip backup feature is also available as
part of this function, used to issue a second
trip if the fault is not cleared within a given
time delay.
Ground Fault
This function is designed to protect motors
against phase to ground faults.
There are two dedicated ground current
inputs in the relay, which support the
following types of ground current
detection.
Core balance (Zero sequence) current
transformer.
Core balance (Zero sequence) 50:0.025 A
(sensitive) current transformer.
Residual connection of phase current
transformers.
Voltage and Frequency Protection
Use the voltage and frequency protection
functions to detect abnormal system voltage
and frequency conditions, potentially
hazardous to the motor.
The following voltage elements are available:
Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Over and Underfrequency
Phase Reversal
To avoid nuisance operations, the 469 can
be set to block the undervoltage element
when the bus that supplies power to the
motor is de-energized, or under VT fuse
failure conditions.
Power Elements
The following power elements are
available in 469 relay. The first four
elements have blocking provision during
motor starting.
Power Factor This element is used in
synchronous motors applications to detect
out of synchronism conditions.
Reactive Power This element is used in the
applications where reactive power limit is
specified.
Underpower Used to detect loss of load.
Reverse Active Power Useful to detect
conditions where the motor can become a
generator.
Overtorque This element is used to protect
the driven load from mechanical breakage.
Current Unbalance
In addition to Thermal model biasing
current unbalance is presented in 469
relay as independent element with 2
pickup levels and built-in single phasing
detection algorithm.
Additional and Special Features
Two speed motor protection.
Load averaging filter for cyclic load
applications
Reduced voltage starting supervision.
Variable frequency filter allowing
accurate sensing and calculation of the
analog values in VFD applications.
Analog input differential calculation for
dual drives applications.
Speed counter trip and alarm.
Universal digital counter trip and alarm.
Pulsing KWh and Kvarh output.
Trip coil supervision.
Drawout indicator, Setpoints Access and
Test permit inputs.
Undervoltage Autorestart (additional
element per special order)
Experimental broken rotor bar detection
system (additional element per special
order)
Inputs and Outputs
Current and Voltage Inputs
The 469 has two sets of three phase CT
inputs, one for phase current, and one
dedicated for differential protection.
The ratings of the phase current inputs (1A
and 5A) must be specified when ordering
the relay, while the ratings for differential
inputs are field programmable, supporting
both 1A and 5A secondary currents.
There are also 2 one-phase ground CT
inputs: standard input with settable
secondary rating; 5A or 1A, and special
sensitive ground current detection input for
high resistance grounded systems.
Three phase VT inputs support delta and
wye configuration and provide voltage
signals for all voltage and power based
protection elements and metering.
9
www.GEMultilin.com
213

469 SR Motor Protection System
469 Motor Protection System
9
RTD Inputs
The 469 has 12 field programmable RTD
inputs supporting 4 different types of RTD
sensors. These inputs are used for RTD
Temperature protection and also for
thermal model biasing.
Digital Inputs
The 469 has 5 predefined inputs:
Starter Status
Emergency Restart
Remote Reset
Setpoint Access
Test Switch
It also has four assignable digital inputs,
which can be configured to aid the
following functions:
Remote Trip and Alarm
Speed Switch Trip and Tachometer
Vibration Switch Trip and Alarm
Pressure Switch Trip and Alarm
Load Shed Trip
Universal Digital Counter and
Configurable General Switch
External oscillography trigger and
External Relay Fault Simulation
initiation.
Analog Inputs and Outputs
Use the four configurable analog inputs
available in the 469 to measure motor
operation related quantities fed to the
relay from standard transducers. Each
input can be individually set to measure
4-20 mA, 0-20 mA or 0-1 mA transducer
signals. The 469 can also be set to issue
trip or alarm commands base on signal
thresholds.
Use the four configurable analog outputs
available in the 469 to provide standard
transducer signals to local monitoring
equipment. The relay must be ordered
with the hardware to provide the desired
output signal, either 4-20 mA, or 0-1 mA.
The analog outputs can be configured to
provide suitable outputs based on any
measured analog value, or any calculated
quantity.
Output Relays
There are six Form-C output relays
available in the 469. Four relays are
always non-failsafe and can be selectively
assigned to perform trip, or alarm
functions. A non-failsafe block start relay is
also provided, controlled by protection
functions requiring blocking functionality.
Loss of control power or 469 internal
failures are indicated via the failsafe
service relay.
The trip and alarm relays can also be
configured with latching functionality
when their status shall be maintained until
the 469 is manually reset, locally via the
front panel, or remotely via communications.
Monitoring and Metering
The 469 is equipped with monitoring tools
to capture data. The following information
is presented in a suitable format for
analysis:
Monitoring
The 469 is equipped with monitoring tools
to capture data. The following information
is presented in a suitable format.
Status of inputs, outputs and alarms
Last trip data
Motor learned parameters: last and
maximum acceleration times, starting
currents and starting TCU, average
currents, RTD maximums, analog inputs
maximums and minimums.
User Interface
469 STATUS INDICATORS
469 status
Motor status
Output relays
LARGE DISPLAY
Forty character display for viewing
setpoints and actual value messages.
Diagnostic messages are
displayed when there is a trip or
alarm condition. Default messages
are displayed after a period of
inactivity.
NUMERIC KEYPAD
Numeric keys allow for simple
entry of setpoint values. Control
keys allow simple navigation
through setpoint and actual value
message structures. Help key
provides context sensitive help
messages
CONTROL AND
PROGRAMMING KEYS
Menu, Escape, Reset, Enter,
Menu Up, and Menu Down
keys for complete acess
without a computer.
VALUE KEYS
Value Up, and Value Down keys
to change setpoint values
DRAWOUT HANDLE
With provision for a wire
lead seal to prevent unauthorized
removal
PROGRAM PORT INTERFACE
RS232 for connection to a
computer, 9600 baud
214
www.GEMultilin.com

469 Motor Protection System
469 SR Motor Protection System
Trip and general counters, motor running
hours and start timers.
Event recorder
oscillography. 10 waveforms (Ia, Ib, Ic,
Ig, Iadiff, Ibdiff, Icdiff, Va, Vb, Vc)
Metering
The following actual values are accurately
measured and displayed:
Phase, differential and ground currents,
average current, motor load, current
unbalance.
Phase-to-ground and Phase-to-phase
voltages, average phase voltage, system
frequency.
Real, reactive, apparent power, power
factor, watthours, varhours, torque
Current and power demand.
Analog inputs and RTD’s temperature.
Thermal capacity used, lockout times,
motor speed
Event Recording
The event recorder stores motor and
system information with a date and time
stamp each time an event occurs up to 256
events.
Oscillography
The 469 records up to 64 cycles with 12
samples per cycle of waveform data for 10
waveforms (Ia, Ib, Ic, Ig, Diffa, Diffb, Diffc,
Va, Vb, Vc) each time a trip occurs. The
record is date and time stamped.
Simulation
The simulation feature tests the functionality
and relay response to programmed
conditions without the need for external
inputs. When placed in simulation mode
the 469 suspends reading of the actual
inputs and substitutes them with the
simulated values. Pre-trip and fault
conditions can be simulated.
User Interfaces
Keypad and Display
The 469 has a keypad and 40 character
display for local control and programming
without a computer. Up to 20 userselected
default messages can be
displayed when inactive. In the event of a
trip, alarm, or start block, the display will
automatically default to the pertinent
message and the Message LED indicator
will flash.
LED Indicators
The 469 has 22 LED indicators on the front
panel. These give a quick indication of 469
status, motor status, and output relay
status.
Communications
The 469 is equipped with three standard
serial communications ports, one RS232
located in the front panel, and two RS485
in the rear of the relay. One optional
10BaseT Ethernet port is also available
located, when ordered, at the rear of the
relay. The front panel port allows easy
local computer access. The rear ports
provide remote communications or
connection to a DCS, SCADA, or PLC. The
RS232 baud rate is fixed at 9600, while the
RS485 ports are variable from 300 to
19,200 bps. The optional Ethernet port can
be used to connect the 469 to 10 Mbps
Ethernet networks. The three serial ports
support ModBus® RTU protocol, while the
Ethernet port supports ModBus® RTU via
TCP/IP protocol. The communication
system of the 469 is designed to allow
simultaneous communication via all ports.
Using Ethernet as the physical media to
integrate the 469 to Local or Wide Area
Networks, replaces a multidrop-wired
network (e.g., serial Modbus®), and
eliminates expensive leased or dial-up
connections, reducing monthly operating
costs.
Software
The relay comes with the Windows ® -
based EnerVista 469 setup software which
can be used to manipulate and display 469
data. A simple point and click interface
allows setpoint files for each motor to be
stored, printed for verification, and downloaded
to the 469 for error-free setpoint
entry. The entire 469 manual is included as
a help file for quick local access.
EnerVista Software
The 469 comes with EnerVista, an
industry-leading suite of software tools
that simplifies every aspect of working
with GE Multilin devices. EnerVista
software is extremely easy to use and
provides advanced features that help you
maximize your investment in GE Multilin
products.
EnerVista Launchpad
EnerVista Launchpad is a complete set of
powerful device setup and configuration
tools that is included at no extra charge
with the 469.
Set up the 469 - and any other GE
Multilin device - in minutes. Retrieve and
view oscillography and event data at
the click of a button.
Build an instant archive on any PC of the
latest GE Multilin manuals, service
advisories, application notes, specifications
or firmware for your 469.
Automatic document and software
version updates via the Internet and
detailed e-mail notification of new
releases.
EnerVista Viewpoint
EnerVista is a premium workflow-based
toolset that provides engineers and
technicians with everything they need to
monitor, test and troubleshoot GE Multilin
IEDs and manage settings files with ease.
The 469 includes an evaluation version of
EnerVista Viewpoint.
Settings file change control, automatic
error checking and a visual FlexLogic
editor make creating, editing and
storing settings a snap
Plug-and-Play monitoring automatically
creates customized monitoring screens
for your 469 - no programming required
Powerful testing tools help shorten your
commissioning cycle
Quickly retrieve oscillography and event
data when a fault occurs
See the EnerVista Suite section for more
information.
469 Guideform
Specifications
For an electronic version of the 469 guideform
specifications, please visit:
www.GEMultilin.com/specs, fax your
request to 905-201-2098 or email to
literature.multilin@ge.com.
9
www.GEMultilin.com
215

469 SR Motor Protection System
469 Motor Protection System
Typical Wiring
A
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PHASE A CT
GROUND CT
DIFF.
PHASE A CT
C
B
A
B
C
PHASE B CT
PHASE C CT
DIFF.
PHASE B CT
DIFF.
PHASE C CT
MOTOR
469
POWER
SUPPLY
CAUTION
G12 G11 H12 H11
G2 H1
H2
G1
G6 H6
G7 H7 G8 H8 G9 H9 G10 H10 G3 H3 G4 H4
G5 H5
AUTOMATIC CT
SHORTING TERMINALS
CHECK VOLTAGE RATING
OF THE UNIT BEFORE
APPLYING POWER.
(SEE Pgs. 2-8)
SAFETY
GROUND
FILTER
GROUND
CONTROL
POWER
Va Vb Vc Vcom
PHASE
VOLTAGE INPUTS
1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 50:.025 COM 1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM
PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C GROUND GROUND PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C
CURRENT INPUTS
DIFFERENTIAL INPUTS
CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTACTS
(52a, 52b) SHOWN FOR
BREAKER OPEN.
9
E12
CONTROL
GROUND
DRAWOUT
BUS
POWER
INDICATOR F12
B1 RTD SHIELD
MOTOR
A1 HOT
RTD #1
TRIP COIL
WINDING
E11
A2 COMPENSATION
1
SUPERVISION F11
A3 RTD RETURN
Multilin 469
A4
A5 g
MOTOR
COMPENSATION
WINDING
RTD #2
2
HOT
Motor Protection System
MOTOR
A6 HOT
STOP
RTD #3
52a
WINDING
A7 COMPENSATION
TRIP
3
E2
A8 RTD RETURN
COIL
MOTOR
R1 TRIP
F1
WINDING
A9 COMPENSATION
RTD #4
E1
4
A10 HOT
F2
MOTOR
A11 HOT
RTD #5
R2 AUXILIARY E3
WINDING
A12 COMPENSATION
5
F3
A13 RTD RETURN
MOTOR
E5
WINDING
A14 COMPENSATION
RTD #6
R3 AUXILIARY F4
6
A15 HOT
E4
MOTOR
D1 HOT
RTD #7
F5
BEARING
D2 COMPENSATION
R4 ALARM
1
E6 ALARM ANNUNCIATOR
D3 RTD RETURN
MOTOR
F6
D4 COMPENSATION
START
BEARING
E8
52b
RTD #8
2
D5 HOT
R5 BLOCK
CLOSE
F7
D6 HOT
START
COIL
PUMP
RTD #9
E7
BEARING
D7 COMPENSATION
1
F8
D8 RTD RETURN
PUMP
R6 SERVICE E9
BEARING
D9 COMPENSATION
RTD #10
F9 SELF TEST ANNUNCIATOR
2
D10 HOT
D11 HOT
PUMP
RTD #11
CASE
D12 COMPENSATION
D13 RTD RETURN
OUTPUT CONTACTS
AMBIENT
D14 COMPENSATION
RTD #12
SHOWN WITH NO
D15 HOT
CONTROL POWER
INDUCTIVE/HALL EFFECT 52a
SENSOR FOR
D16 STARTER STATUS
TACHOMETER
D17 EMERGENCY RESTART
FRONT PANEL LOCAL
CAUTION +24
D18 REMOTE RESET
PROGRAMMING PORT
D19 ASSIGNABLE INPUT 1
D20 ASSIGNABLE INPUT 2
D21 ASSIGNABLE INPUT 3
DO NOT INJECT
D22 ASSIGNABLE INPUT 4
VOLTAGES TO
DIGITAL INPUTS
D23 COMMON
(DRY CONTACT
D24 SWITCH +24Vdc
CONNECTIONS ONLY)
RS232 INTERFACE
C1
ACCESS
C2
RELAY COMPUTER
1 1 8
KEYSWITCH C3
TEST
TXD 2 2 3 RXD
FOR SETPOINT C4
RXD 3 3 2 TXD
4 4 20
ACCESS
DCS
SGND 5 5 7 SGND
6 6 6
COMPUTER
AUXILIARY
ANALOG I/O
7 7 4
8 8 5
RS485
RS485
ANALOG OUTPUTS
ANALOG INPUTS
9 9 22
+ - COM + - COM COM 1+ 2+ 3+ 4+ SHIELD Vdc
+24 1+ 2+ 3+ 4+ COM 9 PIN
CONNECTOR
D25 D26 D27
B2 B3 B4 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27
25 PIN
CONNECTOR
DIGITAL INPUTS
RS232
9 WIRE RS232
120
HUB
120
1nF
1nF
GROUND
COMMUNICATION PORTS
ONLY AT MASTER DEVICE
Ethernet
Option (T)
120
1nF
PERSONAL
COMPUTER RS232
469PC
PROGRAM
COMMON-
COMMON
120 1nF
RS485
PORT
4-20mA
ANALOG
INPUT
PLC
or
COMPUTER
THERMAL CAPACITY
#1+
1 AVG
#2+
STATOR RTDs
#3+
KW
#4+
MOTOR MOTOR LOAD LOAD
BEARING1 BEARING2 BEARING1 BEARING2
SELF POWERED VIBRATION TRANSDUCERS
806751AS.dwg
216
www.GEMultilin.com

469 Motor Protection System
469 SR Motor Protection System
469 Technical Specifications
PROTECTION
PHASE SHORT CIRCUIT
Pickup Level: 4.0 to 20.0 x CT primary in steps of
0.1 of any one phase
Time Delay: 0 to 1000 ms in steps of 10
Pickup Accuracy: as per Phase Current Inputs
Timing Accuracy: +50 ms
Elements: Trip
REDUCED VOLTAGE START
Transition Level: 25 to 300% FLA in steps of 1
Transition Time: 1 to 250 s in steps of 1
Transition Control: Current, Timer, Current and Timer
OVERLOAD/STALL PROTECTION/THERMAL MODEL
Overload Curves: 15 Standard Overload Curves,
Custom Curve, Voltage Dependent
Custom Curve for high inertia
starting (all curves time out against
average phase current)
Curve Biasing Phase Unbalance
Hot/Cold Curve Ratio
Stator RTD
Running Cool Rate
Stopped Cool Rate
Line Voltage
Overload Pickup: 1.01 to 1.25 (for service factor)
Pickup Accuracy: as per Phase Current Inputs
Timing Accuracy: ±100 ms or ±2% of total time
Elements: Trip and Alarm
MECHANICAL JAM
Pickup Level: 1.01 to 3.00 x FLA in steps of 0.01
of any one phase, blocked on start
Time Delay: 1 to 30 s in steps of 1
Pickup Accuracy: as per Phase Current Inputs
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5 s or ±0.5% of total time
Elements: Trip
UNDERCURRENT
Pickup Level: 0.01 - 0.99 x CT Trip
0.01 - 0.95 x CT Alarm
in steps of 0.01
Time Delay: 1 to 60 s in steps of 1
Block From Start: 0 to 15000 s in steps of 1
Pickup Accuracy: as per Phase Current Inputs
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5 s or ±0.5% of total time
Elements: Trip and Alarm
CURRENT UNBALANCE
Unbalance:
I2 / I1 if Iavg > FLA
I2 / I1 x Iavg / FLA if Iavg < FLA
Range: 0 to 100% UB in steps of 1
Pickup Level: 4 to 40% UB in steps of 1
Time Delay: 1 to 60 s in steps of 1
Pickup Accuracy: ±2%
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5 s or ± 0.5% of total time
Elements: Trip and Alarm
PHASE DIFFERENTIAL
Pickup Level: 0.05 to 1.0 x CT primary in steps
of 0.01 of any one phase
Time Delay: 0 to 1000 ms in steps of 10
Pickup Accuracy: as per Phase Differential Current
Inputs
Timing Accuracy: +50 ms
Elements: Trip
GROUND INSTANTANEOUS
Pickup Level: 0.1 to 1.0 x CT primary in steps of
0.01
Time Delay: 0 to 1000 ms in steps of 10
Pickup Accuracy: as per Ground Current Input
Timing Accuracy: +50 ms
Elements: Trip and Alarm
ACCELERATION TIMER
Pickup:
Transition of no phase current to
> overload pickup
Dropout:
When current falls below overload
pickup
Time Delay: 1.0 to 250.0 s in steps of 0.1
Timing Accuracy: ±100 ms or ± 0.5% of total time
Elements: Trip
JOGGING BLOCK
Starts/Hour: 1 to 5 in steps of 1
Time between Starts: 1 to 500 min.
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5 s or ± 0.5% of total time
Elements: Block
RESTART BLOCK
Time Delay: 1 to 50000 s in steps of 1
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5 s or ± 0.5% of total time
Elements: Block
RTD
Pickup: 1 to 250°C in steps of 1
Pickup Hysteresis: 2°C
Time Delay: 3 s
Elements: Trip and Alarm
UNDERVOLTAGE
Pickup Level:
Motor Starting: 0.60 to 0.99 x Rated in steps of 0.01
Motor Running: 0.60 to 0.99 x Rated in steps of 0.01
any one phase
Time Delay: 0.1 to 60.0 s in steps of 0.1
Pickup Accuracy: as per Voltage Inputs
Timing Accuracy: 30% of full scale in Phase A
Overfrequency Pkp:
25.01 to 70.00 in steps of 0.01
Underfrequency Pkp:
20.00 to 60.00 in steps of 0.01
Accuracy: ±0.02 Hz
Time Delay: 0.1 to 60.0 s in steps of 0.1
Timing Accuracy: 2 x CT: ± 1% of 20 x CT
CT Withstand: 1 second at 80 x rated current
2 seconds at 40 x rated current
continuous at 3 x rated current
DIFFERENTIAL CURRENT INPUTS
CT Primary:
1 to 5000 A
CT Secondary: 1 A or 5 A (Set point)
Burden:
Less than 0.2 VA at rated load
Conversion Range: 0.02 to 1 x CT primary Amps
Nominal Frequence: 20 - 70 Hz
Frequency Range: 20 - 120 Hz
Accuracy:
± 0.5% of 1 x CT for 5 A
± 0.5% of 5 x CT for 1 A
CT Withstand: 1 second at 80 x rated current
2 seconds at 40 x rated current
continuous at 3 x rated current
continuous at 3 x rated current
GROUND CURRENT INPUTS
CT Primary:
1 to 5000 A
CT Secondary: 1 A or 5 A (Set point)
Burden:
< 0.2 VA at rated load for 1 A or 5 A
< 0.25 VA for 50:025 at 25 A
Conversion Range: 0.02 to 1 x CT primary Amps
Nominal Frequence: 20 - 70 Hz
Frequency Range: 20 - 120 Hz
Accuracy:
± 0.5% of 1 x CT for 5 A
± 0.5% of 5 x CT for 1 A
± 0.125 A for 50:0.025
CT Withstand: 1 second at 80 x rated current
2 seconds at 40 x rated current
continuous at 3 x rated current
VOLTAGE INPUTS
VT Ratio: 1.00 to 150.00:1 in steps of 0.01
VT Secondary: 273 V AC (full scale)
Conversion Range: 0.05 to 1.00 x full scale
Nominal Frequence: 20 - 70 Hz
Frequency Range: 20 - 120 Hz
Accuracy:
±0.5% of full scale
Max. Continuous: 280 V AC
Burden:
> 500 k
DIGITAL INPUTS
Inputs:
9 opto-isolated inputs
External Switch: dry contact < 400 , or open
collector NPN transistor from
sensor; 6 mA sinking from
internal 4 K pull-up at 24 V DC
with Vce < 4 V DC
469 Sensor Supply: +24 V DC at 20 mA maximum
RTD INPUTS
3 wire RTD Types: 100 Platinum (DIN.43760),
100 Nickel, 120 Nickel,
10 Copper
RTD Sensing 5mA
Current:
Isolation:
36 Vpk
(isolated with analog inputs
and outputs)
Range:
–50 to +250°C
Accuracy:
±2°C
Lead Resistance: 25 Max per lead for Pt and
Ni type
3 Max per lead for Cu type
No Sensor: >1000
Short/Low Alarm:: < –50°C
TRIP COIL SUPERVISION
Applicable Voltage: 20 to 300 V DC / V AC
Trickle Current: 2 to 5 mA
ANALOG CURRENT INPUTS
Current Inputs:
0 to 1 mA, 0 to 20mA or 4 to
20 mA (setpoint)
Input Impedance: 226 ±10%
Conversion Range: 0 to 21 mA
Accuracy:
±1% of full scale
Type:
passive
Analog In Supply: +24 V DC at 100 mA maximum
Response Time: 100 ms
9
www.GEMultilin.com
217

469 SR Motor Protection System
469 Motor Protection System
9
218
469 Technical Specifications Continued
OUTPUTS
ANALOG OUTPUTS
Type: Active
Range: 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 1 mA
(must be specified with order)
Accuracy: ±1% of full scale
Maximum 4 to 20 mA input: 1200 ,
Load: 0 to 1 mA input: 10 k
Isolation: 36 Vpk
(Isolation with RTDs and Analog
Inputs)
4 Assignable phase A current, phase B current,
Outputs: phase C current, 3 phase average
current, ground current, phase AN
(AB) voltage, phase BN (BC) voltage,
phase CN (CA) voltage, 3 phase
average voltage, hottest stator RTD,
hottest bearing RTD,hottest other
RTD, RTD
# 1 to 12, Power factor, 3-phase Real
power (kW), 3-phase Apparent power
(kVA, 3-phase Reactive power (kvar),
Thermal Capacity Used, Relay
Lockout Time, Current Demand, kvar
Demand, kW Demand, kVA Demand,
Motor Load, Torque
Motor Load, Torque
OUTPUT RELAYS
Configuration: 6 Electromechanical Form C
Contact Material:silver alloy
Operate Time: 10 ms
Max ratings for 100000 operations
MAKE/ MAKE/
VOLTAGE CARRY CARRY BREAK MAX
CONTINUOUS 0.2 SEC LOAD
DC 30 VDC 10 A 30A 10 A 300 W
Resistive 125 VDC 10 A 30A 0.5 A 62.5 W
250 VDC 10 A 30A 0.3 A 75 W
DC 30 VDC 10 A 30A 5 A 150 W
Inductive 125 VDC 10 A 30A 0.25 A 31.3 W
L/R = 40 ms250 VDC 10 A 30A 0.15 A 37.5 W
AC 120 VAC 10 A 30A 10 A 2770 VA
Resistive 250 VAC 10 A 30A 10 A 2770 VA
AC 120 VAC 10 A 30A 4 A 480 VA
Inductive 250 VAC 10 A 30A 3 A 750 VA
P.F. = 0.4
POWER SUPPLY
CONTROL POWER
Options: LO / HI (must be specified with order)
LO Range: DC: 20 to 60 V DC
AC: 20 to 48 V AC at 48 to 62 Hz
Hi Range: DC: 90 to 300 V DC
AC: 70 to 265 V AC at 48 to 62 Hz
Power: 45 VA (max), 25 VA typical
Proper operation time without supply voltage: 30 ms
COMMUNICATIONS
RS232 Port: 1, Front Panel, non-isolated
RS485 Ports: 2, Isolated together at 36 Vpk
Baud Rates: RS485: 300 - 19,200 Baud
programmable parity
RS232: 9600
Parity: None, Odd, Even
Protocol: Modbus ® RTU / half duplex
Ethernet Port: 10BaseT, RJ45 Connector, ModBus ®
RTU over TCP/IP
Ordering
MONITORING
POWER FACTOR
Range: 0.01 lead or lag to 1.00
Pickup Level:
0.99 to 0.05 in steps of 0.01, Lead
& Lag
Time Delay: 0.2 to 30.0 s in steps of 0.1
Block From Start: 0 to 5000 s in steps of 1
Pickup Accuracy: ±0.02
Timing Accuracy: ±100 ms or ±0.5% of total time
Elements: Trip and Alarm
3-PHASE REAL POWER
Range:
0 to ±99999 kW
Underpower Pkp: 1 to 25000 kW in steps of 1
Time Delay: 1 to 30 s in steps of 1
Block From Start: 0 to 15000 s in steps of 1
Pickup Accuracy:
at Iavg < 2 x CT: ±1% of
scale
at Iavg > 2 x CT
3 x 2 x CT x VT x VTfull
±1.5% of 3 x 20 x CT x VT x VTfull
scale
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5 s or ±0.5% of total time
Elements: Trip and Alarm
3-PHASE APPARENT POWER
Range:
0 to 65535 kVA
at Iavg < 2 x CT: ±1% of 3 x 2 x CT x VT x VTfull
scale
at Iavg > 2 x CT±1.5% of 3 x 20 x
CT x VT x VTfull scale
CT x VT x VTfull scale
3-PHASE REACTIVE POWER
Range:
0 to ±99999 kW
Pickup Level: ±1 to 25000 kW in steps of 1
Time Delay: 0.2 to 30.0 s in steps of 1
Block From Start: 0 to 5000 s in steps of 1
Pickup Accuracy:
at Iavg < 2 x CT: ±1% of ?3 x 2 x CT x VT x VTfull scale
at Iavg > 2 x CT: ±1.5% of 3 x 20 x CT x VT x VTfull
scale
Timing Accuracy: ±100 ms or ±0.5% of total time
Elements:
Trip and Alarm
OVERTORQUE
Pickup Level: 1.0 to 999999.9 Nm/ft·lb in steps of
0.1; torque unit is selectable under
torque setup
Time Delay: 0.2 to 30.0 s in steps of 0.1
Pickup Accuracy: ±2.0%
Time Accuracy: ±100 ms or 0.5% of total time
Elements: Alarm (INDUCTION MOTORS ONLY)
METERED REAL ENERGY CONSUMPTION
Description: Continuous total real power
consumption
Range:
0 to 999999.999 MW·hours.
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5%
Update Rate: 5 seconds
METERED REACTIVE ENERGY CONSUMPTION
Description: Continuous total reactive power
consumption
Range:
0 to 999999.999 Mvar·hours
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5%
Update Rate: 5 seconds
METERED REACTIVE POWER GENERATION
Description: Continuous total reactive power
generation
Range:
0 to 2000000.000 Mvar·hours
Timing Accuracy: ±0.5%
Update Rate: 5 seconds
469 * * * * *
469 | Basic Unit
P1
1 A phase CT secondaries
P5
5 A phase CT secondaries
LO
DC: 24 - 60 V; AC: 20 - 48 V @ 48 -62 Hz control power
HI
DC: 90 - 300 V; AC: 70 - 265 V @ 48 -62 Hz control power
A1
0 - 1 mA analog outputs
A20
4 - 20 mA analog outputs
E Enhanced front panel
T Enhanced front panel with Ethernet 10BaseT option
H Harsh (Chemical) Environment Conformal Coating
Accessories
EnerVista:
Included with each relay
DEMO:
Metal carry case in which 469 unit may be mounted
19-1 PANEL: Single cutout 19" panel
19-2 PANEL: Dual cutout 19" panel
SCI MODULE:
RS232 to RS485 converter box designed for
harsh industrial environments
Phase CT: 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, 750, 1000
HGF3, HGF5, HGF8:
For sensitive ground detection on high resistance grounded systems
1 3/8" Collar: For shallow switchgear, reduces the depth of the relay by 1 3/8".
3" Collar: For shallow switchgear, reduces the depth of the relay by 3".
Dual mounting availablewith the 19-2 Panel.IP54 Collar
NOTE: For dimensions see SR Family brochure.
PRODUCT TESTS
Thermal Cycling:
Dielectric Strength:
Operational test at ambient,
reducing to –40°C and then
increasing to 60°C
2.0 kV for 1 minute from relays,
CTs, VTs, power supply to Safety
Ground
TYPE TESTS
Dielectric Strength: Per IEC 255-5 and ANSI/IEEE
C37.90 2.0 kV for 1 minute from
relays, CTs, VTs, power supply to
Safety Ground
Insulation Resistance:
IEC255-5 500 V DC, from relays,
CTs, VTs,power supply to Safety
Ground
Transients: ANSI C37.90.1 Oscillatory (2.5kV/
1MHz); ANSI C37.90.1 Fast Rise
(5kV/10ns); Ontario Hydro A-28M-
82; IEC255-4 Impulse/High
Frequency Disturbance, Class III
Level
Impulse Test: IEC 255-5 0.5 Joule 5 kV
RFI:
EMI:
Static:
Humidity:
Temperature:
Environment:
Vibration:
50 MHz/15 W Transmitter
C37.90.2 Electromagnetic
Interference at 150 MHz and 450
MHz, 10 V/m
IEC 801-2 Static Discharge
95% non-condensing
–40°C to +60°C ambient
IEC 68-2 38Temperature
/Humidity Cycle
Sinusoidal Vibration 8.0 g for 72 hrs.
CERTIFICATION
ISO: Manufactured under an ISO9001 registered
system.
CSA: CSA approved
CE: Conforms to EN 55011/CISPR 11, EN
50082-2
IEC: Conforms to IEC 947-1,1010-1
ENVIRONMENTAL
Temperature Range:
Operating: -40 °C to +60 °C
Ambient Storage: -40 °C to +80 °C
Ambient Shipping: -40 °C to +80 °C
Humidity:
Up to 90% noncondensing
Pollution degree: 2
IP Rating: 40-X
Accessorize your 469
www.GEMultilin.com
www.GEMultilin.com

Product Details and Certifications
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 700-RTC11200U1
Description: 700-RTC Solid State Timing Module, 1 N.O. /
1 N.C. Inst. Contacts, 2 N.O. / 0 N.C. Timed
Contacts, 120V DC / 110V 50Hz / 120V 60Hz
Representative Photo Only (actual product may vary based on
configuration selections)
NOTES
Please Note:
Please Note:
Not all valid catalog numbers are loaded into the RAISE system.
Please check the PASSPORT system for availability of items. Some
items are non-stock and have a lead time associated with them.
CONTROL RELAY DATA
Remote Potentiometer Provision
Instantaneous Contact Configuration
Timed Contact Configuration
Enclosure Type
No Potentiometer
Instantaneous Contacts: 1 N.O. / 1 N.C.
Timed Contacts: 2 N.O. / 0 N.C.
No Enclosure Necessary
Certifications and Approvals
UL
CSA
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgibin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm
Tools & Resources|Locations|Contact Us|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2011 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/...CID=AEABFDF04F9B4819B5D3D823708F08F8&PIID=RDCPDL.$M$:/PFM/899&tar=899&pg=0[11/29/2011 4:00:47 PM]

Product Details
Product Details
Product:
Description:
700-PK400A1
700-P NEMA
Control Relay , 4 N.
O. Contacts, 20
Amp AC Contact
Rating, 110V 50Hz /
115-120V 60Hz,
Open Type Relay
Rail Mount
CONTROL RELAY DATA
Bulletin Number
Contact Current Rating
Relay Type
Time Delay Contact
Contact Configuration
Bulletin 700-P (AC Coil)
20 Amp AC Current Rating
Standard Electrically Held Control Relay
Relay w/ Standard and Time Delay Contacts
4 N.O.
MOUNTING DATA
Mounting Type
Open Type Relay Rail Mount
Certifications and Approvals
UL
CSA
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/RAConfig/send...CCCABED7E5E&PIID=RDCPDL.$M$:/PFM/958&tar=958&pg=0 (1 of 2)3/17/2006 7:20:48 AM

Product Details
http://raise.rockwellautomation.com/RAConfig/sendsuppl.asp?CID=74D1F748533240379...
Page 1 of 1
4/17/2007
Product Details
Product: 150-F625NBEB
Description: SMC-Flex, Solid State Controller, Open,
625 A, 500 Hp @ 460V AC, Input Volt.:
200...480V, Control Volt.: 100...120V AC,
Pump Control Option
CONTROLLER DATA
Controller Type
Enclosure Type
Input Line Voltage
Control Voltage
Bulletin 150, Solid State Controller
Open
200..480V AC, 3-Phase, 50/60Hz
100...120V AC
OPTIONS
Control Options
Pump Control
Locations|Contact|Sitemap|Legal Notices
Copyright © 2007 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS
THREE PHASE THREE WIRE POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
Model
2VT469
600V CLASS
FEATURES
• Frequency: 60Hz
• Standard Secondary Voltage: 120VAC
• Insulation Class: 600 volts, 10kV BIL
• UL Recognized
• FOR INDOOR USE ONLY
SPECIFICATIONS
• Accuracy Class:
+ 1% at all burdens up to 5VA at 1.0 and ....
.95 P.F. The transformers are
compensated for + .5% at 5VA, .95 P.F.
• Thermal Rating: 40VA at 30 O C amb.,
27VA at 55 O C.
• Terminals are 6-32 screws with one ....
lockwasher and one flatwasher.
• The core and coil assembly is encased in a ..
thermoplastic shell and filled with resin.
• These transformers are designed for ...
operation line-to-line. They may also be
operated line-to-ground or line-to-neutral
at reduced voltage. (58% of rated volts)
• It is desirable to use a 0.40 Amp fuse in the
secondary to protect the transformer.
• With two exceptions, these transformers are
ANSI C57.13 Group 1. Those marked *
are Group 2.
• Weight: Approximately 4.5 lbs.
® E93779
®
LR89403
MODEL 2VT469 CASE DIMENSIONS
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
2VT469 CONNECTION DIAGRAM
CATALOG
NUMBER
2VT469-069
2VT469-120
2VT469-208
2VT469-240
2VT-469-277
2VT469-288
2VT469-300
2VT469-480
2VT469-600
VOLTAGE
RATING
69:4:120
120:120
208:120
240:120
277:120
288:120
300:120
*480:120
*600:120
TURNS
RATIO
0.58:1
1:1
1.73:1
2:1
2.31:1
2.4:1
2.5:1
4:1
5:1
Div. PHONE (614) 889-6152
MORLAN & ASSOCIATES, INC
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE (614) 876-8308
6625 McVEY BLVD. - COLUMBUS, OHIO 43235
FAX # (614) 876-8538
40

STANDARD DRIVES TEST ENGINEERING -- DEPARTMENT 292
PowerFlex 70/700 Production Test Process

PowerFlex 70/700 Production Test Process
PowerFlex 70/700 Production Test Flow
Board Level Test:
Control PCB's
Power PCB's
I/O PCB's
Board
Assembly
ICT
Test
Functional
Test
Drive Assembly &
Spares
Drive Level Test:
Drive
Assembly
Hipot /
Ground Bond
Test
Flash
Program
Functional
Test
Run-In
Options/
Final
Assembly
Final
Configuration
Test
Ship
Communication, and HIM Options:
Comm PCB's
HIM PCB's
Board
Assembly
ICT
Test
Option
Assembly
(as Required)
Functional
Test
Stock/Ship
Drive Level Test Overview
• Hipot /Ground Bond Test
‣ 240, 480, and 575 V drives are hipotted at 2100, 2500, 2600 VDC respectively. High voltage is automatically
ramped and held for a 1 second duration.
‣ 120V Control, and Relay I/O is Hipot tested at 2100 V DC.
‣ The ground bond resistance between the PE terminals and chassis is measured by and verified to be less
than 100mΩ.
• Drive Functional Test
‣ Test Configuration: Scan bar code catalog string, and decode Drive Size, Drive Type,
and Drive Voltage.
‣ Bus Test : Power up the Drive Under Test (DUT) while measuring Bus Voltage and verifying pre-charge
operation. Shutdown if BUS fails to come up, or upon a pre-charge failure.
Standard Drives
Page 2 of 4
Test Engineering

PowerFlex 70/700 Production Test Process
Drive Level Test Overview (cont.) …
‣ Communication / Parameter Download : Drive default parameters are recalled. DPI communications are
checked at Port 1, Port 2, and Port 5. Test parameters are downloaded to the DUT.
‣ Drive Revision Test : Hardware and Software revisions of the DUT are verified per
the catalog string.
‣ Fan Test : Fan operation is verified.
‣ Discrete I/O Test : Operation of discrete inputs, and relay outputs is verified.
‣ Analog I/O Test : Operation of Analog inputs and outputs is verified.
‣ Velocity Test : The DUT is enabled with a 60 Hz speed command, and the acceleration time is measured.
Once at speed, the dyne speed is measured and output frequency is read from the DUT.
‣ Dynamic Brake Test: With the DUT at base speed and with DB enabled, zero speed is commanded and
deceleration time is measured. The ability of the DUT to achieve zero speed in x seconds with no faults is
verified.
‣ Load Test : 60 Hz is commanded, once at speed the DUT is loaded to 100% rated load (Normal Duty). Input
amps phase R, S, and T is measured and verified to be balanced. Output amps phase U, V, and W is
measured and verified to be at rated amps. Drive Amps is Read from the DUT, and verified to be equal to
measured amps.
‣ Drive Run-In :
- 2 Load Cycles consisting of the following:
1 minute at 110% load @60Hz, 3 minutes at 100% load @60Hz, Drive Stop and Power Cycle.
(See Fig 1).
- Monitor DUT fault status, DUT Output Amps, DUT temperature, and dyne speed.
‣ Default Initialization : Recall and store Drive default parameters for shipment.
• Final Configuration Test
‣ Drive Configuration: Power up DUT, and verify presence and type of installed HIM, and Communication
options per catalog string.
Run-In Load Profile
% Load, % Speed
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Time (min)
%Load
%Speed
Fig 1.
Standard Drives
Page 3 of 4
Test Engineering

PowerFlex 70/700 Production Test Process
APPENDIX A : REVISION INFORMATION
DATE: REVISED BY: DESCRIPTION OF CHANGES(s):
9-24-01 DGD Initial Release
Standard Drives
Page 4 of 4
Test Engineering

TEST
PROCEDURE
Subject:
SSB-HI Water Wastewater - Standard Drive Test
Procedure
Test No: TEST 5015-09-003
Init. Release Date: 05/13/09
Revision Date: 03/22/11
Page 1 of 5
Prepared By: Jim Neuens
Revised By: J. Neuens
Approved By: D. Danek
1.0 EQUIPMENT NEEDED:
1.1 3 Phase Power Cable/s
1.2 Hand tools.
1.3 HIM (Human Interface Module) if one is not part of job.
1.4 Digital Multimeter.
1.5 Test Motor – unloaded.
1.6 Test Switches.
2.0 GENERAL COMMENTS:
2.1 Use an orange highlighter on schematics to confirm that all circuits are tested.
2.2 Continuity check, point to point any circuits that cannot be verified by powered testing.
3.0 INITIAL SET-UP:
□ 3.1
□ 3.2
□ 3.3
□ 3.4
As a safety precaution, visually inspect the drive under test (DUT) for bad
workmanship. (loose or missing parts, damaged insulation, correct parts installed.)
Ohmically check all fuses. Verify that the power leads, motor leads and ground are not
shorted to each other.
Perform pull-check on control wires to confirm tightness of connections. Verify
“torque mark” on power connections.
Connect HIM to drive, if not part of job.
Simulate all customer digital I/O and analog I/O shown on the schematic.
DO NOT USE A JUMPER IN PLACE OF A SWITCH.
□ 3.5
□ 3.6
□ 3.7
□ 3.8
Set up all dip switches and jumper positions per the schematics.
Connect the 3-phase input power cables to the test unit. SELECT PROPER INPUT
VOLTAGE for customers required voltage. This is indicated on the drive nameplate.
Apply control voltage if customer supplied.
Connect test motor cables.
On 18 Pulse units, connect a test switch in series with the diode bridge heatsink
thermal switch.
4.0 TEST OF ASSEMBLY:

TEST
PROCEDURE
Test No: TEST 5015-09-003
Init. Release Date: 05/13/09
Revision Date: 03/22/11
Page 2 of 5
□ 4.1 Apply power to DUT.
ATTENTION!
Do not cycle power more than 3 times in any 5 minute period, and always allow 1
minute between cycles, as damage to the drive may result from excessive cycling!
□ 4.2
Verify that no fault is indicated on the HIM. Use the HIM or DVM to verify that the
bus voltage is as follows:
Vdc = (Input AC Voltage) X 1.414 +/- 10%.
□ 4.3
□ 4.4
□ 4.5
□ 4.6
□ 4.7
□ 4.8
□ 4.9
Verify proper fan direction for all fans per the following:
Fans that are mounted on upper half of cabinet should blow air OUT of cabinet
(Exhaust).
Fans that are mounted on lower half of cabinet should blow air INTO the cabinet
(Intake).
Verify that all Drive FW on this order, is same major revision.
Reset parameters to factory defaults.
Set parameters as indicated on schematic diagram.
Confirm that HIM is functional.
Using a test motor, verify that drive ramps up and down properly when using a speed
potentiometer, HIM, or analog input to control speed. Observe the STOP and START
function.
Verify the function of all digital inputs and digital outputs that are utilized (wired by
manufacturing, or shown used by customer).
□ 4.10 Using a DVM, measure and verify only the utilized analog input and outputs,
according to description on schematic. Typical setup would be as follows:
Analog input 1 ; 4-20ma in = 0 to 60Hz output speed.
Analog input 2 ; If speed pot present, 0-100% = 0 to 60Hz output speed.
Analog output 1 : 0 to 60Hz output speed = 4-20ma out.
□ 4.11 If unit is 18 Pulse, Run drive, simulate AUX fault by opening heatsink test switch
(installed in section 3.0). Drive should stop and Aux Fault should occur. Close
heatsink test switch and clear the fault. Aux fault should clear.
□ 4.12 If present, verify HAND / OFF / AUTO selector switch function per schematic.
Typical operation is as follows:

TEST
PROCEDURE
Test No: TEST 5015-09-003
Init. Release Date: 05/13/09
Revision Date: 03/22/11
Page 3 of 5
HAND - Runs drive, reference from speed pot or HIM.
OFF - Stops and inhibits drive from running.
AUTO - Start/Stop via customer RUN contact, speed reference from external source.
□ 4.13 If bypass is present, operate motor on bypass, and verify same motor rotation
direction, as when operating on VFD. Do not run in bypass (line start motor), if the
motor is coupled to a dyne, since dyne damage could result.
□ 4.14 Verify proper operation of Elasped Time Meter if present.
□ 4.15 If a motor over temperature shutdown device is shown on schematics, verify that the
drive stops upon over temperature trip.
□ 4.16 Test all operator devices and pilot lights wired to the drive per the schematic. Be sure
to test any switches wired as a customer contact in both positions to properly test
functionality of related components.
□ 4.17 Verify all contacts provided for the customer. Verify both states. (open & closed)
□ 4.18 Verify any other custom relay logic per schematic.
□ 4.19 Verify that the green light is present on any communication module that is present.
□ 4.20 Perform any special tests that may be stated in the “Special Test Instructions” section
of the Manufacturing Instruction sheet.
.
□ 4.21 If provided, verify power operation of cabinet air conditioner unit, by lowering the
A/C thermostat until unit turns on. If MI and schematic does not specify the A/C
thermostat setting, ship unit with it set to about 90 degree F (32.2 degree c).
□ 4.22 Remove all power.
5.0 POST TEST CHECKOUT:
□ 5.0
□ 5.1
□ 5.2
□ 5.3
Disconnect all cables and fixtures from the drive under test.
Verify that information on data nameplate is correct.
Re-tighten any hardware disconnected during test.
Set all door switches to off, and turn off the main breaker.

TEST
PROCEDURE
Test No: TEST 5015-09-003
Init. Release Date: 05/13/09
Revision Date: 03/22/11
Page 4 of 5
Tester Name (Print) ________________________________________
Tester Signature
Date
Mequon Order #
Mequon Item #
Cabinet Serial #
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
Note: This completed form must be scanned and emailed to the Project Manager

TEST
PROCEDURE
Test No: TEST 5015-09-003
Init. Release Date: 05/13/09
Revision Date: 03/22/11
Page 5 of 5
Rev. By Desc.
02/24/10 jhr Added air conditioner check
03/22/11 dgd Added fan operation criteria to sec 4.3 per J.Neuens request.

Customer: The Reynolds Co.
End User: Garney Construction
Systems Project: R1USX00249
Parts Proposal: MP2012187
Item
QTY
No. BOM Part No. Description REC
1 150-F625NBEB SMC FLEX SOLID STATE CONTROLLER, 625 AMP 1
2 ATQR-0.25 FUSE, 0.25 AMP, 600 VOLT 3
3 KTK-R-1 FUSE, 1 AMP, 600 VOLT 3
4 ATQR-7 FUSE, 7 AMP, 600 VOLT 1
5 TRM-9 FUSE, 9 AMP, 250 VOLT 1
6 KRP-C-900SP FUSE, 900 AMP, 600VAC [KRP-C-900SP] 3
7 800T-N318A LAMP, AMBER 2
8 800T-N318G LAMP, GREEN 2
9 800T-N318R LAMP, RED 2
10 800T-N318W LAMP, WHITE 2
11 700-PK400A1 RELAY, CONTROL 1
12 700-RTC11200U1 RELAY, TIMING 1
Revision Number: 00
Date: February 16, 2012
Proposal Costing MP2012187.xls Page 1 of 1

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
0% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.0 K-factor 1.0 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
0.6 % Irms total to Irated 21.3 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.6 % thermal rating 21.3 % thermal rating
0.0 Irms harmonics 0.0 Irms harmonics 0.0 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
13.4 Irms fundamental 384.5 Irms fundamental 384.5 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13.4 Irms total 384.5 Irms total 384.5 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
1787.7 Isc/Iload 81.6 Isc/Iload 81.6 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.0 % V(THD) Limit 0.0 % V(THD) Limit 0.0 % V(THD) Limit
0.0 % I(TDD) 20.0 0.0 % I(TDD) 12.0 0.0 % I(TDD) 12.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 0.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:15 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
0% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.0 0.0 20.0 1787.7 YES YES YES
PCC2 0.0 0.0 12.0 81.6 YES YES YES
PCC3 0.0 0.0 12.0 81.6 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.0 2092 0 13 13
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.0 1804 0 384 384
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 0.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:15 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
0% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
3 180 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
4 240 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
5 300 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
6 360 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
7 420 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
8 480 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
9 540 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
10 600 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
11 660 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
12 720 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
13 780 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
14 840 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
15 900 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
16 960 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
17 1020 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
18 1080 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
19 1140 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
20 1200 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
21 1260 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
22 1320 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
23 1380 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
24 1440 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
25 1500 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
26 1560 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
27 1620 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
28 1680 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
29 1740 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
30 1800 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
31 1860 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
32 1920 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
33 1980 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
34 2040 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
35 2100 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
36 2160 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
37 2220 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
38 2280 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
39 2340 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
40 2400 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
41 2460 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
42 2520 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
43 2580 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
44 2640 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
45 2700 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
46 2760 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
47 2820 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
48 2880 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
49 2940 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
50 3000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0
Fundamental 13.37 13800 384.48 480 384.48 480
Total 13.37 13800 384.48 480 384.48 480
THD 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:15 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
0% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:15 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
10% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
2.0 K-factor 2.0 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
0.9 % Irms total to Irated 28.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.9 % thermal rating 30.1 % thermal rating
1.7 Irms harmonics 49.3 Irms harmonics 49.3 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
17.8 Irms fundamental 510.8 Irms fundamental 510.8 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
17.8 Irms total 513.1 Irms total 513.1 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
1345.7 Isc/Iload 61.4 Isc/Iload 61.4 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.7 % V(THD) Limit 1.7 % V(THD) Limit
9.6 % I(TDD) 20.0 9.6 % I(TDD) 12.0 9.6 % I(TDD) 12.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 10.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:17 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
10% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 9.6 20.0 1345.7 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.7 9.6 12.0 61.4 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.7 9.6 12.0 61.4 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 2.0 2092 2 18 18
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 2.0 1804 49 511 513
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 10.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:17 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
10% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 1.887 0.003 1.887 0.064 1.887 0.064
3 180 3.509 0.008 3.509 0.179 3.509 0.179
4 240 0.271 0.001 0.271 0.018 0.271 0.018
5 300 6.159 0.023 6.159 0.524 6.159 0.524
6 360 0.037 0.000 0.037 0.004 0.037 0.004
7 420 3.014 0.016 3.014 0.359 3.014 0.359
8 480 0.117 0.001 0.117 0.016 0.117 0.016
9 540 0.117 0.001 0.117 0.018 0.117 0.018
10 600 0.037 0.000 0.037 0.006 0.037 0.006
11 660 3.082 0.025 3.082 0.577 3.082 0.577
12 720 0.080 0.001 0.080 0.016 0.080 0.016
13 780 1.541 0.015 1.541 0.341 1.541 0.341
14 840 0.080 0.001 0.080 0.019 0.080 0.019
15 900 0.234 0.003 0.234 0.060 0.234 0.060
16 960 0.037 0.000 0.037 0.010 0.037 0.010
17 1020 2.590 0.033 2.590 0.749 2.590 0.749
18 1080 0.154 0.002 0.154 0.047 0.154 0.047
19 1140 2.983 0.042 2.983 0.965 2.983 0.965
20 1200 0.080 0.001 0.080 0.027 0.080 0.027
21 1260 0.154 0.002 0.154 0.055 0.154 0.055
22 1320 0.117 0.002 0.117 0.044 0.117 0.044
23 1380 0.624 0.011 0.624 0.244 0.624 0.244
24 1440 0.117 0.002 0.117 0.048 0.117 0.048
25 1500 0.687 0.013 0.687 0.292 0.687 0.292
26 1560 0.080 0.002 0.080 0.035 0.080 0.035
27 1620 0.117 0.002 0.117 0.054 0.117 0.054
28 1680 0.037 0.001 0.037 0.018 0.037 0.018
29 1740 0.917 0.020 0.917 0.453 0.917 0.453
30 1800 0.080 0.002 0.080 0.041 0.080 0.041
31 1860 0.755 0.017 0.755 0.398 0.755 0.398
32 1920 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.001
33 1980 0.011 0.000 0.011 0.006 0.011 0.006
34 2040 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.001
35 2100 0.178 0.005 0.178 0.106 0.178 0.106
36 2160 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.001
37 2220 0.148 0.004 0.148 0.093 0.148 0.093
38 2280 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.001
39 2340 0.008 0.000 0.008 0.005 0.008 0.005
40 2400 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
41 2460 0.118 0.004 0.118 0.082 0.118 0.082
42 2520 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.001
43 2580 0.101 0.003 0.101 0.074 0.101 0.074
44 2640 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
45 2700 0.007 0.000 0.007 0.005 0.007 0.005
46 2760 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
47 2820 0.090 0.003 0.090 0.072 0.090 0.072
48 2880 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
49 2940 0.076 0.003 0.076 0.063 0.076 0.063
50 3000 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.71 10 49.26 8 49.26 8
Fundamental 17.77 13800 510.77 480 510.77 480
Total 17.85 13800 513.14 480 513.14 480
THD 9.64 0.08 9.64 1.72 9.64 1.72
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:17 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
10% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:17 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
20% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.6 K-factor 1.6 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
1.1 % Irms total to Irated 35.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
1.1 % thermal rating 36.8 % thermal rating
1.7 Irms harmonics 49.3 Irms harmonics 49.3 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
22.2 Irms fundamental 637.1 Irms fundamental 637.1 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
22.2 Irms total 639.0 Irms total 639.0 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
1078.9 Isc/Iload 49.3 Isc/Iload 49.3 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.7 % V(THD) Limit 1.7 % V(THD) Limit
7.7 % I(TDD) 20.0 7.7 % I(TDD) 8.0 7.7 % I(TDD) 8.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 20.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:19 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
20% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 7.7 20.0 1078.9 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.7 7.7 8.0 49.3 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.7 7.7 8.0 49.3 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.6 2092 2 22 22
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.6 1804 49 637 639
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 20.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:19 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
20% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 1.514 0.003 1.514 0.064 1.514 0.064
3 180 2.815 0.008 2.815 0.179 2.815 0.179
4 240 0.218 0.001 0.218 0.018 0.218 0.018
5 300 4.941 0.023 4.941 0.525 4.941 0.525
6 360 0.030 0.000 0.030 0.004 0.030 0.004
7 420 2.418 0.016 2.418 0.359 2.418 0.359
8 480 0.094 0.001 0.094 0.016 0.094 0.016
9 540 0.094 0.001 0.094 0.018 0.094 0.018
10 600 0.030 0.000 0.030 0.006 0.030 0.006
11 660 2.473 0.025 2.473 0.577 2.473 0.577
12 720 0.064 0.001 0.064 0.016 0.064 0.016
13 780 1.236 0.015 1.236 0.341 1.236 0.341
14 840 0.064 0.001 0.064 0.019 0.064 0.019
15 900 0.188 0.003 0.188 0.060 0.188 0.060
16 960 0.030 0.000 0.030 0.010 0.030 0.010
17 1020 2.077 0.033 2.077 0.750 2.077 0.750
18 1080 0.124 0.002 0.124 0.047 0.124 0.047
19 1140 2.393 0.042 2.393 0.965 2.393 0.965
20 1200 0.064 0.001 0.064 0.027 0.064 0.027
21 1260 0.124 0.002 0.124 0.055 0.124 0.055
22 1320 0.094 0.002 0.094 0.044 0.094 0.044
23 1380 0.500 0.011 0.500 0.244 0.500 0.244
24 1440 0.094 0.002 0.094 0.048 0.094 0.048
25 1500 0.551 0.013 0.551 0.292 0.551 0.292
26 1560 0.064 0.002 0.064 0.036 0.064 0.036
27 1620 0.094 0.002 0.094 0.054 0.094 0.054
28 1680 0.030 0.001 0.030 0.018 0.030 0.018
29 1740 0.736 0.020 0.736 0.453 0.736 0.453
30 1800 0.064 0.002 0.064 0.041 0.064 0.041
31 1860 0.606 0.017 0.606 0.399 0.606 0.399
32 1920 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.001
33 1980 0.005 0.000 0.005 0.003 0.005 0.003
34 2040 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.001
35 2100 0.104 0.003 0.104 0.077 0.104 0.077
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
37 2220 0.086 0.003 0.086 0.067 0.086 0.067
38 2280 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.003 0.004 0.003
39 2340 0.005 0.000 0.005 0.004 0.005 0.004
40 2400 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.003 0.004 0.003
41 2460 0.080 0.003 0.080 0.070 0.080 0.070
42 2520 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
43 2580 0.065 0.003 0.065 0.059 0.065 0.059
44 2640 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
45 2700 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
46 2760 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003
47 2820 0.066 0.003 0.066 0.066 0.066 0.066
48 2880 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
49 2940 0.053 0.002 0.053 0.055 0.053 0.055
50 3000 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.71 10 49.28 8 49.28 8
Fundamental 22.16 13800 637.07 480 637.07 480
Total 22.23 13800 638.98 480 638.98 480
THD 7.74 0.07 7.74 1.72 7.74 1.72
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:19 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
20% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:19 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
30% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.5 K-factor 1.5 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
1.3 % Irms total to Irated 42.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
1.3 % thermal rating 43.5 % thermal rating
1.7 Irms harmonics 49.5 Irms harmonics 49.5 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
26.6 Irms fundamental 763.4 Irms fundamental 763.4 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
26.6 Irms total 765.0 Irms total 765.0 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
900.4 Isc/Iload 41.1 Isc/Iload 41.1 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.7 % V(THD) Limit 1.7 % V(THD) Limit
6.5 % I(TDD) 15.0 6.5 % I(TDD) 8.0 6.5 % I(TDD) 8.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 30.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:20 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
30% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 6.5 15.0 900.4 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.7 6.5 8.0 41.1 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.7 6.5 8.0 41.1 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.5 2092 2 27 27
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.5 1804 50 763 765
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 30.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:20 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
30% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 1.270 0.003 1.270 0.065 1.270 0.065
3 180 2.362 0.008 2.362 0.180 2.362 0.180
4 240 0.183 0.001 0.183 0.019 0.183 0.019
5 300 4.145 0.023 4.145 0.527 4.145 0.527
6 360 0.025 0.000 0.025 0.004 0.025 0.004
7 420 2.029 0.016 2.029 0.361 2.029 0.361
8 480 0.079 0.001 0.079 0.016 0.079 0.016
9 540 0.079 0.001 0.079 0.018 0.079 0.018
10 600 0.025 0.000 0.025 0.006 0.025 0.006
11 660 2.074 0.025 2.074 0.580 2.074 0.580
12 720 0.054 0.001 0.054 0.016 0.054 0.016
13 780 1.037 0.015 1.037 0.343 1.037 0.343
14 840 0.054 0.001 0.054 0.019 0.054 0.019
15 900 0.158 0.003 0.158 0.060 0.158 0.060
16 960 0.025 0.000 0.025 0.010 0.025 0.010
17 1020 1.743 0.033 1.743 0.754 1.743 0.754
18 1080 0.104 0.002 0.104 0.048 0.104 0.048
19 1140 2.007 0.042 2.007 0.970 2.007 0.970
20 1200 0.054 0.001 0.054 0.027 0.054 0.027
21 1260 0.104 0.002 0.104 0.055 0.104 0.055
22 1320 0.079 0.002 0.079 0.044 0.079 0.044
23 1380 0.420 0.011 0.420 0.246 0.420 0.246
24 1440 0.079 0.002 0.079 0.048 0.079 0.048
25 1500 0.462 0.013 0.462 0.294 0.462 0.294
26 1560 0.054 0.002 0.054 0.036 0.054 0.036
27 1620 0.079 0.002 0.079 0.054 0.079 0.054
28 1680 0.025 0.001 0.025 0.018 0.025 0.018
29 1740 0.617 0.020 0.617 0.455 0.617 0.455
30 1800 0.054 0.002 0.054 0.041 0.054 0.041
31 1860 0.508 0.017 0.508 0.401 0.508 0.401
32 1920 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
33 1980 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003
34 2040 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
35 2100 0.081 0.003 0.081 0.072 0.081 0.072
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
37 2220 0.066 0.003 0.066 0.062 0.066 0.062
38 2280 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
39 2340 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
40 2400 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.004
41 2460 0.066 0.003 0.066 0.069 0.066 0.069
42 2520 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
43 2580 0.053 0.003 0.053 0.058 0.053 0.058
44 2640 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.005 0.004 0.005
45 2700 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003
46 2760 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.004
47 2820 0.053 0.003 0.053 0.063 0.053 0.063
48 2880 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
49 2940 0.043 0.002 0.043 0.054 0.043 0.054
50 3000 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.004
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.72 10 49.54 8 49.54 8
Fundamental 26.55 13800 763.37 480 763.37 480
Total 26.61 13800 764.98 480 764.98 480
THD 6.49 0.08 6.49 1.72 6.49 1.72
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:20 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
30% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:20 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
40% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.3 K-factor 1.3 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
1.5 % Irms total to Irated 49.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
1.5 % thermal rating 50.4 % thermal rating
1.7 Irms harmonics 49.5 Irms harmonics 49.5 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
30.9 Irms fundamental 889.7 Irms fundamental 889.7 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
31.0 Irms total 891.0 Irms total 891.0 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
772.6 Isc/Iload 35.3 Isc/Iload 35.3 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.7 % V(THD) Limit 1.7 % V(THD) Limit
5.6 % I(TDD) 15.0 5.6 % I(TDD) 8.0 5.6 % I(TDD) 8.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 40.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:21 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
40% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 5.6 15.0 772.6 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.7 5.6 8.0 35.3 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.7 5.6 8.0 35.3 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.3 2092 2 31 31
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.3 1804 50 890 891
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 40.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:21 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
40% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 1.089 0.003 1.089 0.065 1.089 0.065
3 180 2.025 0.008 2.025 0.180 2.025 0.180
4 240 0.157 0.001 0.157 0.019 0.157 0.019
5 300 3.554 0.023 3.554 0.527 3.554 0.527
6 360 0.021 0.000 0.021 0.004 0.021 0.004
7 420 1.739 0.016 1.739 0.361 1.739 0.361
8 480 0.068 0.001 0.068 0.016 0.068 0.016
9 540 0.068 0.001 0.068 0.018 0.068 0.018
10 600 0.021 0.000 0.021 0.006 0.021 0.006
11 660 1.779 0.025 1.779 0.580 1.779 0.580
12 720 0.046 0.001 0.046 0.016 0.046 0.016
13 780 0.889 0.015 0.889 0.343 0.889 0.343
14 840 0.046 0.001 0.046 0.019 0.046 0.019
15 900 0.135 0.003 0.135 0.060 0.135 0.060
16 960 0.021 0.000 0.021 0.010 0.021 0.010
17 1020 1.494 0.033 1.494 0.753 1.494 0.753
18 1080 0.089 0.002 0.089 0.047 0.089 0.047
19 1140 1.721 0.042 1.721 0.970 1.721 0.970
20 1200 0.046 0.001 0.046 0.027 0.046 0.027
21 1260 0.089 0.002 0.089 0.055 0.089 0.055
22 1320 0.068 0.002 0.068 0.044 0.068 0.044
23 1380 0.360 0.011 0.360 0.245 0.360 0.245
24 1440 0.068 0.002 0.068 0.048 0.068 0.048
25 1500 0.396 0.013 0.396 0.294 0.396 0.294
26 1560 0.046 0.002 0.046 0.036 0.046 0.036
27 1620 0.068 0.002 0.068 0.054 0.068 0.054
28 1680 0.021 0.001 0.021 0.018 0.021 0.018
29 1740 0.529 0.020 0.529 0.455 0.529 0.455
30 1800 0.046 0.002 0.046 0.041 0.046 0.041
31 1860 0.436 0.017 0.436 0.400 0.436 0.400
32 1920 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
33 1980 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
34 2040 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
35 2100 0.074 0.003 0.074 0.077 0.074 0.077
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
37 2220 0.059 0.003 0.059 0.065 0.059 0.065
38 2280 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.003
39 2340 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.005 0.004 0.005
40 2400 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
41 2460 0.054 0.003 0.054 0.066 0.054 0.066
42 2520 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
43 2580 0.045 0.003 0.045 0.058 0.045 0.058
44 2640 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.003
45 2700 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.003
46 2760 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
47 2820 0.040 0.002 0.040 0.056 0.040 0.056
48 2880 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
49 2940 0.035 0.002 0.035 0.050 0.035 0.050
50 3000 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.72 10 49.51 8 49.51 8
Fundamental 30.94 13800 889.67 480 889.67 480
Total 30.99 13800 891.04 480 891.04 480
THD 5.56 0.08 5.56 1.72 5.56 1.72
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:21 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
40% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:21 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
50% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.3 K-factor 1.3 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
1.7 % Irms total to Irated 56.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
1.7 % thermal rating 57.3 % thermal rating
1.8 Irms harmonics 50.4 Irms harmonics 50.4 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
35.3 Irms fundamental 1016.0 Irms fundamental 1016.0 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
35.4 Irms total 1017.2 Irms total 1017.2 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
676.5 Isc/Iload 30.9 Isc/Iload 30.9 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit
5.0 % I(TDD) 15.0 5.0 % I(TDD) 8.0 5.0 % I(TDD) 8.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 50.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:22 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
50% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 5.0 15.0 676.5 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.8 5.0 8.0 30.9 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.8 5.0 8.0 30.9 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.3 2092 2 35 35
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.3 1804 50 1016 1017
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 50.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:22 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
50% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 0.970 0.003 0.970 0.066 0.970 0.066
3 180 1.804 0.008 1.804 0.183 1.804 0.183
4 240 0.139 0.001 0.139 0.019 0.139 0.019
5 300 3.166 0.023 3.166 0.536 3.166 0.536
6 360 0.019 0.000 0.019 0.004 0.019 0.004
7 420 1.549 0.016 1.549 0.367 1.549 0.367
8 480 0.060 0.001 0.060 0.016 0.060 0.016
9 540 0.060 0.001 0.060 0.018 0.060 0.018
10 600 0.019 0.000 0.019 0.006 0.019 0.006
11 660 1.585 0.026 1.585 0.590 1.585 0.590
12 720 0.041 0.001 0.041 0.017 0.041 0.017
13 780 0.792 0.015 0.792 0.349 0.792 0.349
14 840 0.041 0.001 0.041 0.020 0.041 0.020
15 900 0.120 0.003 0.120 0.061 0.120 0.061
16 960 0.019 0.000 0.019 0.010 0.019 0.010
17 1020 1.331 0.033 1.331 0.766 1.331 0.766
18 1080 0.079 0.002 0.079 0.048 0.079 0.048
19 1140 1.533 0.043 1.533 0.986 1.533 0.986
20 1200 0.041 0.001 0.041 0.028 0.041 0.028
21 1260 0.079 0.002 0.079 0.056 0.079 0.056
22 1320 0.060 0.002 0.060 0.045 0.060 0.045
23 1380 0.321 0.011 0.321 0.250 0.321 0.250
24 1440 0.060 0.002 0.060 0.049 0.060 0.049
25 1500 0.353 0.013 0.353 0.299 0.353 0.299
26 1560 0.041 0.002 0.041 0.036 0.041 0.036
27 1620 0.060 0.002 0.060 0.055 0.060 0.055
28 1680 0.019 0.001 0.019 0.018 0.019 0.018
29 1740 0.472 0.020 0.472 0.463 0.472 0.463
30 1800 0.041 0.002 0.041 0.042 0.041 0.042
31 1860 0.388 0.018 0.388 0.407 0.388 0.407
32 1920 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
33 1980 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
34 2040 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
35 2100 0.069 0.004 0.069 0.081 0.069 0.081
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
37 2220 0.055 0.003 0.055 0.068 0.055 0.068
38 2280 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
39 2340 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.005 0.004 0.005
40 2400 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
41 2460 0.047 0.003 0.047 0.065 0.047 0.065
42 2520 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
43 2580 0.040 0.003 0.040 0.059 0.040 0.059
44 2640 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
45 2700 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.003
46 2760 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
47 2820 0.033 0.002 0.033 0.052 0.033 0.052
48 2880 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
49 2940 0.029 0.002 0.029 0.049 0.029 0.049
50 3000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.75 11 50.36 8 50.36 8
Fundamental 35.34 13800 1015.97 480 1015.97 480
Total 35.38 13800 1017.21 480 1017.21 480
THD 4.96 0.08 4.96 1.75 4.96 1.75
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:22 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
50% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:22 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
60% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.2 K-factor 1.2 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
1.9 % Irms total to Irated 63.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
1.9 % thermal rating 64.2 % thermal rating
1.8 Irms harmonics 50.4 Irms harmonics 50.4 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
39.7 Irms fundamental 1142.3 Irms fundamental 1142.3 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
39.8 Irms total 1143.4 Irms total 1143.4 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
601.7 Isc/Iload 27.5 Isc/Iload 27.5 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit
4.4 % I(TDD) 15.0 4.4 % I(TDD) 8.0 4.4 % I(TDD) 8.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 60.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:22 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
60% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 4.4 15.0 601.7 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.8 4.4 8.0 27.5 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.8 4.4 8.0 27.5 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.2 2092 2 40 40
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.2 1804 50 1142 1143
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 60.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:22 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
60% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 0.863 0.003 0.863 0.066 0.863 0.066
3 180 1.605 0.008 1.605 0.183 1.605 0.183
4 240 0.124 0.001 0.124 0.019 0.124 0.019
5 300 2.817 0.023 2.817 0.536 2.817 0.536
6 360 0.017 0.000 0.017 0.004 0.017 0.004
7 420 1.379 0.016 1.379 0.367 1.379 0.367
8 480 0.054 0.001 0.054 0.016 0.054 0.016
9 540 0.054 0.001 0.054 0.018 0.054 0.018
10 600 0.017 0.000 0.017 0.006 0.017 0.006
11 660 1.410 0.026 1.410 0.590 1.410 0.590
12 720 0.037 0.001 0.037 0.017 0.037 0.017
13 780 0.705 0.015 0.705 0.349 0.705 0.349
14 840 0.037 0.001 0.037 0.020 0.037 0.020
15 900 0.107 0.003 0.107 0.061 0.107 0.061
16 960 0.017 0.000 0.017 0.010 0.017 0.010
17 1020 1.184 0.033 1.184 0.766 1.184 0.766
18 1080 0.071 0.002 0.071 0.048 0.071 0.048
19 1140 1.364 0.043 1.364 0.987 1.364 0.987
20 1200 0.037 0.001 0.037 0.028 0.037 0.028
21 1260 0.071 0.002 0.071 0.056 0.071 0.056
22 1320 0.054 0.002 0.054 0.045 0.054 0.045
23 1380 0.285 0.011 0.285 0.250 0.285 0.250
24 1440 0.054 0.002 0.054 0.049 0.054 0.049
25 1500 0.314 0.013 0.314 0.299 0.314 0.299
26 1560 0.037 0.002 0.037 0.036 0.037 0.036
27 1620 0.054 0.002 0.054 0.055 0.054 0.055
28 1680 0.017 0.001 0.017 0.018 0.017 0.018
29 1740 0.420 0.020 0.420 0.463 0.420 0.463
30 1800 0.037 0.002 0.037 0.042 0.037 0.042
31 1860 0.345 0.018 0.345 0.407 0.345 0.407
32 1920 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
33 1980 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.004
34 2040 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
35 2100 0.064 0.004 0.064 0.085 0.064 0.085
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
37 2220 0.051 0.003 0.051 0.072 0.051 0.072
38 2280 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
39 2340 0.004 0.000 0.004 0.005 0.004 0.005
40 2400 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
41 2460 0.043 0.003 0.043 0.067 0.043 0.067
42 2520 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
43 2580 0.037 0.003 0.037 0.060 0.037 0.060
44 2640 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
45 2700 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.003
46 2760 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
47 2820 0.030 0.002 0.030 0.053 0.030 0.053
48 2880 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
49 2940 0.027 0.002 0.027 0.050 0.027 0.050
50 3000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.75 11 50.38 8 50.38 8
Fundamental 39.73 13800 1142.26 480 1142.26 480
Total 39.77 13800 1143.38 480 1143.38 480
THD 4.41 0.08 4.41 1.75 4.41 1.75
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:22 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
60% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:22 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
70% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.2 K-factor 1.2 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
2.1 % Irms total to Irated 70.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
2.1 % thermal rating 71.1 % thermal rating
1.8 Irms harmonics 50.5 Irms harmonics 50.5 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
44.1 Irms fundamental 1268.6 Irms fundamental 1268.6 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
44.2 Irms total 1269.6 Irms total 1269.6 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
541.8 Isc/Iload 24.7 Isc/Iload 24.7 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit
4.0 % I(TDD) 15.0 4.0 % I(TDD) 8.0 4.0 % I(TDD) 8.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 70.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:23 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
70% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 4.0 15.0 541.8 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.8 4.0 8.0 24.7 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.8 4.0 8.0 24.7 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.2 2092 2 44 44
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.2 1804 50 1269 1270
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 70.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:23 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
70% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 0.778 0.003 0.778 0.066 0.778 0.066
3 180 1.447 0.008 1.447 0.184 1.447 0.184
4 240 0.112 0.001 0.112 0.019 0.112 0.019
5 300 2.540 0.023 2.540 0.537 2.540 0.537
6 360 0.015 0.000 0.015 0.004 0.015 0.004
7 420 1.243 0.016 1.243 0.368 1.243 0.368
8 480 0.048 0.001 0.048 0.016 0.048 0.016
9 540 0.048 0.001 0.048 0.018 0.048 0.018
10 600 0.015 0.000 0.015 0.006 0.015 0.006
11 660 1.271 0.026 1.271 0.591 1.271 0.591
12 720 0.033 0.001 0.033 0.017 0.033 0.017
13 780 0.636 0.015 0.636 0.349 0.636 0.349
14 840 0.033 0.001 0.033 0.020 0.033 0.020
15 900 0.097 0.003 0.097 0.061 0.097 0.061
16 960 0.015 0.000 0.015 0.010 0.015 0.010
17 1020 1.068 0.034 1.068 0.768 1.068 0.768
18 1080 0.064 0.002 0.064 0.048 0.064 0.048
19 1140 1.230 0.043 1.230 0.988 1.230 0.988
20 1200 0.033 0.001 0.033 0.028 0.033 0.028
21 1260 0.064 0.002 0.064 0.056 0.064 0.056
22 1320 0.048 0.002 0.048 0.045 0.048 0.045
23 1380 0.257 0.011 0.257 0.250 0.257 0.250
24 1440 0.048 0.002 0.048 0.049 0.048 0.049
25 1500 0.283 0.013 0.283 0.299 0.283 0.299
26 1560 0.033 0.002 0.033 0.036 0.033 0.036
27 1620 0.048 0.002 0.048 0.055 0.048 0.055
28 1680 0.015 0.001 0.015 0.018 0.015 0.018
29 1740 0.378 0.020 0.378 0.464 0.378 0.464
30 1800 0.033 0.002 0.033 0.042 0.033 0.042
31 1860 0.311 0.018 0.311 0.408 0.311 0.408
32 1920 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
33 1980 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.004
34 2040 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
35 2100 0.060 0.004 0.060 0.089 0.060 0.089
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
37 2220 0.048 0.003 0.048 0.075 0.048 0.075
38 2280 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
39 2340 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.005 0.003 0.005
40 2400 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
41 2460 0.040 0.003 0.040 0.069 0.040 0.069
42 2520 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
43 2580 0.034 0.003 0.034 0.062 0.034 0.062
44 2640 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
45 2700 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.002 0.004
46 2760 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
47 2820 0.028 0.002 0.028 0.056 0.028 0.056
48 2880 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
49 2940 0.025 0.002 0.025 0.051 0.025 0.051
50 3000 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.75 11 50.45 8 50.45 8
Fundamental 44.12 13800 1268.56 480 1268.56 480
Total 44.16 13800 1269.57 480 1269.57 480
THD 3.98 0.08 3.98 1.76 3.98 1.76
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:23 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
70% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:23 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
80% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.1 K-factor 1.1 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
2.3 % Irms total to Irated 77.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
2.3 % thermal rating 78.0 % thermal rating
1.8 Irms harmonics 50.9 Irms harmonics 50.9 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
48.5 Irms fundamental 1394.9 Irms fundamental 1394.9 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
48.5 Irms total 1395.8 Irms total 1395.8 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
492.8 Isc/Iload 22.5 Isc/Iload 22.5 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit
3.7 % I(TDD) 15.0 3.7 % I(TDD) 8.0 3.7 % I(TDD) 8.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 80.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:24 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
80% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 3.7 15.0 492.8 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.8 3.7 8.0 22.5 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.8 3.7 8.0 22.5 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.1 2092 2 49 49
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.1 1804 51 1395 1396
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 80.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:24 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
80% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 0.714 0.003 0.714 0.066 0.714 0.066
3 180 1.328 0.008 1.328 0.185 1.328 0.185
4 240 0.103 0.001 0.103 0.019 0.103 0.019
5 300 2.332 0.024 2.332 0.542 2.332 0.542
6 360 0.014 0.000 0.014 0.004 0.014 0.004
7 420 1.141 0.016 1.141 0.371 1.141 0.371
8 480 0.044 0.001 0.044 0.016 0.044 0.016
9 540 0.044 0.001 0.044 0.019 0.044 0.019
10 600 0.014 0.000 0.014 0.007 0.014 0.007
11 660 1.167 0.026 1.167 0.597 1.167 0.597
12 720 0.030 0.001 0.030 0.017 0.030 0.017
13 780 0.583 0.015 0.583 0.353 0.583 0.353
14 840 0.030 0.001 0.030 0.020 0.030 0.020
15 900 0.089 0.003 0.089 0.062 0.089 0.062
16 960 0.014 0.000 0.014 0.010 0.014 0.010
17 1020 0.980 0.034 0.980 0.775 0.980 0.775
18 1080 0.058 0.002 0.058 0.049 0.058 0.049
19 1140 1.129 0.044 1.129 0.997 1.129 0.997
20 1200 0.030 0.001 0.030 0.028 0.030 0.028
21 1260 0.058 0.002 0.058 0.057 0.058 0.057
22 1320 0.044 0.002 0.044 0.045 0.044 0.045
23 1380 0.236 0.011 0.236 0.252 0.236 0.252
24 1440 0.044 0.002 0.044 0.049 0.044 0.049
25 1500 0.260 0.013 0.260 0.302 0.260 0.302
26 1560 0.030 0.002 0.030 0.037 0.030 0.037
27 1620 0.044 0.002 0.044 0.056 0.044 0.056
28 1680 0.014 0.001 0.014 0.018 0.014 0.018
29 1740 0.347 0.020 0.347 0.468 0.347 0.468
30 1800 0.030 0.002 0.030 0.042 0.030 0.042
31 1860 0.286 0.018 0.286 0.412 0.286 0.412
32 1920 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
33 1980 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.004
34 2040 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
35 2100 0.057 0.004 0.057 0.093 0.057 0.093
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
37 2220 0.046 0.003 0.046 0.079 0.046 0.079
38 2280 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
39 2340 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.005 0.003 0.005
40 2400 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
41 2460 0.038 0.003 0.038 0.072 0.038 0.072
42 2520 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
43 2580 0.032 0.003 0.032 0.065 0.032 0.065
44 2640 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
45 2700 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.002 0.004
46 2760 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
47 2820 0.027 0.003 0.027 0.059 0.027 0.059
48 2880 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
49 2940 0.023 0.002 0.023 0.053 0.023 0.053
50 3000 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.77 11 50.92 9 50.92 9
Fundamental 48.52 13800 1394.86 480 1394.86 480
Total 48.55 13800 1395.79 480 1395.79 480
THD 3.65 0.08 3.65 1.77 3.65 1.77
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:24 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
80% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:24 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
90% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.1 K-factor 1.1 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
2.5 % Irms total to Irated 84.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
2.5 % thermal rating 85.0 % thermal rating
1.8 Irms harmonics 51.7 Irms harmonics 51.7 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
52.9 Irms fundamental 1521.2 Irms fundamental 1521.2 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
52.9 Irms total 1522.0 Irms total 1522.0 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
451.9 Isc/Iload 20.6 Isc/Iload 20.6 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit
3.4 % I(TDD) 15.0 3.4 % I(TDD) 8.0 3.4 % I(TDD) 8.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 90.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:25 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
90% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 3.4 15.0 451.9 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.8 3.4 8.0 20.6 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.8 3.4 8.0 20.6 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.1 2092 2 53 53
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.1 1804 52 1521 1522
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 90.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:25 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
90% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 0.665 0.003 0.665 0.067 0.665 0.067
3 180 1.236 0.008 1.236 0.188 1.236 0.188
4 240 0.096 0.001 0.096 0.019 0.096 0.019
5 300 2.169 0.024 2.169 0.550 2.169 0.550
6 360 0.013 0.000 0.013 0.004 0.013 0.004
7 420 1.062 0.016 1.062 0.377 1.062 0.377
8 480 0.041 0.001 0.041 0.017 0.041 0.017
9 540 0.041 0.001 0.041 0.019 0.041 0.019
10 600 0.013 0.000 0.013 0.007 0.013 0.007
11 660 1.086 0.026 1.086 0.605 1.086 0.605
12 720 0.028 0.001 0.028 0.017 0.028 0.017
13 780 0.543 0.016 0.543 0.358 0.543 0.358
14 840 0.028 0.001 0.028 0.020 0.028 0.020
15 900 0.083 0.003 0.083 0.063 0.083 0.063
16 960 0.013 0.000 0.013 0.011 0.013 0.011
17 1020 0.912 0.034 0.912 0.786 0.912 0.786
18 1080 0.054 0.002 0.054 0.050 0.054 0.050
19 1140 1.050 0.044 1.050 1.012 1.050 1.012
20 1200 0.028 0.001 0.028 0.029 0.028 0.029
21 1260 0.054 0.003 0.054 0.058 0.054 0.058
22 1320 0.041 0.002 0.041 0.046 0.041 0.046
23 1380 0.220 0.011 0.220 0.256 0.220 0.256
24 1440 0.041 0.002 0.041 0.050 0.041 0.050
25 1500 0.242 0.013 0.242 0.306 0.242 0.306
26 1560 0.028 0.002 0.028 0.037 0.028 0.037
27 1620 0.041 0.002 0.041 0.056 0.041 0.056
28 1680 0.013 0.001 0.013 0.018 0.013 0.018
29 1740 0.323 0.021 0.323 0.475 0.323 0.475
30 1800 0.028 0.002 0.028 0.043 0.028 0.043
31 1860 0.266 0.018 0.266 0.418 0.266 0.418
32 1920 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
33 1980 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.004
34 2040 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
35 2100 0.055 0.004 0.055 0.097 0.055 0.097
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
37 2220 0.044 0.004 0.044 0.083 0.044 0.083
38 2280 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
39 2340 0.003 0.000 0.003 0.005 0.003 0.005
40 2400 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
41 2460 0.036 0.003 0.036 0.075 0.036 0.075
42 2520 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001
43 2580 0.031 0.003 0.031 0.067 0.031 0.067
44 2640 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
45 2700 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.002 0.004
46 2760 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001
47 2820 0.026 0.003 0.026 0.062 0.026 0.062
48 2880 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
49 2940 0.022 0.002 0.022 0.055 0.022 0.055
50 3000 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.80 11 51.66 9 51.66 9
Fundamental 52.91 13800 1521.16 480 1521.16 480
Total 52.94 13800 1522.04 480 1522.04 480
THD 3.40 0.08 3.40 1.80 3.40 1.80
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:25 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
90% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:25 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
100% VFD Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M
34.50 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 75.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 256.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.1 K-factor 1.1 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
2.7 % Irms total to Irated 91.4 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
2.8 % thermal rating 92.0 % thermal rating
1.8 Irms harmonics 52.6 Irms harmonics 52.6 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
57.3 Irms fundamental 1647.5 Irms fundamental 1647.5 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
57.3 Irms total 1648.3 Irms total 1648.3 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
417.2 Isc/Iload 19.0 Isc/Iload 19.0 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.1 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit 1.8 % V(THD) Limit
3.2 % I(TDD) 15.0 3.2 % I(TDD) 5.0 3.2 % I(TDD) 5.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
1200 total hp
0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:25 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
100% VFD Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.1 3.2 15.0 417.2 YES YES YES
PCC2 1.8 3.2 5.0 19.0 YES YES YES
PCC3 1.8 3.2 5.0 19.0 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.1 2092 2 57 57
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.1 1804 53 1647 1648
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 34.5 75.0 256 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 1200 100.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:25 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
100% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 0.625 0.003 0.625 0.069 0.625 0.069
3 180 1.161 0.008 1.161 0.191 1.161 0.191
4 240 0.090 0.001 0.090 0.020 0.090 0.020
5 300 2.039 0.024 2.039 0.560 2.039 0.560
6 360 0.012 0.000 0.012 0.004 0.012 0.004
7 420 0.998 0.017 0.998 0.383 0.998 0.383
8 480 0.039 0.001 0.039 0.017 0.039 0.017
9 540 0.039 0.001 0.039 0.019 0.039 0.019
10 600 0.012 0.000 0.012 0.007 0.012 0.007
11 660 1.020 0.027 1.020 0.616 1.020 0.616
12 720 0.027 0.001 0.027 0.017 0.027 0.017
13 780 0.510 0.016 0.510 0.364 0.510 0.364
14 840 0.027 0.001 0.027 0.020 0.027 0.020
15 900 0.078 0.003 0.078 0.064 0.078 0.064
16 960 0.012 0.000 0.012 0.011 0.012 0.011
17 1020 0.857 0.035 0.857 0.800 0.857 0.800
18 1080 0.051 0.002 0.051 0.050 0.051 0.050
19 1140 0.987 0.045 0.987 1.030 0.987 1.030
20 1200 0.027 0.001 0.027 0.029 0.027 0.029
21 1260 0.051 0.003 0.051 0.059 0.051 0.059
22 1320 0.039 0.002 0.039 0.047 0.039 0.047
23 1380 0.206 0.011 0.206 0.261 0.206 0.261
24 1440 0.039 0.002 0.039 0.051 0.039 0.051
25 1500 0.227 0.014 0.227 0.312 0.227 0.312
26 1560 0.027 0.002 0.027 0.038 0.027 0.038
27 1620 0.039 0.003 0.039 0.057 0.039 0.057
28 1680 0.012 0.001 0.012 0.019 0.012 0.019
29 1740 0.304 0.021 0.304 0.483 0.304 0.483
30 1800 0.027 0.002 0.027 0.044 0.027 0.044
31 1860 0.250 0.019 0.250 0.425 0.250 0.425
32 1920 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
33 1980 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.002 0.004
34 2040 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
35 2100 0.053 0.004 0.053 0.101 0.053 0.101
36 2160 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
37 2220 0.042 0.004 0.042 0.086 0.042 0.086
38 2280 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001
39 2340 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.005 0.002 0.005
40 2400 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
41 2460 0.034 0.003 0.034 0.078 0.034 0.078
42 2520 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001
43 2580 0.029 0.003 0.029 0.069 0.029 0.069
44 2640 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
45 2700 0.002 0.000 0.002 0.005 0.002 0.005
46 2760 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001
47 2820 0.025 0.003 0.025 0.065 0.025 0.065
48 2880 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
49 2940 0.021 0.003 0.021 0.057 0.021 0.057
50 3000 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 1.83 11 52.59 9 52.59 9
Fundamental 57.30 13800 1647.46 480 1647.46 480
Total 57.33 13800 1648.30 480 1648.30 480
THD 3.19 0.08 3.19 1.83 3.19 1.83
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:25 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
100% VFD Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:25 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - One Line
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer
notes
100% SSRVS Load
version 080227P Notes:
PCC is a Point of Common Coupling
A "buffered drive" is one that has a DC Link Choke
A "xfmr" is a transformer
All of the values are recalculated when cell data is entered
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not
constitute any guarantee of performance or measurement. Several outside
factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power system, including
other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants.
This can include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory
equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for
estimation purposes only.
Source
60 Hz PCC1 Linear Loads 0 set Ifund load
M
0.00 total hp motor loads on utility xfmr to
PCC1 PCC2 PCC3 + 0.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 1
xfmr1 PCC at utility xfmr xfmr2 PCC at user xfmr panel PCC at distribution panel + 0.00 additional Amp loads
PCC3 Linear Loads
0 set Ifund load
0 feet 1 0 feet 2 M 1200.00 total hp motor loads on user xfmr to
Utility feet between UTILITY PROVIDED feet between 480V SWITCHBOARD + 45.00 total kW resistive loads this % of Irated 2
Transformer utility xfmr PAD MOUNTED user xfmr and OPSSWBD + 248.00 additional Amp loads
and user xfmr XFMR distribution panel
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2 6 pulse unbuf w/o LR M
0 total hp
8.75 %Z 1 5.75 %Z 2 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
13800 Vsec 1 480 Vsec 2 480 Vsec 3
- OR - 0 Isc 1 - OR - 0 Isc 2 6 pulse buf w/o LR M
0 total hp
at PCC1 at PCC2 at PCC3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
50000 kVA 1 1500 kVA 2
2092 Irated 1 1804 Irated 2 6 pulse buf w/ 3% LR M
0 total hp
23908 Isc 1 31379 Isc 2 31379 Isc 3 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
884.0 L, uH 1 23.4 L, uH 2 0.0 L, uH 3
1.0 K-factor 1.0 K-factor 6 pulse buf w/ 5% LR M
0 total hp
2.7 % Irms total to Irated 90.5 % Irms total to Irated 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
2.7 % thermal rating 90.5 % thermal rating
0.0 Irms harmonics 0.0 Irms harmonics 0.0 Irms harmonics 6 pulse buf w/ PHF filter
M
0 total hp
56.8 Irms fundamental 1633.0 Irms fundamental 1633.0 Irms fundamental 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
56.8 Irms total 1633.0 Irms total 1633.0 Irms total
12 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
420.9 Isc/Iload 19.2 Isc/Iload 19.2 Isc/Iload 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
0.0 % V(THD) Limit 0.0 % V(THD) Limit 0.0 % V(THD) Limit
0.0 % I(TDD) 15.0 0.0 % I(TDD) 5.0 0.0 % I(TDD) 5.0 12 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) YES IEEE special (3% Vthd) 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd) YES IEEE general (5%Vthd)
YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) YES IEEE dedicated (10% Vthd) 18 pulse buf w/ auto xfmr Auto
M
0 total hp
0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
Design Checks: (blank if no issues) Cell Key: 18 pulse buf w/ iso xfmr Iso
M
0 total hp
data entry 0 feet to panel 100.0 % load
intermediate calc Custom custom M
0 Ifund at FL
100.0 % load
harmonic results
Active Filter on PCC2
0 Rated Current
AHF
Before using this for the first time, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Tutorial" 20 desired % Ithd 0.0 Required Current
For help and additional information, go to the worksheet tab labeled "Notes & Tools"
OK
Non-Linear Drive Load
2/21/2012
2:49 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Summary
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
100% SSRVS Load
version
080227P
Results 1 Current
IEEE compliance 2
PCC location Voltage THD, % TDD, % Limit, % Isc/Iload special general dedicated
PCC1 0.0 0.0 15.0 420.9 YES YES YES
PCC2 0.0 0.0 5.0 19.2 YES YES YES
PCC3 0.0 0.0 5.0 19.2 YES YES YES
Data
Sources Hz kVA %Z Vsec Isc K-factor Irated, rms Iharm Ifund Itotal
xfmr1 60 50000 8.75 13800 1.0 2092 0 57 57
xfmr2 1500 5.75 480 1.0 1804 0 1633 1633
feet
distance between xfmr1 and xfmr2 0
distance between xfmr2 and panel 0
Load Types 3 Motor hp Res kW Amp Load % rated
Linear Load 1 0 0.0 0 0
Linear Load 2 1200 45.0 248 0
Total hp % Load feet to panel
6p unbuffered 0 100.0 0
6p buffered 0 100.0 0
6p 3% line react 0 100.0 0
6p 5% line react 0 100.0 0
6p w/ filter 0 100.0 0
12p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
12p iso series 0 100.0 0
18p auto parallel 0 100.0 0
18p iso series 0 100.0 0
Iharm Ifund Itotal I(THD)
PCC1 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
PCC3 Loads 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Custom 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Irated
Active Filter 0.0
% Harmonic Current
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
Footnotes
1.
Please note that the information shown here is typical and does not constitute any guarantee of
performance or measurement. Several outside factors can influence the harmonics measured on a power
system, including other equipment within the plant and other equipment in neighboring plants. This can
include, but is not limited to, drives, varying loads and/or other factory equipment.
The calculated current and voltage harmonics shown in this report are for estimation purposes only.
2. Use the compliance information only for the category of interest required for the application.
3. Unless described as "unbuffered", all of the drives have a DC Link Choke.
Additional Notes
1.) ‘UTILITY PROVIDED PAD MOUNTED XFMR’ is rated at 1500KVA, 5.75%Z, and 480V
secondary.
2.) For all unidentified current loads, the current rating is calculated as 80% of the circuit breaker
rating.
2/21/2012
2:49 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Table
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
100% SSRVS Load
version
Harmonic Spectrum
080227P
Harmonic
Number
Frequency, Hz
% Irms at
PCC1
% Vrms at
PCC1
% Irms at
PCC2
% Vrms at
PCC2
% Irms at
PCC3
% Vrms at
PCC3
1 60 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
2 120 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
3 180 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
4 240 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
5 300 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
6 360 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
7 420 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
8 480 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
9 540 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
10 600 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
11 660 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
12 720 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
13 780 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
14 840 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
15 900 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
16 960 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
17 1020 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
18 1080 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
19 1140 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
20 1200 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
21 1260 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
22 1320 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
23 1380 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
24 1440 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
25 1500 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
26 1560 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
27 1620 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
28 1680 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
29 1740 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
30 1800 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
31 1860 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
32 1920 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
33 1980 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
34 2040 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
35 2100 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
36 2160 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
37 2220 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
38 2280 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
39 2340 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
40 2400 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
41 2460 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
42 2520 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
43 2580 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
44 2640 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
45 2700 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
46 2760 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
47 2820 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
48 2880 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
49 2940 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
50 3000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Amps Volts Amps Volts Amps Volts
Harmonics 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0
Fundamental 56.80 13800 1632.98 480 1632.98 480
Total 56.80 13800 1632.98 480 1632.98 480
THD 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
note: voltages are line-to-line
2/21/2012
2:49 PM

Harmonic Estimator Report - Spectrum
Project Name Ward County Water Supply Project C-4 Prepared by Olusola Fawole
End User Big Spring, TX Date prepared 2/21/2012
Customer Reynolds Co. email of preparer 0
notes
100% SSRVS Load
version
Harmonic Data
080227P
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC1
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC2
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
100
% Harmonic Current vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
100
% Harmonic Voltage vs Harmonic Number at PCC3
90
90
80
80
% Harmonic Current
70
60
50
40
30
20
% Harmonic Voltage
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Harmonic Number
2/21/2012
2:49 PM

KPHV24 Harmonic Analysis
WP-283 Newtown Creek WPCP Plant Upgrade
Contract: NC-47G
Specification Section: 16262G
Page 7 of 238

SMC-Flex
Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
Application Guide

Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
Important User
Information
Because of the variety of uses for the product described in this publication, those responsible
for the application and use of this control equipment must satisfy themselves that all necessary
steps have been taken to assure that each application and use meets all performance and
safety requirements, including any applicable laws, regulations, codes and standards.
The illustrations, charts, sample programs and layout examples shown in this guide are
intended solely for purposes of example. Since there are many variables and requirements
associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation does not assume
responsibility or liability (to include intellectual property liability) for actual use based upon the
examples shown in this publication.
Rockwell Automation publication SGI-1.1, Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation
and Maintenance of Solid-State Control (available from your local Allen-Bradley distributor),
describes some important differences between solid-state equipment and electromechanical
devices that should be taken into consideration when applying products such as those
described in this publication.
Reproduction of the contents of this copyrighted publication, in whole or part, without written
permission of Rockwell Automation, is prohibited.
Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations:
!
ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices
or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or
death, property damage or economic loss
Attention statements help you to:
• identify a hazard
• avoid a hazard
• recognize the consequences
IMPORTANT
Important: Identifies information that is critical for
successful application and understanding of the product.
Trademark List
Accu-Stop, Allen-Bradley Remote I/O, SMC, SMC-2, SMC-Flex, SMC PLUS, SMC Dialog Plus, SMB, and STC are trademarks of
Rockwell Automation. ControlNet is a trademark of ControlNet International, Ltd. DeviceNet and the DeviceNet logo are
trademarks of the Open Device Vendors Association (ODVA). Ethernet is a registered trademark of Digital Equipment Corporation,
Intel, and Xerox Corporation.
ii

Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Overview
Chapter 2
Application Profiles for the SMC-Flex
Controller
Introduction ................................................................................... 1-1
SMC-Flex Features ................................................................. 1-1
Description .................................................................................... 1-2
Modes of Operation ....................................................................... 1-2
Standard ....................................................................................... 1-3
Soft Start with Selectable Kickstart ......................................... 1-3
Current Limit Start with Selectable Kickstart ........................... 1-6
Dual Ramp Start with Selectable Kickstart .............................. 1-9
Full Voltage Start .................................................................. 1-12
Preset Slow Speed ................................................................ 1-15
Linear Speed Acceleration with Selectable Kickstart ............. 1-18
Soft Stop .............................................................................. 1-21
Pump Control .............................................................................. 1-24
Pump Control Option with Selectable Kickstart ...................... 1-24
Braking Control ............................................................................ 1-27
SMB Smart Motor Braking Option ......................................... 1-27
Accu-Stop ............................................................................ 1-30
Slow Speed with Braking ...................................................... 1-33
Features ...................................................................................... 1-36
SCR Bypass .......................................................................... 1-36
Standard or Wye-Delta Wiring ............................................... 1-36
LCD Display .......................................................................... 1-36
Parameter Programming ....................................................... 1-36
Electronic Overload ............................................................... 1-37
Stall Protection and Jam Detection ....................................... 1-37
Ground Fault Protection ........................................................ 1-38
Thermistor Input ................................................................... 1-38
Metering ............................................................................... 1-38
Fault Indication ..................................................................... 1-39
Parameter Programming ............................................................. 1-40
Communication Capabilities .................................................. 1-40
Auxiliary Contacts ................................................................. 1-40
Modular Design .................................................................... 1-40
Control Terminal Description ................................................. 1-41
Overview ....................................................................................... 2-1
iiiiii

Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
Chapter 3
Special Application Considerations
Chapter 4
Product Line Applications Matrix
Chapter 5
Design Philosophy
Chapter 6
Reduced Voltage Starting
SMC-Flex Controllers in Drive Applications .....................................3-1
Use of Protective Modules .......................................................3-1
Motor Overload Protection ..............................................................3-2
Stall Protection and Jam Detection .................................................3-2
Built-in Communication ..................................................................3-3
Power Factor Capacitors ................................................................3-3
Multi-motor Applications ................................................................3-5
Special Motors ...............................................................................3-6
Wye-Delta ...............................................................................3-6
Part Winding ............................................................................3-7
Wound Rotor ...........................................................................3-7
Synchronous ...........................................................................3-7
Altitude De-rating ...........................................................................3-7
Isolation Contactor .........................................................................3-8
SMC-Flex Controller with Bypass Contactor (BC) ............................3-9
SMC-Flex Controller with Reversing Contactor ..............................3-10
SMC-Flex Controller as a Bypass to an AC Drive ...........................3-11
SMC-Flex Controller with a Bulletin 1410 Motor Winding Heater ...3-12
Motor Torque Capabilities with SMC-Flex Controller Options .........3-13
SMB Smart Motor Braking .....................................................3-13
Preset Slow Speed ................................................................3-13
Accu-Stop .............................................................................3-14
Description .....................................................................................4-1
Mining and Metals ..........................................................................4-1
Food Processing .............................................................................4-2
Pulp and Paper ...............................................................................4-2
Petrochemical ................................................................................4-3
Transportation and Machine Tool ...................................................4-3
OEM Specialty Machine ..................................................................4-4
Lumber and Wood Products ...........................................................4-4
Water/Wastewater Treatment and Municipalities ............................4-4
Philosophy .....................................................................................5-1
Line Voltage Conditions ..................................................................5-1
Current and Thermal Ratings ..........................................................5-1
Mechanical Shock and Vibration .....................................................5-1
Noise and RF Immunity ..................................................................5-1
Altitude ..........................................................................................5-2
Pollution .........................................................................................5-2
Setup .............................................................................................5-2
Introduction to Reduced Voltage Starting ........................................6-1
Reduced Voltage ............................................................................6-2
iv

Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
Solid-State .................................................................................... 6-4
Notes ............................................................................................ 6-6
Chapter 7
Solid-State Starters Using SCRs
Chapter 8
Reference
..................................................................................................... 7-1
Motor Output Speed/Torque/Horsepower ....................................... 8-1
Torque and Horsepower ................................................................ 8-2
Motor Output for NEMA Design Designations Polyphase
1…500 Hp .......................................................................... 8-7
Calculating Torque (Acceleration Torque Required for
Rotating Motion) .................................................................. 8-9
Inertia ................................................................................... 8-10
Torque Formulas .................................................................. 8-10
AC Motor Formulas ............................................................... 8-11
Torque Characteristics on Common Applications ................... 8-12
Electrical Formulas ................................................................ 8-14
Calculating Motor Amperes.................................................... 8-15
Other Formulas...................................................................... 8-15
vv

Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
List of Figures
Chapter 1
Overview
Figure 1.1: SMC-Flex Controller ...................................................1-2
Figure 1.2: Soft Start ...................................................................1-3
Figure 1.3: Soft Start Sequence of Operation ...............................1-4
Figure 1.4: Soft Start Wiring Diagram ..........................................1-5
Figure 1.5: Current Limit Start .....................................................1-6
Figure 1.6: Current Limit Sequence of Operation .........................1-7
Figure 1.7: Current Limit Wiring Diagram ....................................1-8
Figure 1.8: Dual Ramp Start ........................................................1-9
Figure 1.9: Dual Ramp Start Sequence of Operation ..................1-10
Figure 1.10: Dual Ramp Start Wiring Diagram .............................1-11
Figure 1.11: Full Voltage Start .....................................................1-12
Figure 1.12: Full Voltage Start Sequence of Operation .................1-13
Figure 1.13: Full Voltage Start Wiring Diagram ............................1-14
Figure 1.14: Preset Slow Speed ..................................................1-15
Figure 1.15: Preset Slow Speed Sequence of Operation ..............1-16
Figure 1.16: Preset Slow Speed Wiring Diagram ..........................1-17
Figure 1.17: Linear Speed Acceleration .......................................1-18
Figure 1.18: Linear Speed Acceleration Sequence of Operation ...1-19
Figure 1.19: Linear Speed Acceleration Wiring Diagram ..............1-20
Figure 1.20: Soft Stop .................................................................1-21
Figure 1.21: Soft Stop Sequence of Operation .............................1-22
Figure 1.22: Soft Stop Wiring Diagram ........................................1-23
Figure 1.23: Pump Control Option with Selectable Kickstart .........1-24
Figure 1.24: Pump Control Option Sequence of Operation ............1-25
Figure 1.25: Pump Control Option Wiring Diagram .......................1-26
Figure 1.26: Smart Motor Braking ...............................................1-27
Figure 1.27: Smart Motor Braking Sequence of Operation ...........1-28
Figure 1.28: Smart Motor Braking Wiring Diagram ......................1-29
Figure 1.29: Accu-Stop ...............................................................1-30
Figure 1.30: Accu-Stop Sequence of Operation ...........................1-31
Figure 1.31: Accu-Stop Wiring Diagram .......................................1-32
Figure 1.32: Slow Speed with Braking .........................................1-33
Figure 1.33: Slow Speed with Braking Sequence of Operation .....1-34
Figure 1.34: Slow Speed with Braking Wiring Diagram ................1-35
Figure 1.35: LCD Display with Keypad .........................................1-36
Figure 1.36: Stall Protection Sequence of Operation ....................1-37
Figure 1.37: Jam Detection Sequence of Operation .....................1-38
Figure 1.38: Exploded View .........................................................1-40
Figure 1.39: SMC-Flex Controller Control Terminals ....................1-42
vi

Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
Chapter 2
Application Profiles for the SMC-Flex
Controller
Chapter 3
Special Application Considerations
Chapter 6
Reduced Voltage Starting
Figure 2.1: Compressor with Soft Start ....................................... 2-1
Figure 2.2: Tumbler with Soft Start and Accu-Stop .................... 2-2
Figure 2.3: Pump with Soft Start ................................................. 2-3
Figure 2.4: Bandsaw with Soft Start and Slow Speed with Braking ..
2-4
Figure 2.5: Rock Crusher with Soft Start ..................................... 2-5
Figure 2.6: Hammermill with Current Limit Start and SMB Smart Motor
Braking 2-6
Figure 2.7: Centrifuge with Current Limit Start and SMB Smart Motor
Braking 2-7
Figure 2.8: Wire Draw Steel Mill Machine with Soft Start ............ 2-8
Figure 2.9: Overload conveyor with Linear Speed and Tack Feedback
2-9
Figure 2.10: Ball Mill with Current Limit Start ............................. 2-10
Figure 3.1: Protective Module ..................................................... 3-1
Figure 3.2: Power Factor Capacitors ........................................... 3-3
Figure 3.3: Power Factor Capacitors with Isolation Contactor ...... 3-4
Figure 3.4: Multi-Motor Application ............................................. 3-5
Figure 3.5: Inside-the-Delta Wiring. ............................................ 3-6
Figure 3.6: Typical Connection Diagram with Isolation Contactor 3-8
Figure 3.7: Typical Application Diagram of a Bypass Contactor ... 3-9
Figure 3.8: Typical Application with a Single-Speed Reversing Starter
Figure 3.9:
3-10
Typical Application Diagram of a Bypass Contactor for an
AC Drive 3-11
Figure 3.10: Typical Application Diagram of SMC-Flex Controller with a
Bulletin 1410 Motor Winding Heater 3-12
Figure 3.11: Starting and Running Torque ................................... 3-13
Figure 3.12: Accu-Stop Option .................................................... 3-14
Figure 6.1: Full-Load Current vs. Speed ...................................... 6-1
Figure 6.2: Bulletin 570 Autotransformer .................................... 6-2
Figure 6.3: Open Circuit Transition .............................................. 6-3
Figure 6.4: Closed Circuit Transition ........................................... 6-3
Figure 6.5: Transition at Low Speed ............................................ 6-3
Figure 6.6: Transition near Full Speed ........................................ 6-3
Figure 6.7: SMC-Flex Solid-State Controllers .............................. 6-4
Figure 6.8: Soft Start .................................................................. 6-5
Figure 6.9: Current Limit Start .................................................... 6-5
viivii

Bulletin 150 SMC-Flex
Chapter 7
Solid-State Starters Using SCRs
Chapter 8
Reference
Figure 7.1: Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR) ...............................7-1
Figure 7.2: Typical Wiring Diagram for SCRs ...............................7-1
Figure 7.3: Different Firing Angles (Single-Phase Simplification) ..7-2
Figure 8.1: Shaft and Wrench ......................................................8-2
Figure 8.2: Speed-Torque Curve ..................................................8-3
Figure 8.3: Speed-Torque Curve with Current Curve ....................8-4
Figure 8.4:
Motor Safe Time vs. Line Current — Standard Induction
Motors 8-6
Figure 8.5: Typical NEMA Design A Speed/Torque Curve .............8-7
Figure 8.6: Typical NEMA Design B Speed/Torque Curve .............8-7
Figure 8.7: Typical NEMA Design C Speed/Torque Curve .............8-8
Figure 8.8: Typical NEMA Design D Speed/Torque Curve .............8-8
viii

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Chapter 1
Introduction
Overview
The Allen-Bradley SMC Controller lines offer a broad range of products for starting or stopping
AC induction motors from ½ Hp to 6000 Hp. The innovative features, compact design, and
available enclosed controllers meet world-wide industry requirements for controlling motors.
Whether you need to control a single motor or an integrated automation system, our range of
controllers meet your required needs.
This document discusses the SMC-Flex. Some of the key features are listed below.
SMC-Flex Features
• Soft Start — with Selectable Kickstart
• Current Limit Start — with Selectable Kickstart
• Dual Ramp — with Selectable Kickstart
• Full Voltage
• Linear Speed Acceleration — with Selectable Kickstart
• Preset Slow Speed
• Soft Stop
• Pump Control — with Selectable Kickstart
• SMB Smart Motor Braking
• Accu-Stop
• Slow Speed with Braking
• Built in Bypass
• Inside the Delta
• Electronic Motor Overload Protection
• Stall and Jam Detection
• Ground Fault Protection
• Thermistor Input (PTC)
• Metering
• Fault Indication
• Parameter Programming
• Communication Capabilities
1-1

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Description
When the Smart Motor Controller (SMC) was first introduced in 1986, its modular design,
digital setup, and microprocessor control set the standard for soft starters. Since its launch in
1996, the SMC Dialog Plus controller has been in a class by itself, providing unmatched
performance with innovative starting and stopping options. Now, the SMC-Flex controller
achieves a higher level of sophistication with greatly enhanced protection, expanded
diagnostics, ability to log the motor’s operation (A, kW, and power factor), and flexibility to
communicate with various network protocols. The SMC-Flex can also be wired in a standard
wiring configuration, or inside-the-delta. This allows the product to operate wye-delta motors
with a much smaller device than before.
Figure 1.1:SMC-Flex Controller
The SMC-Flex controller is a compact, modular, multi-functional
solid-state controller used in both starting three-phase squirrel-cage
induction motors or wye-delta motors and controlling resistive loads.
The SMC-Flex contains, as standard, a built-in SCR bypass and a
built-in overload. The SMC-Flex product line includes current ratings
5 to 480 A, 200 to 600V, 50/60Hz. This covers squirrel-cage induction
motor applications up to 400 Hp (wye-delta motors up to 650 Hp). The
SMC-Flex controller meets applicable standards and requirements.
While the SMC-Flex controller incorporates many new features into
its design, it remains easy to set up and operate. You can make use
of as few or as many of the features as your application requires.
Modes of
Operation
The following modes of operation are standard within a single controller:
Standard:
• Soft Start with Selectable Kickstart
• Current Limit with Selectable Kickstart
• Dual Ramp Start with Selectable Kickstart
• Full Voltage Start
• Preset Slow Speed
• Linear Speed Acceleration with Selectable Kickstart
• Soft Stop
Pump Option
• Pump Control with Selectable Kickstart
Braking Option
• Smart Motor Braking
• Accu-Stop
• Slow Speed with Braking
1-2

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Standard
Soft Start with Selectable Kickstart
This method covers the most general applications. The motor is given an initial torque setting,
which is user adjustable from 0 to 90% of locked rotor torque. From the initial torque level, the
output voltage to the motor is steplessly increased during the acceleration ramp time, which is
user adjustable from 0 to 30 seconds. If, during the voltage ramp operation, the SMC-Flex
controller senses that the motor has reached an up-to-speed condition, the output voltage will
automatically switch to full voltage, and transition over the SCR Bypass contactors.
The kickstart feature provides a boost at startup to break away loads that may require a pulse of
high torque to get started. It is intended to provide a current pulse, user adjustable 0-90%
locked rotor torque for a selected period of time from 0.0 to 2.0 seconds.
Figure 1.2: Soft Start
Percent
Voltage
100%
Initial
Torque
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Following are the parameters that are specifically used to provide and adjust the voltage ramp
supplied to the motor.
Table 1.A: Soft Start Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Starting Mode
Ramp Time
Initial Torque
Kickstart Time
Kickstart Level
Option 2 Input
Stop Mode
Stop Time
Standard, Braking, Pump
Soft Start
0…30 s
0…90% LRT
0.0…2.0 s
0…90% LRT
Disable
Disable
0 s
Adjustment
1-3

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.3: Soft Start Sequence of Operation
Selectable Kickstart
100%
Coast-to-rest
Percent
Voltage
Soft Stop
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Soft Stop
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Soft Stop
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
If Soft Stop Selected
Normal
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest Selected
1-4

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.4: Soft Start Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-5

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Current Limit Start with Selectable Kickstart
This method provides a current limit start and is used when it is necessary to limit the maximum
starting current. The starting current is user adjustable from 50 to 600% of full load amperes.
The current limit ramp time is user adjustable from 0 to 30 seconds.
The kickstart feature provides a boost at startup to break away loads that may require a pulse of
high torque to get started. It is intended to provide a current pulse, user adjustable 0-90%
locked rotor torque for a selected period of time from 0.0 to 2.0 seconds.
Figure 1.5: Current Limit Start
600%
Percent Full
Load Current
50%
Start
Time (seconds)
To apply a current limit output to the motor, the following parameters are provided for user
adjustment.
Table 1.B: Current Limit Start Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Starting Mode
Ramp Time
Current Limit Level
Kickstart Time
Kickstart Level
Option 2 Input
Stop Mode
Stop Time
Standard, Braking, Pump
Current Limit
0…30 s
50…600% FLC
0.0…2.0 s
0…90% LRT
Disable
Disable
0 s
Adjustments
1-6

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.6: Current Limit Sequence of Operation
600%
Percent Full
Load
Current
Soft Stop
100%
Coast-to-rest
50%
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Soft Stop
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Soft Stop
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
If Soft Stop Selected
Normal
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest Selected
1-7

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.7: Current Limit Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-8

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Dual Ramp Start with Selectable Kickstart
This starting method is useful on applications with varying loads, starting torque, and start time
requirements. Dual Ramp Start offers the user the ability to select between two separate Start
profiles with separately adjustable ramp times and initial torque settings.
The kickstart feature provides a boost at startup to break away loads that may require a pulse of
high torque to get started. It is intended to provide a current pulse, user adjustable 0…90%
locked rotor torque for a selected period of time from 0.0 to 2.0 seconds.
Figure 1.8: Dual Ramp Start
Percent
Voltage
100%
Ramp #2
Initial Torque
#2
Initial Torque
#1
Ramp #1
Start #1 Run #1
Start #2 Run #2
Time (seconds)
To obtain Dual Ramp Start control, the following parameters are available when you select Dual
Ramp in the Option 2 Input parameter.
Table 1.C: Dual Ramp Start Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Starting Mode
Ramp Time
Initial Torque
Current Limit Level
Torque Limit
Kickstart Time
Kickstart Level
Option 2 Input
Starting Mode 2
Start Time 2
Initial Torque 2
Current Limit Level 2
Torque Limit 2
Kickstart Time 2
Kickstart Level 2
Stop Mode
Stop Time
Adjustments
Standard
Full Voltage, Current Limit, Soft Start, Linear Speed
0…30 s
0…90% LRT
50…600% FLC
0…100% LRT
0.0…2.0 s
0…90% LRT
Dual Ramp
Full Voltage, Current Limit, Soft Start, Linear Speed
0…30 s
0…90% LRT
50…600% FLC
0…100% LRT
0.0…2.0 s
0…90% LRT
Disable
0 s
1-9

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.9: Dual Ramp Start Sequence of Operation
100%
Ramp #2
Coast-to-rest
Percent
Voltage
Ramp #1
Soft Stop
Start #1
Start #2
Run #1
Run #2
Soft Stop
Push Buttons
Time (seconds)
Start
Stop
Soft Stop
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
If Soft Stop Selected
Normal
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest Selected
1-10

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.10: Dual Ramp Start Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
➀
Ramp 1 Ramp 2
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-11

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Full Voltage Start
This method is used in applications requiring across-the-line starting. The SMC-Flex controller
performs like a solid-state contactor. Full inrush current and locked rotor torque are realized.
The SMC-Flex may be programmed to provide full voltage start in which the output voltage to
the motor reaches full voltage in ¼ second.
Figure 1.11: Full Voltage Start
100%
Percent
Voltage
Time (seconds)
The basic parameter setup for Full Voltage Start follows:
Table 1.D: Full Voltage Start Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Starting Mode
Stop Mode
Stop Time
Standard, Braking, Pump
Full Voltage
Disable
0 s
Adjustments
1-12

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.12: Full Voltage Start Sequence of Operation
100%
Coast-to-rest
Percent
Voltage
Soft Stop
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Soft Stop
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Soft Stop
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
If Soft Stop Selected
Normal
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest Selected
1-13

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.13: Full Voltage Start Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-14

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Preset Slow Speed
This method can be used on applications that require a slow speed for positioning material. The
Preset Slow Speed can be set for either Low, 7% of base speed, or High, 15% of base speed.
Reversing is also possible through programming. Speeds provided during reverse operation are
Low, 10% of base speed, or High, 20% of base speed.
Figure 1.14: Preset Slow Speed
100%
Motor
Speed
Forward
15% - High
7% - Low
10% - Low
Time (seconds)
Start
Run
20% - High
Reverse
The basic parameter setup for Soft Start selection with Preset Slow Speed Option follows:
Table 1.E: Preset Slow Speed Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Starting Mode
Ramp Time
Initial Torque
Current Limit Level
Torque Limit
Kickstart Time
Kickstart Level
Option 2 Input
Stop Mode
Stop Time
Slow Speed Sel
Slow Speed Dir
Slow Accel Cur
Slow Running Cur
Adjustments
Standard, Braking
Full Voltage, Current Limit, Soft Start, Linear Speed
0…30 s
0…90% LRT
50…600% FLC
0…100% LRT
0.0…2.0 s
0…90% LRT
Preset SS
Disable
0 s
SS Low, SS High
SS Forward, SS Reverse
0…450% FLC
0…450% FLC
1-15

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.15: Preset Slow Speed Sequence of Operation
100%
Motor
Speed
7 or 15%
Coast-to-rest
Soft Stop
Slow Speed
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Coast
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Slow Speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
Normal
Closed
Open
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
1-16

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.16: Preset Slow Speed Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Slow Speed
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-17

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Linear Speed Acceleration with Selectable Kickstart
This method starts the motor following a linear speed ramp. The ramp time defines the time the
motor will ramp from zero speed to full speed. This ramp time is user adjustable from
0…30 seconds. Linear Speed requires a tachometer input (0…5 V DC, 4.5 V = 100% speed).
The curent limit is active during the starting ramp.
The kickstart feature provides a boost at startup to break away loads that may require a pulse of
high torque to get started. It is intended to provide a current pulse, user adjustable 0…90%
locked rotor torque for a selected period of time, 0.0…2.0 seconds. Note that speed ramp
begins once the kickstart is completed.
Figure 1.17: Linear Speed Acceleration
Percent
Speed
100%
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Stop
The basic parameter set for Linear Speed follows:
Table 1.F: Linear Speed Acceleration Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Starting Mode
Ramp Time
Current Limit Level
Kickstart Time
Kickstart Level
Option 2
Stop Mode
Stop time
Standard
Linear Speed
0.0…30.0 s
0…600% FLC (Full Load Current)
0.0…2.0 s
0…90% LRT
Disable
Linear Speed
0.0…120.0 s
Adjustments
1-18

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.18: Linear Speed Acceleration Sequence of Operation
100%
Coast-to-rest
Motor
Speed
Soft Stop or
Linear Speed
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Soft Stop
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Soft Stop or
Linear Speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
If Soft Stop Selected
Normal
Closed
Open
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest Selected
1-19

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.19: Linear Speed Acceleration Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Linear Stop
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-20

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Soft Stop
The Soft Stop option can be used in applications requiring an extended coast-to-rest. The
voltage ramp down time is user adjustable from 0…120 seconds. The Soft Stop time is
adjusted independently from the start time. The load will stop when the voltage drops to a point
where the load torque is greater than the motor torque.
Figure 1.20: Soft Stop
Percent
Voltage
100%
Selectable Kickstart
Coast-to-rest
Soft Stop
Initial
Torque
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Soft Stop
The basic parameter setup for Soft Stop follows:
Table 1.G: Soft Stop Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Stop Mode
Stop Time
Standard, Braking, Pump
Soft Stop
0…120 seconds
Adjustments
1-21

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.21: Soft Stop Sequence of Operation
100%
Coast-to-rest
Motor
Speed
Soft Stop
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Soft Stop
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Soft Stop
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
If Soft Stop Selected
Normal
Closed
Open
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest Selected
1-22

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.22: Soft Stop Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Soft Stop
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-23

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Pump Control
Pump Control Option with Selectable Kickstart
The SMC-Flex controller’s unique interactive Pump Control is designed to reduce fluid surges in
pumping systems. It provides closed loop acceleration and deceleration control of centrifugal
pump motors without the need for feedback devices.
The kickstart feature provides a boost at startup to break away loads that may require a pulse of
high torque to get started. It is intended to provide a current pulse with user adjustable locked
rotor torque from 0-90% and kickstart time from 0.0 to 2.0 seconds.
Figure 1.23: Pump Control Option with Selectable Kickstart
100%
Motor
Speed
Pump Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Pump Stop
The basic parameter setup for Pump Control follows:
Table 1.H: Pump Control Option Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Starting Mode
Start Time
Initial Torque
Kickstart Time
Kickstart Level
Stop Time
Anti-Backspin Timer
Pump
Pump Start
0…30 s
0…90% LRT
0.0…2.0 s
0…90% LRT
0…120 s
0…999 s
Adjustments
1-24

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.24: Pump Control Option Sequence of Operation
100%
Coast-to-rest
Motor
Speed
Pump Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Pump Stop
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Pump Stop
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
If Pump Stop Selected
Normal
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest Selected
1-25

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.25: Pump Control Option Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Pump Stop
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-26

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Braking Control
SMB Smart Motor Braking Option
The SMB Smart Motor Braking option provides motor braking for applications, which require
the motor to stop quickly. It is a microprocessor based braking system, which applies braking
current to a motor. The strength of the braking current is adjustable from 0…400% of full load
current.
Figure 1.26: Smart Motor Braking
100%
Smart Motor Braking
Motor
Speed
Coast-to-rest
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Brake
Automatic Zero Speed
Shut-off
The basic parameter setup for Smart Motor Braking follows:
Table 1.I: Smart Motor Braking Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Stop Mode
Braking Current
Braking
SMB
0…400% FLC
Adjustments
1-27

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.27: Smart Motor Braking Sequence of Operation
100%
Smart Motor Braking
Motor
Speed
Coast-to-rest
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Brake
Automatic Zero Speed
Shut-off
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Smart Motor
Braking
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
If Brake Selected
Normal
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest Selected
1-28

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.28: Smart Motor Braking Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Brake
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-29

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Accu-Stop
The Accu-Stop option provides rapid braking to a slow speed, and then braking to stop,
facilitating cost-effective general positioning control.
Figure 1.29: Accu-Stop
The basic parameter setup for Accu-Stop follows:
Table 1.J: Accu-Stop Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Stop Mode
Slow Speed Sel
Slow Accel Cur
Slow Running Cur
Braking Current
Stopping Current
Braking
Accu Stop
SS Low, SS High
0…450% FLC
0…450% FLC
0…400% FLC
0…400% FLC
Adjustments
1-30

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.30: Accu-Stop Sequence of Operation
100 %
Motor
Speed
Braking
Slow Speed
Braking
Coast-to-rest
Slow Speed
Slow
Speed
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Accu-Stop
Push Buttons
Start
Closed
Open
Stop
Closed
Open
Accu-Stop
Closed
Open
Auxiliary Contacts
Normal Closed
Open
Up-to-speed Closed
Open
If Coast-to-rest
Selected
Slow
Speed
Braking
1-31

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.31: Accu-Stop Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Accu-Stop
➀
Start
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-32

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Slow Speed with Braking
The Slow Speed with Braking option combines the benefits of the SMB Smart Motor Braking
and Preset Slow Speed options for applications that require slow setup speeds and braking to a
stop.
Figure 1.32: Slow Speed with Braking
The basic parameter setup for Slow Speed with Braking follows:
Table 1.K: Slow Speed with Braking Parameters
Parameter
SMC Option
Option 2 Input
Slow Speed Sel
Slow Speed Dir
Slow Accel Cur
Slow Running Cur
Stop Mode
Braking Current
Braking
Preset SS
SS Low, SS High
SS Forward, SS Reverse
0…450% FLC
0…450% FLC
SMB
0…400% FLC
Adjustments
1-33

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.33: Slow Speed with Braking Sequence of Operation
100%
Coast-to-Stop
Motor
Speed
Braking
Slow Speed
Start
Run
Brake
Time (seconds)
Push Buttons
Start
Stop
Slow Speed
Brake
Auxiliary Contacts
Normal
Up-to-speed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Brake
If Coast-to-rest selectede
1-34

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.34: Slow Speed with Braking Wiring Diagram
Control Power
➁
Stop
➀
Brake
➀
Start
➀
Slow Speed
➀
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Aux #1
Normal/Up-to-Speed/
Bypass
Internal
Auxilary
Contacts
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Fault
Contact
Alarm
Contact
Aux #2
Normal
➀
➁
Customer supplied.
Refer to the controller nameplate to verify the rating of the control power input rating.
1-35

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Features
SCR Bypass
The SMC-Flex has a built-in bypass contactor that is automatically pulled in when the motor
reaches full speed. An external bypass contactor may be used. When an external bypass
contactor is enabled (by setting the parameter “Aux1 Config” to “Bypass”) the internal bypass
contactor will not be used, and a separate overload is required.
Standard or Wye-Delta Wiring
The SMC-Flex can operate either a standard squirrel-cage induction motor or a wye-delta motor.
The user must program the selected configuration into the unit using the “Motor Connection”
parameter. The wye-delta motor is connected in an inside-the-delta wiring configuration, and
the Motor Connection is det to Delta.
LCD Display
A graphical backlit LCD display provides parameter definition with straightforward text so that
controller setup may be accomplished without a reference manual. Parameters are arranged in
an organized three-level menu structure for ease of programming and fast access to
parameters.
The displayed language can also be changed to meet global customer needs.
Parameter Programming
Programming of parameters is accomplished through a five-button keypad on the front of the
SMC-Flex controller. The five buttons include up and down arrows, an Enter button, a Select
button, and an Escape button. The user needs only to enter the correct sequence of keystrokes
for programming the SMC-Flex controller.
Figure 1.35: LCD Display with Keypad
LCD Display
Keypad
1-36

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Electronic Overload
The SMC-Flex controller meets applicable requirements as a motor overload protective device.
Overload protection is accomplished electronically through current sensors and an I 2 t
algorithm.
The overload trip class is selectable for OFF, 10, 15, 20, or 30 protection. The trip current is set
by entering the motor’s full load current rating and the service factor.
Thermal memory is included to model motor operating and cooling temperatures. Ambient
insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design of the overload.
Stall Protection and Jam Detection
Motors can experience locked rotor currents and develop maximum torque in the event of a stall
(during start) or a jam (after full speed is reached). These conditions can result in winding
insulation breakdown or mechanical damage to the connected load.
The SMC-Flex controller provides both stall and jam detection for enhanced motor and system
protection. Stall protection allows the user to program a maximum stall time of up to 10
seconds. Jam detection allows the user to determine the jam level as a percentage of the
motor’s full load current rating, and a trip delay time of up to 99 seconds.
Note:
The stall trip delay time is in addition to the programmed start time.
Figure 1.36: Stall Protection Sequence of Operation
600%
Percent
Full
Load
Current
Programmed Start Time
Time (seconds)
Stall
1-37

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Percent
Full
Load
Current
User Programmed Trip Level
100%
Running
Time (seconds)
Jam
Ground Fault Protection
Thermistor Input
the PTC will help identify this. The thermistor input settings are user adjustable. See the User
Manual for more details.
The SMC-Flex controller contains several power monitoring parameters as standard. These
parameters include:
Three-phase current
Three-phase voltage
Power in kW
Power usage in kWH
Power factor
Elapsed time
Motor thermal capacity usage

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
The SMC-Flex controller monitors both the pre-start and running modes. If the controller senses
a fault, the SMC-Flex controller shuts down the motor and displays the appropriate fault
condition in the LCD display. The controller monitors the following conditions:
Line Loss
Shorted SCR
Open SCR Gate
Thermistor (PTC)
Overtemperature (Power Pole, SCR, Motor)
Bypass Failure
No Load
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Overload
Underload
Jam
Stall
Phase Reversal
Phase Unbalance
Current Unbalance
Voltage Unbalance
Loss of Communication
Power Loss
Excessive Starts/Hour
Ground Fault
Motor Lead Loss
Line Fault
Communication Fault
Any fault condition will cause the auxiliary contacts to change state and the hold-in circuit to
release.

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
A serial interface port is furnished as standard with the SMC-Flex controller. This
communication port allows connection to a Bulletin 20 Human Interface Module, and a variety
of 20-COMM modules. These include Allen-Bradley Remote I/O, DeviceNet, ControlNet,
Ethernet, ProfiBUS, Interbus, and RS485.
Four hard contacts are provided as standard with the SMC-Flex controller. The first contact is
programmable for Normal/Up-to-speed/Bypass. The second, third and fourth contact are
configured to N.O/N.C.
The SMC-Flex controller packaging is designed for industrial environments. The modularity of
control and power modules feature plug-in functionality. There are no gate wires to remove and
no soldering is required. Common control modules reduce inventory requirements.

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
The SMC-Flex controller contains 24 control terminals on the front of the controller. These
control terminals are described below. See Figure 1.39.
Terminal Number
11 Control Power Input
12 Control Power Common
13 Controller Enable Input ➀
14 Ground
15 Option Input #2 ➀
16 Option Input #1 ➀
17 Start Input ➀
18 Stop Input ➀
19
20
N.O. Aux. Contact #1
(Normal/Up-to-Speed/External Bypass) ➁
N.O. Aux. Contact #1
(Normal/Up-to-Speed/External Bypass) ➁
Description
21 Not Used
22 Not Used
23 PTC Input ➀
24 PTC Input ➀
25 Tach Input
26 Tach Input
27 Ground Fault Transformer Input ➀
28 Ground Fault Transformer Input ➀
29 Fault Contact (N.O./N.C.)
30 Fault Contact (N.O./N.C.)
31 Alarm Contact (N.O./N.C.)
32 Alarm Contact (N.O./N.C.)
33 Aux Contact #2 Normal (N.O./N.C.)
34 Aux Contact #2 Normal (N.O./N.C.)
➀ Do not connect any additional loads to these terminals. These “parasitic” loads may cause problems with operation, which
may result in false starting and stopping.
➁ External Bypass operates an external contactor and overload once the meter reaches full speed. The SMC-Flex overload
functionality is disabled when the external bypass is activated. Proper sizing of the contactor and overload is required.

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 1.39: SMC-Flex Controller Control Terminals
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
SMC-Flex
Control Terminals
Opt
Input #2
Opt
Input #1
Start
Input
Stop
Input
Aux #1
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34
PTC
Input
TACH
Input
Ground
Fault
Aux #2 Aux #3 Aux #4
1-42

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
2
Overview
Application Profiles for the SMC-Flex Controller
In this chapter, a few of the many possible applications for the SMC-Flex controller are
described. The basis for selecting a particular control method is also detailed. Illustrations are
included to help identify the application. Motor ratings are specified, but the ratings may vary in
other typical applications.
For example, a tumbler drum is described as requiring the Soft Start feature. The application is
examined further to determine how the SMC-Flex controller options can be used to improve the
tumbler drum performance and productivity.
Figure 2.1: Compressor with Soft Start
AirFilter
InletValve
TurnValve
Ports
208...480Volts
50...250HP
50/60Hz
Problem: A compressor OEM shipped its equipment into overseas markets, where wye-delta
motors are common. There were many different voltage and frequency requirements to meet
because of the compressor’s final destination. Due to power company requirements and
mechanical stress on the compressor, a reduced voltage starter was required. This made
ordering and stocking spare parts difficult.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller was installed and wired to a wye-delta motor. The unit was
set for an 18-second Soft Start, which reduced the voltage to the motor during starting and met
the power company requirements. By reducing the voltage, the starting torque was also
reduced, minimizing the shock to the compressor. Panel space was saved because the SMC-Flex
controller has a built-in overload and SCR bypass feature.
2-1

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.2: Tumbler with Soft Start and Accu-Stop
480 Volts
150 Hp
Loading Door
Tumbler Drum
Drive Chain
Motor
Problem: A tumbler drum used in the de-burring process was breaking the drive chain because
of the uncontrolled acceleration from the across-the-line starter. To increase production on the
drum, the coasting time on stop had to be reduced. Previous solutions were a separate soft start
package plus a motor brake, which required additional panel space and power wiring. A small
enclosure size and simplified power wiring were needed to reduce the cost of the controls.
Because a PLC was controlling several other processes in the facility, communication
capabilities were desired.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller with the braking option configured as Accu-Stop was
installed on the process. The Soft Start provided a smooth acceleration of the drive chain,
which reduced downtime. The controlled acceleration made positioning for loading/unloading
easier. The drum was positioned for loading using the Preset Slow Speed. For unloading, the
drum was rotated at Preset Slow Speed and then accurately stopped. This increased the
productivity of the loading/unloading cycle. Further, the Accu-Stop option did not require
additional panel space or wiring. The SMC-Flex controller’s built-in overload eliminated the
need to mount an external overload relay in the enclosure. The built-in SCR Bypass eliminated
the need for an external bypass contact in the enclosure. Both features saved further panel
space. The communication feature of the SMC-Flex controller allowed remote starting and
stopping of the process from a PLC.
2-2

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.3: Pump with Soft Start
Ground Level
480V
150 Hp
Check Valve
Pump
Motor
Problem: A municipal water company was experiencing problems with pump impellers being
damaged. The damage occurred during frequent motor starting while the load below the check
valve was draining from the system. A timing relay was installed to prevent restart underload,
but need to be adjusted frequently.The pumping station motor was over 100 feet below ground,
making repair costly. For maintenance scheduling purposes, an elapsed time meter measuring
motor running time had to be installed in the enclosure.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller with Pump control was installed, providing a controlled
acceleration of the motor. By decreasing the torque during start up, the shock to the impeller
was reduced. The SMC-Flex Anti-backspin timer feature was implemented to prevent the motor
from starting while turning in a reverse direction. Panel space was saved by employing the
built-in elapsed time meter. The SMC-Flex controller’s line diagnostics detected the pre-start
and running single-phase condition and shut off the motor, protecting against motor damage.
2-3

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.4: Bandsaw with Soft Start and Slow Speed with Braking
480 Volts
300 Hp
Saw Blade
Log
Carriage
Motor
High Inertia Wheels
Problem: Because of the remote location of the facility and power distribution limitations, a
reduced voltage starter was needed on a bandsaw application. When the saw blade became
dull, the current drawn by the motor increased. Therefore, an ammeter was required. The saw
was turned off only during shift changes or routinely to change the saw blade. This application
required 25 minutes to coast to stop, and braking devices were unacceptable due to their high
complexity and panel space requirements. After a blade was replaced, it was dangerous to
bring the saw up to full speed because of alignment problems. Metering the application for jam
conditions was a necessity. In addition, single phasing of the motor was a problem because of
distribution limitations.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller was installed to provide a reduced voltage start. This
minimized the starting torque shock to the system. With the braking option configured as Slow
Speed with Braking, it provided a preset slow speed, allowing the saw blade tracking to be
inspected before the motor was brought to full speed. The current monitoring and jam detection
features of the SMC-Flex controller were implemented, saving valuable panel space and the
cost of purchasing dedicated monitoring devices. The controller’s built-in programmable
overload protection was used. The SMC-Flex controller’s diagnostic capabilities would detect
single phasing and shut the motor off accordingly. Starting and stopping control was furnished
in a single modular unit, providing ease of installation.
2-4

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.5: Rock Crusher with Soft Start
250 HP
480 Volts
Starts: Unloaded
Gearbox
Motor
Discharge
Problem: Because of the remote location of a rock quarry, the power company required a
reduced voltage start on all motors over 150 Hp. The starting current on these large motors
strained the capacity of the power system, causing severe voltage dips. When the rock crusher
became overloaded, the current draw by the Wye-Delta motor increased. Therefore, current
monitoring capabilities within the soft starter were required. Because the conveyor feeding the
rock crusher was controlled by a PLC, communications between the soft starter and a PLC was
necessary. When the rock crusher ran, occasionally a stall or jam would occur.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller was installed, meeting the power company requirements.
The motor was wired inside-the-delta, which saves valuable panel space. The metering
capabilities of the SMC-Flex controller allowed the current drawn by the motor to be monitored.
With the built-in communications capabilities, the motor current was communicated to the PLC.
When the motor current reached a specified limit, the conveyor feeding the rock crusher could
be slowed. By slowing the conveyor, a jam condition in the rock crusher was avoided. The stall
and jam detection capabilities of the SMC-Flex controller would shut off the motor when a stall
or jam condition occurred.
2-5

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.6: Hammermill with Current Limit Start and SMB Smart Motor Braking
480 Volts
350 Hp
Belts
Hammer
Feed
Motor
Problem: A hammermill required a reduced voltage start because of power company
restrictions. A stopping time less than the present 5 minute coast-to-rest was desired. To save
panel space, the customer wanted to incorporate both starting and stopping control in the same
device.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller with the braking option configured as SMB Smart Motor
Braking was installed. A 23-second, 450% current limit acceleration was programmed, meeting
the power company requirements and reducing the mechanical stress on the belts during startup.
The braking function was accomplished without additional power wiring, panel space, or
contactors. Zero speed was detected without additional sensors or timers. The current limit
start, braking, and overload protection were accomplished within the same modular package.
2-6

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.7: Centrifuge with Current Limit Start and SMB Smart Motor Braking
480 Volts
400 Hp
Centrifuge
Motor
Gearbox
Problem: A centrifuge required a reduced voltage start because of power company restrictions.
The high torque during starting was causing damage to the gearbox. A shorter stopping time
than the present 15 minute coast-to rest was desired. The long stop time caused delays in the
production process. A Wye-Delta starter with a mechanical brake was currently in use. A
zero-speed switch was used to release the brake. The mechanical brake required frequent
maintenance and replacement, which was costly and time consuming. Both the mechanical
brake and zero-speed switches were worn out and required replacement.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller with the braking option configured as SMB Smart Motor
Braking was installed and wired inside-the-delta to the wye-delta motor. The controller was set
for a 28-second, 340% current limit start, meeting the power company requirements and
reducing the starting torque stress to the gearbox. SMB Smart Motor Braking allowed the
centrifuge to stop in approximately 1 minute. The SMC-Flex controller with SMB Smart Motor
Braking did not require additional mounting space or panel wiring. The controller was mounted
in a panel that was considerably smaller than the previous controller. Additionally, the controller
did not require frequent maintenance and could sense zero speed without a feedback device.
2-7

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.8: Wire Draw Steel Mill Machine with Soft Start
575 Volts
35 Hp
Unwind
Spool
Die
Take-Up Spool
Chain
Wire
Motor
Problem: An across-the-line starter was used on a wire draw machine to pull wire. This rapid
cycling application caused mechanical wear on both the chain and the electromechanical
starter. Other soft starts had been experimented with, but not enough torque was developed to
pull the wire through the die.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller was installed to accelerate the motor smoothly. The
kickstart feature was adjusted to provide enough torque to pull the wire through the die. After
the initial kickstart, the controller went back to the soft start acceleration mode, reducing the
amount of starting torque on the chain and helping to lower maintenance inspection and repair
time. The controller was set for a 9-second ramp time.
2-8

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.9: Overload conveyor with Linear Speed and Tack Feedback
240 Vol
1.5 Hp
Chain
Conveyor
Motor Motor Motor
Problem: A overload gravel conveyor had three motors to drive the conveying system. Acrossthe-line
starts caused damage to the conveyor and spilled gravel on the conveyor. Occasionally,
the conveyor would stop fully loaded. An across-the-line start would then be needed to provide
enough torque to accelerate the load.
Solution: The conveyor OEM installed a single SMC-Flex controller with linear speed and tach
feedback to provide a smooth acceleration to all three motors, reducing the starting torque of
the motors and the mechanical shock to the conveyor and load. In addition, the controller could
be configured to simulate a full voltage start, allowing the conveyor to accelerate when fully
loaded. The OEM liked the SMC-Flex controller because of its ability to control three motors as
if they were a single motor, eliminating the need for multiple soft starters.
2-9

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 2.10: Ball Mill with Current Limit Start
Loading Port
480 Volts
150 Hp
Drum
Substance
Gearbox
Motor
Ball Shot
Problem: An across-the-line starter was used to start the motor in a ball mill application. The
uncontrolled start was causing damage to the gearbox, resulting in maintenance downtime, as
well as the potential for the loss of the product (paint) being mixed. Line failures were a
frequent problem. The application required prestart and running protection, as well as an
elapsed time meter to monitor the process time. Communication capability was desired, and
panel space was limited.
Solution: The SMC-Flex controller was installed. It was programmed for a 26-second current
limit start, thereby reducing the starting torque and the damage to the gearbox. The metering
feature of the SMC-Flex controller contained an elapsed time meter, which could monitor the
process time of the ball mill. The communications capabilities of the controller allowed the
process time to be communicated to the PLC, which could remotely stop the ball mill. The line
diagnostics required in the application are standard in the SMC-Flex controller, and the built-in
overload protection and SCR Bypass saved panel space.
2-10

PROTECTIVE MODULE
Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Chapter 3
SMC-Flex
Controllers in
Drive
Applications
Special Application Considerations
The SMC-Flex controller can be installed in starting and stopping control applications. A
variable frequency drive must be installed when speed variation is required during run.
Use of Protective Modules
A protective module (see Figure 3.1) containing metal oxide varistors (MOVs) can be installed to
protect the power components from electrical transients and/or electrical noise. The protective
modules clip transients generated on the lines and prevent such surges from damaging the
SCRs.
Figure 3.1: Protective Module
There are two general situations that may occur which would indicate the need for using the
protective modules.
1. Transient spikes may occur on the lines feeding the SMC-Flex controller (or feeding the
load from the SMC-Flex controller). Spikes are created on the line when devices are
attached with current-carrying inductances that are open-circuited. The energy stored in
the magnetic field is released when the contacts open the circuit. Examples of these are
lightly loaded motors, transformers, solenoids, and electromechanical brakes. Lightning
can also cause spikes.
2. The second situation arises when the SMC-Flex controller is installed on a system that has
fast-rising wavefronts present, although not necessarily high peak voltages. Lightning
strikes can cause this type of response. Additionally, if the SMC-Flex controller is on the
same bus as other SCR devices, (AC/DC drives, induction heating equipment, or welding
equipment) the firing of the SCRs in those devices can cause noise.
3-1

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Motor Overload
Protection
Stall Protection
and Jam
Detection
When coordinated with the proper short-circuit protection, overload protection is intended to
protect the motor, motor controller, and power wiring against overheating caused by excessive
overcurrent. The SMC-Flex controller meets applicable requirements as motor overload
protective device.
The SMC-Flex controller incorporates, as standard, electronic motor overload protection. This
overload protection is accomplished electronically with circuits and an I 2 t algorithm.
The controller’s overload protection is programmable, providing the user with flexibility. The
overload trip class can be selected for class OFF, 10, 15, 20, or 30 protection. The trip current
can be programmed to the motor full load current rating.
Thermal memory is included to model motor operating and cooling temperatures. Ambient
insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design of the overload.
Motors can experience locked rotor currents and develop high torque levels in the event of a
stall or a jam. These conditions can result in winding insulation breakdown or mechanical
damage to the connected load.
The SMC-Flex controller provides both stall and jam detection for enhanced motor and system
protection. Stall protection allows the user to program a maximum stall protection delay time
from 0 to 10 seconds. The stall protection delay time is in addition to the programmed start time
and begins only after the start time has timed out.
Jam detection allows the user to determine the motor jam detection level as a percentage of
the motor’s full load current rating. To prevent nuisance tripping, a jam detection delay time,
from 0…99 seconds, can be programmed. This allows the user to select the time delay required
before the SMC-Flex controller will trip on a motor jam condition. The motor current must
remain above the jam detection level during the delay time. Jam detection is active only after
the motor has reached full speed.
3-2

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Built-in
Communication
Power Factor
Capacitors
A serial interface port is furnished as standard on the SMC-Flex controller. The connections
allows a Bulletin 20-COMM to be installed. Using the built-in communication capabilities, the
user can remotely access parameter settings, fault diagnostics, and metering. Remote startstop
control can also be performed.
When used with the Bulletin 20-COMM communication modules, the SMC-Flex controller
offers true networking capabilities with several network protocols, including Allen-Bradley
Remote I/O, DeviceNet network, RS 485, ControlNet, EtherNet, ProfiBUS, and Interbus.
The controller may be installed on a system with power factor correction capacitors. These
capacitors must be installed on the line side to prevent damage to the SCRs in the SMC-Flex
controller (See Figure 3.2).
Figure 3.2: Power Factor Capacitors
3-Phase
Input Power
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
M
➀
Branch
Protection
➀
SMC-Flex
Controller
➁
Power Factor
Correction Capacitors
➀
➀ Customer Supplied
➁ Overload protection is included as a
standard feature of the SMC-Flex controller.
High values of inrush current and oscillating voltages are common when capacitors are
switched. Therefore, additional impedance should be connected in series with the capacitor
bank to limit the inrush current and dampen oscillations. The preferred practice is to insert aircore
inductors as shown in Figure 3.3.
The inductors can be simply constructed:
for volts greater than or equal to 460V: use a six-inch diameter coil with eight loops
for volts less than 460V: use a six-inch diameter coil with six loops
The wire should be sized to carry the steady-state current that will flow through the capacitor
bank during normal operations.
3-3

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
The coils should be mounted on insulated supports away from metal parts. This will minimize
the possibility of producing heating effects. Do not mount the coils to be stacked directly on top
of each other. This will increase the chances of cancelling the effectiveness of the inductors.
If an isolation contactor is used, it is preferable that the power factor capacitors be installed
ahead of the isolation contactor if at all possible (see Figure 3.3). In some installations, this may
not be physically possible and the capacitor bank will have to be connected to the downstream
terminals of the contactor. In this case, the installer must exercise caution and ensure that the
air-core inductance is sufficient to prevent oscillating voltages from interfering with the proper
performance of the SMC-Flex controller. It may be necessary to add more loops to the coil.
Figure 3.3: Power Factor Capacitors with Isolation Contactor
3-Phase
Input Power
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
M
➀
Branch
Protection
➀
Isolation
Contactor
(IC)
➀
SMC-Flex
Controller
➁
Power Factor
Correction Capacitors
➀
➀ Customer Supplied
➁ Overload protection is included as a
standard feature of the SMC-Flex controller.
3-4

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Multi-motor
Applications
The SMC-Flex controller will operate with more than one motor connected to it. To size the
controller, add the total nameplate amperes of all of the connected loads. The stall and jam
features should be turned off. Separate overloads are still required to meet the National Electric
Code (NEC) requirements.
Note:
The SMC-Flex controller’s built-in overload protection cannot be used in multi-motor
applications.
Figure 3.4: Multi-Motor Application
3-Phase
Input Power
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
Motor
No. 1
➀
Branch
Protection
➀
SMC-Flex
Controller
Overload
Relay (O.L.)
➀
➀ Customer Supplied
Motor
No. 2
➀
Overload
Relay (O.L)
➀
3-5

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Special Motors
The SMC-Flex controller may be applied or retrofitted to special motors (wye-delta, part
winding, synchronous, and wound rotor) as described below.
Wye-Delta
Wye-Delta is a traditional electro-mechanical method of reduced voltage starting. It requires a
delta-wound motor with all its leads brought out to facilitate a wye connection. At the start
command, approximately 58% of full line voltage is applied, generating about 33% of the
motor’s full voltage starting torque capability. After an adjustable time interval, the motor is
automatically connected in delta.
To apply an SMC-Flex controller to a wye-delta motor, the power wiring from the SMC-Flex
controller is simply wired in an inside-the-delta configuration to the motor. This connects all six
motor connections back to the SMC-Flex. Because the SMC-Flex controller applies a reduced
voltage start electronically, the transition connection is no longer necessary. Additionally, the
starting torque can be adjusted with parameter programming.
Note:
Increased Hp ratings are achieved with the SMC-Flex being connected to wye-delta
motors.
Figure 3.5: Inside-the-Delta Wiring.
1/L 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
12/T6 8/T4 10/T5
M
3~
3-6

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Part Winding
Part winding motors incorporate two separate, parallel windings in their design. With the
traditional part winding starter, one set of windings is given full line voltage, and the motor
draws about 400% of the motor’s full load current rating. Additionally, about 45% of locked
rotor torque is generated. After a preset interval, the second winding is brought online in
parallel with the first and the motor develops normal torque.
The part winding motor may be wired to an SMC-Flex controller by connecting both windings in
parallel. Again, the starting torque can be adjusted to match the load with parameter
programming.
Wound Rotor
Wound rotor motors require careful consideration when implementing SMC-Flex controllers. A
wound rotor motor depends on external resistors to develop high starting torque. It may be
possible to develop enough starting torque using the SMC-Flex controller and a single step of
resistors. The resistors are placed in the rotor circuit until the motor reaches approximately 70%
of synchronous speed. At this point, the resistors are removed from the secondary by a shorting
contactor. Resistor sizing will depend on the characteristics of the motor used.
Please note that it is not recommended to short the rotor slip rings during start-up, as starting
torque will be greatly reduced, even with full voltage applied to the motor. The starting torque
will be even further reduced with the SMC-Flex controller since the output voltage to the motor
is reduced on startup.
Synchronous
Synchronous, brush-type motors differ from standard squirrel-cage motors in the construction of
the rotor. The rotor of a synchronous motor is comprised of two separate windings, a starting
winding and a DC magnetic field winding.
The starting winding is used to accelerate the motor to about 95% of synchronous speed. Once
there, the DC magnetic field winding is energized to pull the motor up to synchronous speed.
The SMC-Flex controller can be retrofitted to a synchronous controller by replacing the stator
contactor with the SMC-Flex controller and maintaining the DC field application package.
Altitude
De-rating
Because of the decreased efficiency of fans and heatsinks, it is necessary to de-rate the
SMC-Flex controller above 6,500 feet (approximately 2,000 meters). When using the controller
above 6,500 feet, use the next size device to guard against potential overtemperature trips.
Note:
The motor FLA Rating must remain in the range of the SMC-Flex Amp rating.
3-7

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Isolation
Contactor
When installed with branch circuit protection and an overcurrent device, SMC-Flex controllers
are compatible with the National Electric Code (NEC). When an isolation contactor is not used,
hazardous voltages are present at the load terminals of the power module even when the
controller is turned off. Warning labels must be attached to the motor terminal box, the
controller enclosure, and the control station to indicate this hazard.
The isolation contactor is used to provide automatic electrical isolation of the controller and
motor circuit when the controller is shut down. Shut down can occur in either of two ways:
either manually, by pressing the stop button, or automatically, by the presence of abnormal
conditions (such as a motor overload relay trip).
Under normal conditions the isolation contactor carries only the load current. During start, the
isolation contactor is energized before the SCRs are gated “on.” While stopping, the SCRs are
gated “off” before the isolation contactor is de-energized. The isolation contactor is not making
or breaking the load current.
Figure 3.6: Typical Connection Diagram with Isolation Contactor
3-Phase
Input Power
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
M
➀
Branch
Protection
➀
Isolation
Contactor
(IC) ➀
SMC-Flex
Controller
➀ Customer Supplied
3-8

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
SMC-Flex
Controller with
Bypass
Contactor (BC)
Controlled start and stop are provided by wiring the controller as shown in Figure 3.7. When the
motor is up to speed, the external bypass contactor is “pulled in” for run. The bypass mode must
have a separate overload as the SMC-Flex overload is not active in this configuration.
Figure 3.7: Typical Application Diagram of a Bypass Contactor
3-Phase
Input Power
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
M
➀
Branch
Protection
➀
SMC-Flex
Controller
➁
External BC ➀
➀ Customer Supplied
➁ Overload protection is included as a standard feature of the SMC-Flex controller.
Note:
Aux Contact #1 must be set to Bypass.
3-9

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
SMC-Flex
Controller with
Reversing
Contactor
By using the controller as shown in Figure 3.8, the motor accelerates under a controlled start
mode in either forward or reverse.
Note:
Minimum transition time for reversing is ½ second.
Phase Reversal must be OFF.
Figure 3.8: Typical Application with a Single-Speed Reversing Starter
3-Phase
Input Power
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
M
➀
Branch
Protection
➀
SMC-Flex
Controller
➁
Reversing Contactors
➀
➀ Customer Supplied
➁ Overload protection is included as a
standard feature of the SMC-Flex controller.
3-10

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
SMC-Flex
Controller as a
Bypass to an AC
Drive
By using the controller as shown in Figure 3.9, a soft start characteristic can be provided in the
event that an AC drive is non-operational.
Note:
A controlled acceleration can be achieved with this scheme, but speed control is not
available in the bypass mode.
Figure 3.9: Typical Application Diagram of a Bypass Contactor for an AC Drive
AF ➁
AF ➁
O.L. ➁
3-Phase
Input Power
VFD
M
➁
VFD Branch
Protection
➂
➀
➀
L1/1
L2/3
T1/2
T2/4
➀ Mechanical interlock required
➁ Customer supplied
IC
➁
L3/5
SMC-Flex
Controller
➂ Many VF drives are rated 150% FLA. Because the SMC-Flex controller can be used for 600% FLA starting,
separate branch circuit protection may be required.
➃ Overload protection is included as a standard feature of the SMC-Flex controller.
T3/6
➃
IC
➁
3-11

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
SMC-Flex
Controller with
a Bulletin 1410
Motor Winding
Heater
Figure 3.10: Typical Application Diagram of SMC-Flex Controller with a Bulletin 1410 Motor
Winding Heater
IC ➀
O.L.
➀
3-Phase
Input Power
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
M
➀
SMC-Flex Controller
➁
➀
HC
Bulletin 1410 MWH
➀
➀ Customer supplied.
➁ Overload protection is included as a
standard feature of the SMC-Flex controller.
3-12

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Motor Torque
Capabilities
with SMC-Flex
Controller
Options
SMB Smart Motor Braking
The stopping torque output of the SMC-Flex controller will vary depending on the braking
current setting and motor characteristics. Typically the maximum stopping torque will be
between 80…100% of the full load torque of the motor when set at 400% braking current.
Preset Slow Speed
Two torque characteristics of the Preset Slow Speed option must be considered. The first is the
starting torque. The second is the available running torque at low speed (see Figure 3.11).
These torque characteristics will also vary, depending on the speed selected. Refer to Table 3.A
for the approximate maximum available starting and running full load torque at maximum
current settings. On adjustment (Slow Speed Current) will control the starting and running
torque values.
Figure 3.11: Starting and Running Torque
100%
Motor
Speed
7- or- 15%
➀
➁
➀- Starting -torque
➁- Running- torque
Time- (seconds)
Table 3.A: Maximum Torque at Maximum Current Settings
Present Slow Speed
Maximum Starting Torque as a Percentage of
Full Load Torque
Maximum Running Torque as a Percentage of
Full Load Torque
7% 90…100% 110…120%
15% 50% 100%
3-13

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Accu-Stop
Two levels of braking torque are applied with the Accu-Stop option. There is the braking portion
that brakes to slow speed, and the slow speed braking/coast (see Figure 3.12). The level of
these braking currents are adjusted using one rotary digital switch. The maximum braking
torque available from braking to slow speed and from slow speed to stop is approximately
80…100% of full load torque of the motor. Using the slow speed starting portion of the Accu-
Stop option will result in the same starting and running torque characteristics as described in
the Preset Slow Speed option.
Figure 3.12: Accu-Stop Option
Notes
100%
Motor
Speed
Braking
(A)
Slow -Speed
Slow -Speed
Braking/Coast
(B)
Time- (seconds)
3-14

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Chapter 4
Description
Product Line Applications Matrix
Use this chapter to identify possible SMC-Flex controller applications. This chapter contains an
application matrix which will identify starting characteristics, as well as typical stopping
features that may be used in various applications.
Mining and Metals
Applications
Soft Start
Current
Limit
Kickstart
Soft Stop
Pump
Control
SMC-Flex = X
Accu-
Stop
Smart
Motor
Brake
Preset
Slow
Speed
Roller Mills X X X X
Hammermills X X X X
Roller Conveyors X X
Centrifugal Pumps X X X
Fans X X X
Tumbler X X X X X X
Rock Crusher X X
Dust Collector X X
Chillers X X
Compressor X X
Wire Draw
Machine
X X X
Belt Conveyors X X X X X X
Shredder X X
Grinder X X X X
Slow
Speed
with
Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Slicer X X X
Overload Conveyor X X X X X
4-1

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Food Processing
Applications
Soft Start
Current
Limit
Kickstart
Soft Stop
Pump
Control
Centrifugal Pumps X X X
Pallitizers X X
SMC-Flex = X
Accu-
Stop
Smart
Motor
Brake
Mixers X X X X
Agitators
X
Preset
Slow
Speed
Centrifuges X X X
Conveyors X X X X
Fans X X
Bottle Washers X X
Compressors X X
Hammermill X X
Separators X X
Dryers X X
Slicers X X X
Slow
Speed
with
Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Pulp and Paper
Applications
Soft Start
Current
Limit
Kickstart
Soft Stop
Pump
Control
SMC-Flex = X
Accu-
Stop
Smart
Motor
Brake
Compressors X X
Conveyors X X X X X X
Trolleys X X X X
Dryers X X
Agitators X X
Centrifugal Pumps X X X
Mixers X X
Fans X X
Re-Pulper X X X
Shredder X X
Preset
Slow
Speed
Slow
Speed
with
Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
4-2

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Petrochemical
Applications
Soft Start
Current
Limit
Kickstart
Soft Stop
Pump
Control
Centrifugal Pumps X X X
Extruders X X
SMC-Flex = X
Accu-
Stop
Smart
Motor
Brake
Preset
Slow
Speed
Screw Conveyors X X X
Mixers X X X
Agitators X X
Compressors X X
Fans X X
Ball Mills X X X X X
Centrifuge X X X X
Slow
Speed
with
Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Transportation and Machine Tool
Applications
Material Handling
Conveyors
Soft Start
Current
Limit
Kickstart
Soft Stop
Pump
Control
SMC-Flex = X
Accu-
Stop
Smart
Motor
Brake
Preset
Slow
Speed
X X X X X X
Ball Mills X X X X X X
Grinders X X X X
Centrifugal Pumps X X X
Trolleys X X X X
Presses X X X X
Fans X X
Palletizers X X X X X
Compressors X X
Roller Mill X X X X
Die Charger X X
Rotary Table X X X
Slow
Speed
with
Brake
Linear Speed
Acceleration
4-3

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
OEM Specialty Machine
Applications
Soft Start
Current
Limit
Kickstart
Lumber and Wood Products
Soft Stop
Pump
Control
SMC-Flex = X
Accu-
Stop
Smart
Motor
Brake
Preset
Slow
Speed
Centrifugal Pumps X X X
Washers X X X X X X
Conveyors X X X X X X X X
Power Walks X X X
Fans X X
Twisting/ Spinning
Machine
X X
Applications
Soft Start
Current
Limit
Kickstart
Soft Stop
Pump
Control
SMC-Flex = X
Accu-
Stop
Smart
Motor
Brake
Preset
Slow
Speed
Chipper X X X X
Circular Saw X X X X
Bandsaw X X X X X
Edger X X
Conveyors X X X X X X
Centrifugal Pumps X X X
Compressors X X
Fans X X
Planers X X
Sander X X X X X X
Debarker X X X X
Slow
Speed
with
Brake
Slow
Speed
with
Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Water/Wastewater Treatment and Municipalities
Applications
Soft Start
Current
Limit
Kickstart
Soft Stop
Pump
Control
SMC-Flex = X
Accu-
Stop
Smart
Motor
Brake
Preset
Slow
Speed
Centrifugal Pumps X X X
Centrifuge X X X X
Fans X X
Compressors X X
Slow
Speed
with
Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
4-4

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Chapter 5
Philosophy
Line Voltage
Conditions
Current and
Thermal Ratings
Mechanical
Shock and
Vibration
Noise and RF
Immunity
Design Philosophy
Allen-Bradley SMC controllers are designed to operate in today’s industrial environments. Our
controllers are manufactured to provide consistent and reliable operation. Rockwell Automation
has more than just an adequate solution to meet your needs; we have the right solution. With a
broad offering of power device products and application services, Rockwell Automation can
effectively address the productivity issues most important to you.
Voltage transients, disturbances, harmonics and noise exist in any industrial supply. A solidstate
controller must be able to withstand these noises and should not be an unnecessary
source of generating noise back into the line.
Ease of selection for the required line voltage is achieved with a design that provides operation
over a wide voltage range, at 50/60 Hz, within a given controller rating.
The controller can withstand 3000V surges at a rate of 100 bursts per second for 10 seconds
(IEEE Std. 472). Further, the controller can withstand the showering arc test of 350…1500V
(NEMA Std. ICS2-230) for higher resistance to malfunction in a noisy environment.
An optional MOV module is available to protect SCRs from voltage transients.
Solid-state controller ratings must ensure reliability under the wide range of current levels and
starting times needed in various applications.
SCR packaging keeps junction temperatures below 125°C (257°F) when running at full-rated
current to reduce thermal stress and provide longer, more reliable operation.
The thermal capacity of the SMC-Flex controllers meet NEMA standards MG-1 and IEC34 (S1).
Solid-state controllers must withstand the shock and vibration generated by the machinery that
they control.
SMC-Flex controllers meet the same shock and vibration specifications as electromechanical
starters. They can withstand a 5 G shock for 11 ms in any plane and one hour of vibration of 1.0
G without malfunction.
This product meets Class A requirements for EMC emission levels.
5-1

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Altitude
Pollution
Setup
Altitudes up to 2000 meters (6560 ft) are permitted without de-rating. The products’ allowable
ambient temperature must be de-rated for altitudes in excess of 2000 meters (6560 ft). The
allowable ambient temperature must be de-rated by –3°C (27°F) per 1000 meters (3280 ft), up
to a maximum of 7000 meters (23000 ft). Current ratings of the devices do not change for
altitudes that require a lower maximum ambient temperature.
This product is intended for a Pollution Degree 2 environment.
Simple, easily understood settings provide identifiable, consistent results.
For ease of installation, the controllers include compact design and feed-through wiring.
SMC-Flex controllers are global products rated at 50/60 Hz. All parameter adjustments are
programmed into the controller through the built-in keypad. A full line of enclosures is available.
5-2

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Chapter 6
Introduction to
Reduced
Voltage Starting
Reduced Voltage Starting
There are two primary reasons for using reduced voltage when starting a motor:
Limit line disturbances
Reduce excessive torque to the driven equipment
The reasons for avoiding these problems will not be described. However, different methods of
reduced voltage starting of motors will be explored.
When starting a motor at full voltage, the current drawn from the power line is typically 600%
of normal full load current. This high current flows until the motor is almost up to speed and
then decreases, as shown in Figure 6.1. This could cause line voltage dips and brown-outs.
Figure 6.1: Full-Load Current vs. Speed
600
500
%
Full
Load
Current
400
300
200
100
0 % Speed 100
In addition to high starting currents, the motor also produces starting torques that are higher
than full-load torque. The magnitude of the starting torque depends on the motor design. NEMA
publishes standards for torques and currents for motor manufacturers to follow. Typically, a
NEMA Design B motor will have a locked rotor or starting torque in the area of 180% of fullload
torque.
In many applications, this starting torque can cause excessive mechanical damage such as belt,
chain, or coupling breakage.
6-1

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Reduced
Voltage
Figure 6.2:Bulletin 570 Autotransformer
The most widely used method of electromechanical
reduced voltage starting is the autotransformer. Wye-
Delta (Y-D), also referred to as Star-Delta, is the next
most popular method.
All forms of reduced voltage starting affect the motor
current and torque characteristics. When a reduced
voltage is applied to a motor at rest, the current drawn
by the motor is reduced. In addition, the torque
produced by the motor is a factor of approximately the
square of the percentage of voltage applied.
For example, if 50% voltage is applied to the motor, a
starting torque of approximately 25% of the normal starting torque would be produced. In the
previous full voltage example, the NEMA Design B motor had a starting torque of 180% of full
load torque. With only 50% voltage applied, this would equate to approximately 45% of full
load torque. Table 6.A shows the typical relationship of voltage, current, and torque for a NEMA
Design B motor.
Table 6.A: Typical Voltage, Current and Torque Characteristics for NEMA Design B Motors
Starting Method
% Voltage at Motor
Terminals
Motor Starting Current as a % of: Line Current as a % of: Motor Starting Torque as a % of:
Locked Rotor
Locked Rotor
Locked Rotor
Full Load Current
Full Load Current
Full Load Torque
Current
Current
Torque
Full Voltage 100 100 600 100 600 100 180
Autotrans.
80% tap 80 80 480 64 384 64 115
65% tap 65 65 390 42 252 42 76
50% tap 50 50 300 25 150 25 45
Part Winding 100 65 390 65 390 50 90
Wye-Delta 100 33 198 33 198 33 60
Solid-state 0…100 0…100 0…100 0…100 0…100 0…100 0…100
With the wide range of torque characteristics for the various starting methods, selecting an
electromechanical reduced voltage starter becomes more application dependent. In many
instances, available torque becomes the factor in the selection processes.
Limiting line current has been a prime reason in the past for using electromechanical reduced
voltage starting. Utility current restrictions, as well as in-plant bus capacity, may require motors
above a certain horsepower to be started with reduced voltage. Some countries require that any
motor above 7½ Hp be started with reduced voltage.
Using reduced voltage motor starting also enables torque control. High inertia loads are a good
example of an application in which electromechanical reduced voltage starting has been used
to control the acceleration of the motor and load.
Electromechanical reduced voltage starters must make a transition from reduced voltage to full
voltage at some point in the starting cycle. At this point, there is normally a line current surge.
The amount of surge depends upon the type of transition being used and the speed of the motor
at the transition point.
6-2

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
There are two methods of transition: Open Circuit Transition and Closed Circuit Transition. Open
circuit transition means that the motor is actually disconnected from the line for a brief period
of time when the transition takes place. With closed transition, the motor remains connected to
the line during transition. Open circuit transition will produce a higher surge of current because
the motor is momentarily disconnected from the line. Examples of open and closed circuit
transition currents are shown in Figure 6.3 and Figure 6.4.
Figure 6.3: Open Circuit Transition
Figure 6.4: Closed Circuit Transition
%
Full
Load
Current
600
500
400
300
200
%
Full
Load
Current
600
500
400
300
200
100
100
0 % Speed 100
0 % Speed 100
The motor speed can determine the amount of current surge that occurs at transition. Transfer
from reduced voltage to full voltage should occur at as close to full speed as possible. This also
minimizes the amount of surge on the line.
Figure 6.5 and Figure 6.6 illustrate transition at low motor speed and near full speed. The
transition at low speed shows the current surge as transition occurs at 550%, which is greater
than the starting current of 400%. The transition near full speed shows that the current surge is
300%, which is below the starting current.
Figure 6.5: Transition at Low Speed
Figure 6.6: Transition near Full Speed
600
600
%
Full
Load
Current
500
400
300
200
%
Full
Load
Current
500
400
300
200
100
100
0 % Speed 100
0 % Speed 100
6-3

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
SMC- Flex
Solid-State
The main function of solid-state controllers is their ability to provide a soft start or stepless
reduced voltage start of AC motors. The same principles of current and torque apply to both
electromechanical reduced voltage starters and solid-state controllers. Many solid-state
controllers offer the choice of four starting modes: soft start, current limit start, dual ramp start,
or full voltage start in the same device.
Figure 6.7: SMC-Flex Solid-State Controllers
5…85 A 108…251 A 317…480 A
In addition to selecting the starting modes, the solid-state controller allows adjustment of the
time for the soft start ramp, or the current limit maximum value, which enables selection of the
starting characteristic to meet the application. The most widely used version is the soft start.
This method provides a smooth start for most applications.
The major advantages of solid-state controllers are the elimination of the current transition
point and the capability of adjusting the time to reach full voltage. The result is no large current
surge when the solid-state controller is set up and correctly matched to the load, as illustrated
in Figure 6.8.
6-4

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 6.8: Soft Start
Percent
Voltage
Kickstart
100%
Initial
Torque
Start
Run
Time (seconds)
Current limit starting can be used in situations in which power line limitations or restrictions
require a specific current load. Figure 6.9 shows a 450% current limit curve. Other values may
be selected, such as 200%, 300%, or 400%, depending on the particular application. Current
limit starting is also used in applications where higher starting torque is required compared to a
soft start, which typically starts at less than 300% current. Current limit starting is typically
used on low inertia loads, such as compressors.
Figure 6.9: Current Limit Start
600
%
Full
Load
Current
450
100
0 % Speed 100
Other features available with solid-state controllers include additional protection to the motor
and controller, and diagnostics to aid in setup and troubleshooting. Protection typically provided
includes shorted SCR, phase loss, open load lead, SCR overtemperature, and stalled motor.
Appropriate fault messages are displayed to aid in troubleshooting when one of these faults
trip out the solid-state reduced voltage controller.
6-5

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Notes
6-6

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Chapter 7
Solid-State Starters Using SCRs
In solid-state starters, silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs) (see Figure 7.1) are used to control the
voltage output to the motor. An SCR allows current to flow in one direction only. The amount of
conduction of an SCR is controlled by the pulses received at the gate of the SCR. When two
SCRs are connected back to back (see Figure 7.2), the AC power to a load can be controlled by
changing the firing angle of the line voltage (see Figure 7.3) during each half cycle. By changing
the angle, it is possible to increase or decrease the voltage and current to the motor. The
SMC-Flex controller incorporates a microprocessor to control the firing of the SCRs. Six SCRs
are used in the power section to provide full cycle control of the voltage and current. The
voltage and current can be slowly and steplessly increased to the motor.
Figure 7.1: Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR)
SCR
Figure 7.2: Typical Wiring Diagram for SCRs
Power- Input
3-Phase
L1
T1
L2
T2
Motor
L3
T3
SMC-Flex-Controller
Power -Section
7-1

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 7.3: Different Firing Angles (Single-Phase Simplification)
Supply
Voltage
Firing for
Approx.
50% RMS
Voltage
Firing for
25% RMS
Voltage
Firing for
100% RMS
Voltage
7-2

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Chapter 8
Reference
Certain mechanical parameters must be taken into consideration when applying motor
controllers. The following section explains these parameters and how to calculate or measure
them.
Motor Output
Speed/Torque/
Horsepower
The speed at which an induction motor operates depends on the input power frequency and the
number of poles for which the motor is wound. The higher the frequency, the faster the motor
runs. The more poles the motor has, the slower it runs. To determine the synchronous speed of
an induction motor, use the following equation:
Synchronous Speed =
60 x 2 x Frequency
Number of Poles
Actual full-load speed (the speed at which the motor will operate at nameplate rated load) will
be less than synchronous speed. This difference between synchronous speed and full-load
speed is called slip. Percent slip is defined as follows:
Percent Slip = Synchronous Speed - Full Load Speed x 100
Synchronous Speed
Induction motors are built with slip ranging from less than 5% to as much as 20%. A motor with
a slip of less than 5% is called a normal slip motor. Motors with a slip of 5% or more are used
for applications requiring high starting torque.
8-1

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Torque and
Horsepower
Torque and horsepower, two important motor characteristics, determine the size of the motor
required for a given application. The difference between the two can be explained using a
simple illustration of a shaft and wrench.
One Foot
One Pound
Figure 8.1:Shaft and Wrench
Torque is merely a turning effort. In the previous
illustration, it takes one pound at the end of the
one-foot wrench to turn the shaft at a steady
rate. Therefore, the torque required is one
pound × one foot, or one foot-lb. If the wrench
were turned twice as fast, the torque required
would remain the same, provided it is turned at
a steady rate. Horsepower, on the other hand,
takes into account how fast the shaft is turned.
Turning the shaft rapidly requires more
horsepower than turning it slowly. Thus,
horsepower is a measure of the rate at which
work is done. By definition, the relationship
between torque and horsepower is as follows:
1 Horsepower = 33,000 ft.-lb./minute
In the above example, the one pound of force moves a distance of:
2 ft. x π x 1 lb. = 6.28 ft.-lb.
To produce one horsepower, the shaft would have to be turned at rate of:
1 Hp x 33,000 ft-lb./minute
6.28 ft-lb./revolution
= 5250 RPM
For this relationship, an equation can be derived for determining horsepower output from speed
and torque.
Hp =
RPM x Torque X 2
RPM x Torque
or
30,000 5250
For this relationship, full-load torque is:
Full-Load Torque in ft.-lb. =
Hp x 5250
Full-Load RPM
8-2

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 8.2 illustrates a typical speed-torque curve for a NEMA Design B induction motor. An
understanding of several points on this curve will aid in properly applying motors.
Figure 8.2: Speed-Torque Curve
Breakdown Torque - BT
Synchronous Speed
Locked Rotor Torque - LRT
%
of
Full
Load
Torque
Pull Up Torque - PUT
Slip
Full Load Torque - FLT
Full Speed
Full-load Torque (FLT)
The full-load torque of a motor is the torque necessary to produce its rated horsepower at fullload
speed. In foot-lbs, it is equal to the rated horsepower, multiplied by 5250, divided by the
full-load speed in RPM.
Locked-Rotor Torque (LRT)
Locked-rotor torque is the torque which the motor will develop at rest for all angular positions
of the rotor, with rated voltage at rated frequency applied. It is sometimes known as “starting
torque” and is usually measured as a percentage of full-load torque.
Pull-Up Torque (PUT)
Pull-up torque of an induction motor is the minimum torque developed during the period of
acceleration from locked rotor to the speed at which breakdown torque occurs. For motors that
do not have definite breakdown torque (such as NEMA Design D), pull-up torque is the
minimum torque developed, up to rated full-load speed, and is usually expressed as a
percentage of full-load torque.
Breakdown Torque (BT)
The breakdown torque of an induction motor is the maximum torque the motor will develop with
rated voltage applied, at rated frequency, without an abrupt drop in speed. Breakdown torque is
usually expressed as a percentage of full-load torque.
8-3

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
In addition to the relationship between speed and torque, the relationship of current draw to
these two values is an important application consideration. The speed/torque curve is repeated
below, with the current curve added, to demonstrate a typical relationship.
Figure 8.3: Speed-Torque Curve with Current Curve
Locked Rotor
Current
Breakdown Torque - BT
Synchronous Speed
Locked Rotor
Torque - LRT
Slip
%
of
Full
Load
Torque
Pull Up Torque - PUT
Full-load Torque - FLT
Full Speed
Full-load Current
Two important points on this current curve require explanation.
Full-load Current
The full-load current of an induction motor is the steady-state current taken from the power line
when the motor is operating at full-load torque with rated voltage and rated frequency applied.
Locked-rotor Current
Locked-rotor current is the steady state current of a motor with the rotor locked and with rated
voltage applied at rated frequency. NEMA has designed a set of code letters to define lockedrotor:
Kilovolt-amperes-per-horsepower (kVA/Hp). This code letter appears on the nameplate of
all AC squirrel-cage induction motors.
kVA per Hp is calculated as follows:
For three-phase motors:
kVA/Hp =
1.73 x Current (in Amperes) x Volts
1000 x Hp
8-4

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
For single phase motors:
kVA/Hp =
Current (in Amperes) x Volts
1000 x Hp
Letter Designation
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
kVA per Hp
0…3.15
3.15…3.55
3.55…4.0
4.0…4.5
4.5…5.0
5.0…5.6
5.6…6.3
6.3…7.1
7.1…8.0
8.0…9.0
9.0…10.0
10.0…11.2
11.2…12.5
12.5…14.0
14.0…16.0
16.0…18.0
18.0…20.0
20.0…22.4
22.4 and up
By manipulating the preceding equation for kVA/Hp for three-phase motors, the following
equation can be used for calculating locked-rotor current:
LRA =
1000 x Hp x KVA/Hp
1.73 x Volts
This equation can then be used to determine the approximate starting current of any particular
motor. For instance, the approximate starting current for 7½ Hp, 230V motor with a locked-rotor
kVA code letter of G would be:
LRA =
1000 x 7.5 x 6.0 = 113 A
1.73 x 230
Operating a motor in a locked-rotor condition for an extended period of time will result in
insulation failure because of the excessive heat generated in the stator. The following graph
illustrates the maximum time a motor may be operated at locked-rotor without incurring
damage caused by heating. This graph assumes a NEMA Design B motor with Class B
temperature rise.
8-5

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Figure 8.4: Motor Safe Time vs. Line Current — Standard Induction Motors
From Operating
Temperature
8
From Ambient
6
Motor
Line
Amps
Per
Unit
4
Motor Stalled
1.15 Serv. Factor
Motor
2
1
0
1.0 Serv. Factor
Motor
Motor Running
10 15 20 1000 2000 7000
Time in Seconds
Motor protection, either inherent or in the motor control, should be selected to limit the stall
time of the motor.
8-6

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Motor Output for NEMA Design Designations Polyphase 1…500 Hp
NEMA has designated several specific types of motors, each having unique speed/torque
relationships. These designs, along with some typical applications for each type, are described
below. Following these descriptions are summaries of performance characteristics.
Figure 8.5: Typical NEMA Design A Speed/Torque Curve
• Starting Current: High
• Starting Torque: High
• Breakdown Torque: High
• Full-load Slip: Low
Torque
Applications: Fans, blowers, pumps, machine tools, or other
applications with high starting torque requirements and an
essentially constant load.
Speed
Figure 8.6: Typical NEMA Design B Speed/Torque Curve
• Starting Current: Normal
• Starting Torque: Normal
• Breakdown Torque: Normal
• Full-load Slip: Normal
Torque
Applications: Fans, blowers, pumps, machine tools, or other
applications with normal starting torque requirements and an
essentially constant load.
Speed
8-7

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
• Starting Current: Low
• Starting Torque: High
• Breakdown Torque: Low
• Full-load Slip: Low
Torque
Applications: The higher starting torque of NEMA Design C
motors makes them advantageous for use on hard-to-start
loads such as plunger pumps, conveyors, and compressors.
Speed
• Starting Current: Normal
• Starting Torque: High
• Breakdown Torque: None
• Full-load Slip: High (5…13%)
Torque
Applications: The combination of high starting torque and high
slip make NEMA Design D motors ideal for use on very high
inertia loads and/or in applications where a considerable
variation in load exists. These motors are commonly used on
punch presses, shears, cranes, hoists, and elevators.
Speed
Table 8.A: Motor Output - Comparison of NEMA Polyphase Designs
NEMA
Design
Starting
Torque
Locked
Rotor
Torque
Breakdown
Torque
% Slip Applications
A High High High < 5% Broad applications including fans, blowers, pumps, and machine tools.
B Normal Normal Normal < 5%
C Low High Low Low
Normal starting torque for fans, blowers, rotary pumps, unloaded
compressors, conveyors, metal cutting, machine tools, miscellaneous
machinery.
High inertia starts such as large centrifugal blowers, fly wheels and
crusher drums. Loaded starts such as piston pumps, compressors and
conveyors.
D Normal High None
High
Very high inertia and loaded starts. Choice of slip range to match
application.
5–8% Punch press, sheers and forming machine tools.
8–13% Cranes, hoists, elevators and oil well pumping jacks.
8-8

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Calculating Torque (Acceleration Torque Required for Rotating
Motion)
Some machines must be accelerated to a given speed in a certain period of time. The torque
rating of the drive may have to be increased to accomplish this objective. The following
equation may be used to calculate the average torque required to accelerate a known inertia
(WK2). This torque must be added to all the other torque requirements of the machine when
determining the drive and motor’s required peak torque output.
T =
WK 2 x (ΔN)
308 x t
Where:
T = Acceleration Torque (ft.-lb.)
WK 2 = total system inertia (ft.-lb. 2 ) that the motor must accelerate. This value includes
motor armature, reducer, and load.
ΔN = Change in speed required (RPM)
t = time to accelerate total system load (seconds).
Note: The number substituted for (WK 2 ) in this equation must be in units of ft.-lb. 2 . Consult
the conversion tables for the proper conversion factor.
The same formula can be used to determine the minimum acceleration time of a given drive, or
it can be used to establish whether a drive can accomplish the desired change in speed within
the required time period.
Transposed formula:
T =
WK 2 x (ΔN)
308 x t
General Rule — If the running torque is greater than the accelerating torque, use the running
torque as the full-load torque required to determine the motor horsepower.
Note:
The following equations for calculating horsepower are meant to be used for
estimating purposes only. These equations do not include any allowance for machine
friction, winding or other factors that must be considered when selecting a device for a
machine application. After the machine torque is determined, the required horsepower
is calculated using the formula:
Hp =
T x N
5250
Where:
Hp = Horsepower

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
T = Torque (ft.-lb.)
N = Speed of motor at rated load (RPM)
If the calculated horsepower falls between standard available motor ratings, select the higher
available horsepower rating. It is good practice to allow some margin when selecting the motor
horsepower.
Inertia
Inertia is a measure of the body’s resistance to changes in velocity, whether the body is at rest
or moving at a constant velocity. The velocity can be either linear or rotational.
The moment of inertia (WK 2 ) is the product of the weight (W) of an object and the square of the
radius of gyration (K 2 ). The radius of gyration is a measure of how the mass of the object is
distributed about the axis of rotation. Because of this distribution of mass, a small diameter
cylindrical part has a much lower inertia than a large diameter part.
WK 2 or WR 2
Where:
WR 2 refers to the inertia of a rotating member that was calculated by assuming the weight
of the object was concentrated around its rim at a distance R (radius) from the center
(e.g., flywheel).
WK 2 refers to the inertia of a rotating member that was calculated by assuming the weight of
the object was concentrated at some smaller radius, K (termed the radius of gyration). To
determine the WK 2 of a part, the weight is normally required (e.g., cylinder, pulley, gear).
Torque Formulas
T =
Hp x 5250
N
Where:
Hp = Horsepower
T = Torque (ft.-lb.)
N = Speed of motor at rated load (RPM)
T =
F x R
Where:
T = Torque (ft.-lb.)
F = Force (lb.)
R = Radius (ft.)
8-10

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
T (Accelerating) =
WK 2 x (ΔRPM)
308 x t
Where:
T = Torque (ft.-lb.)
WK 2 = Inertia reflected to the motor shaft (ft.-lb. 2 )
ΔRPM = Change in speed
t = Time to accelerate (s.)
Note: To change in-lb-sec. 2 to ft.-lb. 2 , multiply by 2.68.
To change ft.-lb. 2 to in-lb-sec. 2 , divide by 2.68.
AC Motor Formulas
Synchronous Speed =
Frequency x 120
Number of Poles
Where:
Synchronous Speed = Synchronous Speed (RPM)
Frequency = Frequency (Hz)
Percent Slip = Synchronous Speed - Full-Load Speed x 100
Synchronous Speed
Where:
Where:
Full-Load Speed = Full Load Speed (RPM)
Synchronous Speed = Synchronous Speed (RPM)
Reflected WK 2 = WK2 of Load
(Reduction Rate) 2
WK 2 = Inertia (ft.-lb. 2 )
8-11

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Torque Characteristics on Common Applications
This chart offers a quick guideline on the torque required to breakaway, start and run many
common applications.
Table 8.B: Torque Characteristics on Common Applications
Application
Load Torque as Percent of Full Load Drive Torque
Breakaway Accelerating Peak Running
Agitators:
Liquid 100 100 100
Slurry 150 100 100
Blowers, centrifugal:
Valve closed 30 50 40
Valve open 40 110 100
Blowers, positive-displacement, rotary, bypassed 40 40 100
Card machines, textile 100 110 100
Centrifuges (extractors) 40 60 125
Chippers, wood, starting empty 50 40 200
Compressors, axial-vane, loaded 40 100 100
Compressors, reciprocating, start unloaded 100 50 100
Conveyors, belt (loaded) 150 130 100
Conveyors, drag (or apron) 175 150 100
Conveyors, screw (loaded) 175 100 100
Conveyors, shaker-type (vibrating) 150 150 75
Draw presses (flywheel) 50 50 200
Drill presses 25 50 150
Escalators, stairways (starting unloaded) 50 75 100
Fans, centrifugal, ambient:
Valve closed 25 60 50
Valve open 25 110 100
Fans, centrifugal, hot:
Valve closed 25 60 100
Valve open 25 200 175
Fans, propeller, axial-flow 40 110 100
Feeders, (belt) loaded 100 120 100
Feeders, distributing, oscillating drive 150 150 100
Feeders, screw, compacting rolls 150 100 100
Feeders, screw, filter-cake 150 100 100
Feeders, screw, dry 175 100 100
Feeders, vibrating, motor-driven 150 150 100
Frames, spinning, textile 50 125 100
Grinders, metal 25 50 100
Ironers, laundry (mangles) 50 50 125
Jointers, woodworking 50 125 125
Machines, bottling 150 50 100
Machines, buffing, automatic 50 75 100
Machines, cinder-block, vibrating 150 150 70
Machines, keyseating 25 50 100
Machines, polishing 50 75 100
8-12

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Application
Load Torque as Percent of Full Load Drive Torque
Breakaway Accelerating Peak Running
Mills, flour, grinding 50 750 100
Mills, saw, band 50 75 200
Mixers, chemical 175 75 100
Mixers, concrete 40 50 100
Mixers, dough 175 125 100
Mixers, liquid 100 100 100
Mixers, sand, centrifugal 50 100 100
Mixers, sand, screw 175 100 100
Mixers, slurry 150 125 100
Mixers, solids 175 125 175
Planers, woodworking 50 125 150
Presses, pellet (flywheel) 150 75 150
Presses, punch (flywheel) 150 75 100
Pumps, adjustable-blade, vertical 50 40 125
Pumps, centrifugal, discharge open 40 100 100
Pumps, oil-field, flywheel 150 200 200
Pumps, oil, lubricating 40 150 150
Pumps, oil fuel 40 150 150
Pumps, propeller 40 100 100
Pumps, reciprocating, positive displacement 175 30 175
Pumps, screw-type, primed, discharge open 150 100 100
Pumps, Slurry-handling, discharge open 150 100 100
Pumps, turbine, centrifugal, deep-well 50 100 100
Pumps, vacuum (paper mill service) 60 100 150
Pumps, vacuum (other applications) 40 60 100
Pumps, vane-type, positive displacement 150 150 175
Rolls, crushing (sugar cane) 30 50 100
Rolls, flaking 30 50 100
Sanders, woodworking, disk or belt 30 50 100
Saws, band, metalworking 30 50 100
Saws, circular, metal, cut-off 25 50 150
Saws, circular, wood, production 50 30 150
Saws, edger (see edgers)
Saws, gang 60 30 150
Screens, centrifugal (centrifuges) 40 60 125
Screens, vibrating 50 150 70
Separators, air (fan-type) 40 100 100
Shears, flywheel-type 50 50 120
Textile machinery 150 100 90
Walkways, mechanized 50 50 100
Washers, laundry 25 75 100
8-13

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Electrical Formulas
Ohm’s Law:
I
E
= -- R
R
E
= - E = I×
R
I
Where:
I = Current (Amperes)
E = EMF or Voltage (Volts)
R = Resistance (Ohms)
Power in DC Circuits:
P = I×
E HP
=
I×
E
---------
746
kW
I×
E
= ----------- kWH
1,000
=
I × E × Hour
-------------------------
1,000
Where:
P = Power (Watts)
I = Current (Amperes)
E = EMF or Voltage (Volts)
kW = Kilowatts
kWH = Kilowatt-Hours
I E
kVA (1-phase) = -----------
×
kVA (3-phase)
1,000
Where:
kVA = Kilovolt-Amperes
I = Current (Amperes)
E = EMF or Voltage (Volts)
I× E × PF
kW (1-phase) = --------------------
1,000
=
I× E×
1.73
------------------------
1,000
kW (2-phase)
=
I× E × PF × 1.42
------------------------------------
1,000
kW (3-phase) =
I× E × PF × 1.73
------------------------------------
1,000
8-14

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
PF
W
= --------- =
V×
I
kW
------
kVA
Where:
kW = Kilowatts
I = Current (Amperes)
E = EMF or Voltage (Volts)
PF = Power Factor
W = Watts
V = Volts
kVA = Kilovolt-Amperes
Calculating Motor Amperes
Motor Amperes
Motor Amperes
=
=
HP × 746
-------------------------------------------
E × 1.732 × Eff × PF
kVA × 1,000
-------------------------
1.73 × E
Motor Amperes =
kW × 1,000
----------------------------
1.73 × E × PF
Where:
HP = Horsepower
E = EMF or Voltage (Volts)
Eff = Efficiency of Motor (%/100)
kVA = Kilovolt-Amperes
kW = Kilowatts
PF= Power Factor
8-15

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Other Formulas
Calculating Accelerating Force for Linear Motion:
F (Acceleration)
=
W × ΔV
------------------
1,933 × t
Where:
F = Force (lb.)
W = Weight (lb.)
ΔV = Change in Velocity (FPM)
t = Time to accelerate weight (seconds)
LRA
=
Start kVA
HP × ⎛-----------------
⎞ 1,000
⎝ HP ⎠
×
-----------------------------------------------------
E × 1.73
Where:
LRA = Locked Rotor Amperes
HP = Horsepower
kVA = Kilovolt-Amperes
E = EMF or Voltage (Volts)
60 Hz LRA
LRA @ Freq. X
=
--------------------
60
-------------
Freq. X
Where:
60 Hz LRA = Locked Rotor Amperes
Freq. X = Desired frequency (Hz)
8-16

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Notes
8-17

Bulletin 150 SMC Flex
Notes
8-18

Publication 150-AT002B-EN-P — June 2004
Supersedes Publication 150-AT002A-EN-P — January 2003
© 2004 Rockwell Automation. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA

Drives Support > Drive Maintenance
http://www.ab.com/support/abdrives/maintain.html
Page 1 of 5
2/9/2007
Search »
[+ Worldwide]
Sign In, Become a Member, Why Join?
About Us
News & Events
Products
Services & Support
Industries & Solutions
DRIVES SERVICE & SUPPORT
> Drive Maintenance
Drives Service & Support
Drives Support Home
Drives Products Home
AC Drives
DC Drives
Communications
Peripherals
Support Options
Get Literature
Contact Drives Support
General Resources
A to Z Product Directory
Configuration and
Selection Tools
Knowledgebase
Events Listing
Locate Us
Newsletters / Magazines
Product Certification
Product Cross Reference
Publications Library
MAINTENANCE OF INDUSTRIAL CONTROL EQUIPMENT
ATTENTION: Servicing energized Industrial Control Equipment can be hazardous. Severe injury or
death can result from electrical shock, bump, or unintended actuation of controlled equipment.
Recommended practice is to disconnect and lockout control equipment from power sources, and
release stored energy, if present. Refer to National Fire Protection Association Standard No.
NFPA70E, Part II and (as applicable) OSHA rules for Control of Hazardous Energy Sources
(Lockout/Tagout) and OSHA Electrical Safety Related Work Practices for safety related work
practices, including procedural requirements for lockout-tagout, and appropriate work practices,
personnel qualifications and training requirements where it is not feasible to de-energize and
lockout or tagout eectric circuits and equipment before working on or near exposed circuit parts.
Sections:
Periodic Inspection
Contamination
Cooling Devices
Hazardous Location Enclosures
Operating Mechanisms
Contacts
Vacuum Contactors
Terminals
Arc Hoods
Coils
Batteries
Pilot Llights
Solid State Devices
High Voltage Testing
Locking and Interlocking Devices
Maintenance after a fault condition
Periodic Inspection - Industrial control equipment should be inspected
periodically. Inspection intervals should be based on environmental and operating
conditions and adjusted as indicated by experience. An initial inspection within 3
to 4 months after installation is suggested. See National Electrical Manufacturers
Association NEMA) Standard No. ICS 1.3, Preventive Maintenance of Industrial
Control and Systems Equipment, for general guidelines for setting-up a periodic
maintenance program. Some specific guidelines for Allen-Bradley products are
listed below.
Contamination - If Inspection reveals that dust, dirt, moisture or other
contamination has reached the control equipment, the cause must be eliminated.

Drives Support > Drive Maintenance
http://www.ab.com/support/abdrives/maintain.html
Page 2 of 5
2/9/2007
This could indicate an incorrectly selected or ineffective enclosure, unsealed
enclosure openings (conduit or other) or incorrect operating procedures. Replace
any improperly selected enclosure with one that is suitable for the environmental
conditions - refer to NEMA Standard No. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Epuipment
for enclosure type descriptions and test criteria. Replace any damaged or
embrittled elastomer seals and repair or replace any other damaged or
malfunctioning parts (e.g., hinges, fasteners, etc.). Dirty, wet or contaminated
control devices must be replaced unless they can be cleaned effectively by
vacuuming or wiping. Compressed air is not recommended for cleaning because it
may displace dirt, dust, or debris into other parts or equipment, or damage
delicate parts.
Cooling Devices - Inspect blowers and fans used for forced air cooling. Replace any
that have bent, chipped, or missing blades, or if the shaft does not turn freely.
Apply power momentarily to check operation. If unit does not operate, check and
replace wiring, fuse, or blower or fan motor as appropriate. Clean or change air
fitters as recommended in the product manual. Also, clean fins of heat exchangers
so convection cooling is not impaired.
Hazardous Location Enclosures - ATTENTION: Explosion hazard. Always disconnect
power before opening enclosures in hazardous locations. Close and secure such
enclosures before reapplying power.
NEMA Types 7 and 9 enclosures require careful handling so machined flanges do not
get damaged. For removable covers, remove the cover and set aside with
machined surface up. For hinged covers, open the cover fully and restrain in the
full open position H necessary. Clean and examine the flanges on both the body
and cover before reassembly. If there are scratches, nicks, grooves or rust on the
mating surfaces, replace the body or cover as necessary. Examine all bolts and
replace any that have damaged threads. Also check mating threads for damage and
replace enclosure it necessary. Covers and bodies of some enclosures are
manufactured as matched sets (not interchangeable). The manufacturer should be
consulted before replacing a cover or body unless it is specified by the
manufacturer as interchangeable.
Operating Mechanisms - Check for proper functioning and freedom from sticking
or binding. Replace any broken, deformed or badly wont parts or assemblies
according to individual product renewal parts lists. Check for and retighten
securely any loose fasteners. Lubricate if specified in individual product
instructions. Note: Allen-Bradley magnetic starters, contactors and relays are
designed to operate without lubrication-do not lubricate these devices because oil
or grease on the pole faces (mating surfaces) of the operating magnet may cause
the device to stick in the "ON" mode. Sane parts of other devices are factory
lubricated-if lubrication during use or maintenance of these devices is needed, it
will be specified in their individual instructions. if in doubt, consult your nearest
Allen-Bradley Sales Office for information.

Drives Support > Drive Maintenance
http://www.ab.com/support/abdrives/maintain.html
Page 3 of 5
2/9/2007
Contacts - Check contacts for excessive wear and dirt accumulations. Vacuum or
wipe contacts with a soft cloth ?f necessary to remove dirt. Contacts are not
harmed by discoloration and slight pitting. Contacts should never be flied, as
dressing only shortens contact life. Contact spray cleaners should not be used as
their residues on magnet pole faces or in operating mechanisms may cause
sticking, and on contacts can interfere with electrical continuity. Contacts should
only be replaced otter silver has become badly wont. Always replace contacts in
complete sets to avoid misalignment and uneven contact pressure.
Vacuum Contactors - Contacts of vacuum contactors are not visible, so contact
wear must be checked indirectly. Vacuum bottles should be replaced when:
1. The estimated number of operations equals one million, or
2. The contact life line indicator shows need for replacement, or
3. The vacuum bottle integrity tests show need for replacement. Replace all
vacuum bottles in the contactor at the same time to avoid misalignment and
uneven contact wear. If the vacuum battles do not require replacement, check and
adjust overtravel to the value listed on the maintenance instructions.
Terminals - Loose connections in power circuits can cause overheating that can
lead to equipment malfunction or failure. Loose connections in control circuits can
cause control malfunctions. Loose bonding or grounding connections can Increase
hazards of electrical shock and contribute to electromagnetic interference (EMI).
Check the tightness of all terminals and bus bar connections and tighten securely
any loose connections. Replace any parts or wiring damaged by overheating, and
any broken wires or bonding straps.
Arc Hood - Check for cracks, breaks, or deep erosion. Arc hoods and arc chutes
should be replaced if damaged or deeply eroded.
Coils - If a cog exhibits evidence of overheating (cracked, melted or burned
insulation), it must be replaced. In that event, check for and correct overvoltage
or undervoltage conditions, which can cause coil failure. Be sure to dean any
residues of melted coil insulation from other parts of the device or replace such
parts.
Batteries - Replace batteries periodically as specified in product manual or if a
battery shows signs of electrolyte leakage. Use tools to handle batteries that have
leaked electrolyte; most electrolytes are corrosive and can cause burns. Dispose of
the old battery in accordance with instructions supplied with the new battery or as
specified In the manual for the product.
Pilot Lights - Replace any burned out lamps or damaged lenses. Photoelectric
Switches-The lenses of photoelectric switches require periodic cleaning with a soft
dry cloth. Reflective devices used in conjunction with photoelectric switches also
require periodic cleaning. Do not use solvents or cleaning agents on the lenses or
reflectors. Replace any damaged lenses and reflectors.

Drives Support > Drive Maintenance
http://www.ab.com/support/abdrives/maintain.html
Page 4 of 5
2/9/2007
Solid State Devices
-ATTENTION: Use of other than factory recommended test equipment for solid state controls may result in
damage to the control or test equipment or unintended actuation of the controlled equipment. Refer to
paragraph titled HIGH VOLTAGE TESTING.
Solid state devices require little more than a periodic visual inspection. Discolored,
charred or burned components may indicate the need to replace the component or
circuit board. Necessary replacements should be made only at the PC board or
plug-in component level. Printed circuit boards should be inspected to determine
whether they are properly seated in the edge board connectors. Board locking tabs
should also be in place. Solid state devices must also be protected from
contamination, and cooling provisions must be maintained - refer to paragraphs
titled CONTAMINATION and COOLING DEVICES. Solvents should not be used on
printed circuit boards.
High Voltage Testing - High voltage insulation resistance (IR) and dielectric
withstanding voltage (DWV) tests should not be used to check solid state control
equipment. When measuring IR or DWV of electrical equipment such as
transformers or motors, a solid state device used for control or monitoring must be
disconnected before performing the test. Even though no damage is readily
apparent after an IR or DWV test, the solid state devices are degraded and
repeated application of high voltage can lead to failure.
Locking and Interlocking Devices - Check these devices for proper working
condition and capability of performing their Intended functions. Make any
necessary replacements only with Allen-Bradley renewal parts or kits. Adjust or
repair only in accordance with Allen-Bradley Instructions.
Maintenance After a Fault Condition - Opening of the short circuit protective
device (such as fuses or circuit breakers) in a properly coordinated motor branch
circuit is an indication of a fault condition in excess of operating overload. Such
conditions can cause damage to control equipment. Before restoring power, the
fault condition must be corrected and any necessary repairs or replacements must
be made to restore the control equipment to good working order. Refer to NEMA
Standards Publication No. ICS-2, Part ICS2-302 for procedures. Replacements-Use
only replacement parts and devices recommended by Allen-Bradley to maintain the
integrity of the equipment Make sure the parts are properly matched to the model,
series and revision level of the equipment Final Check Out - After maintenance or
repair of industrial controls, always test the control system for proper functioning
under controlled conditions; that avoid hazards in the event of a control
malfunction. For additional information, refer to NEMA ICS 1.3, PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE OF INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT, published by
the National Electrical Manufacturers Association, and NFPA70B, ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE, published by the National Fire Protection Association.
Back to top

ALLEN-BRADLEY DRIVES
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Rockwell Automation is committed to maintaining
and supporting your Allen-Bradley drives and
installations. Included in this commitment
is support for active products, support for
products that are no longer manufactured and
consultation for high performance drive
applications. Allen-Bradley Drives’ Technical
Support Center is staffed with knowledgeable,
experienced specialists who have the expertise,
equipment and documentation to answer your
product questions accurately and efficiently.
To help minimize the expense of production
downtime, our call center provides technical
assistance weekdays from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
CST. Support options include: active and inactive
product phone support; obsolete and discontinued
product phone support; web based support; and,
SupportPlus.
SUPPORT OPTIONS
Active and Inactive Product Phone Support
All Active and Inactive products receive phone
support at no charge. This support is available free
of charge by dialing 262-512-8176 weekdays from
7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Central Standard Time.
Obsolete and Discontinued Product Phone Support
All Obsolete and some Discontinued products
have phone support available in two packages:
an annual site contract and a single incident
charge. Refer to the Drive Product Life Stages
chart for product life descriptions.
An annual site contract entitles you to an
unlimited number of calls over a twelve-month
period for a single product line at one location.
This is the best option for customers who have a
large number of mature products or those who
need to make changes to existing configurations.
Single incident support is also available to assist
in resolving a specific problem. At the time of the
initial phone call to technical support, a case
number is assigned. This case will remain open
until the particular incident or problem is resolved
even if multiple phone calls are involved. Both
options can be purchased with a credit card or a
company Purchase Order.
All calls for part number cross-reference or for
assistance in upgrading to a current product are at
no charge.
WEB BASED SUPPORT
Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support maintains a web site
(www.ab.com/support/abdrives) with information on all drive products.
Information available includes dimensions, spare parts lists, wiring diagrams,
firmware updates, frequently asked questions, obsolete and discontinued
products, general drives fault information, finder drive troubleshooting tool
and more. This site also has a discussion forum and the ability to direct an
e-mail request to the technical support group.
ACTIVE
In catalog and available
for sale
INACTIVE
No orders for new drives
accepted, parts and
service available
DISCONTINUED
Sale of parts limited to
available inventory,
repair services available
OBSOLETE
Repair services available on
a limited basis, contingent
on component availability.
Recommended to transition
to replacement products.

SupportPlus
For consultation on high performance
drive applications, we offer our
SupportPlus program. SupportPlus
uses expert level Rockwell
Automation system engineers to
support your engineering team.
Rockwell Automation engineers
will work with you to layout the
appropriate architecture, configure drives, recommend
programming techniques and provide application assistance on
the most effective ways to implement your control solution.
High Performance Support
SupportPlus engineers provide product support for all
active product lines. This service includes things such as
replacement part information, startup guidance, installation
or warranty administration.
Design Consultation
Design consultation is also available on a fee basis. SupportPlus
engineers will help layout appropriate architecture, configure
drives, recommend programming techniques and provide
application assistance on the most effective ways to implement
control solutions. The SupportPlus engineers will provide example
Allen-Bradley PLC programs and drive configuration files that can
be incorporated into your solutions. SupportPlus engineers will
share files through a website or via E-mail. Service is available
through the entire design and commissioning process.
This is a cost-effective alternative to system engineering services
if you prefer to provide your own engineering but need additional
support. This service complements your engineering team by
providing application and site specific support when you most
need it.
Power Quality Analysis
With the increased use of electronic equipment such as variable
speed drives in the industrial, commercial and utility environment,
an increased awareness of potential power quality
issues has arisen.
SupportPlus offers on-site power quality and EMC
(electromagnetic compatibility) analysis associated with the
installation, application and use of variable speed AC and
DC drives.
This service provides consumption monitoring, measurement and
information analysis for single and multiple drive applications as
related to drive performance. SupportPlus can also troubleshoot
and provide solutions to drive related EMI (electromagnetic
interference) problems.
Pre-installation wiring and grounding consultation is also available
as well as training on drive installation and problem solving.
This valuable service can improve your uptime and decrease
maintenance and energy costs.
Get Proven Results
The SupportPlus team works through design issues before they
reach the field, reducing the engineering and commissioning
cycle. The SupportPlus team analyzes the entire solution,
examining potential issues like network update rates, drive
throughput times and correct gearing schemes.
Obsolete and Discontinued Product support
The following products require a annual contract or per
incident charge:
1313
1331
1335
1351
1362
1373
1376
1396
1318
1332
1340
Period
Product or Application Specification
Documentation Request
Hardware-Electrical
Installation
Technical Question
Startup Guidance
Software Tools
Basic Configuration and Programming
Communication Modules
Breakdown
Product Specific Questions
Firmware Upload/Download
Repair/Replacement Parts Information
Warranty Administration
Architecture Design
Product/Network Configuration
Application Engineering Design
Application Support
Software Architecture and Design
Standard Software Module Integration
Custom Software Module Creation
Site Specific Drive Control Support
Power Analysis
Product Failure Analysis
1352 (all series)
1371
1374
1379
1330
Complimentary Fee for Service
Product Support Product Support SupportPlus
Active/In-Active Discontinued/ Active
Product Lines Obsolete Products Product Lines
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1334
1350
1372
1375
1381
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Publication SDB-PP002B-EN-P – May 2006
Supercedes Publication SDB-PP002A-EN-P – February 2003
Copyright © 2006 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA.

Extended Parts and Labor Warranty
Dependable, Easy to Use Coverage from Day One
Gain added protection and peace of mind with an
Extended Warranty from Rockwell Automation.
Our Extended Warranty both extends and enhances our
original factory warranties on your new and existing
Rockwell Automation hardware. In most cases, our
standard factory warranties provide more than enough
protection against unexpected breakdown or failure.
However, with a Rockwell Automation Extended Warranty
you have the flexibility to customize a multi-year
protection plan that fits your needs.
Whether you simply wish to extend
the length of our original warranty
terms, or enhance your coverage to
include protection against unplanned
labor expenses, Rockwell Automation
has an extended warranty that is right
for you to help protect your
automation investment.
An Extended Parts Warranty provides
targeted coverage of repairable
Rockwell Automation electrical
equipment. This parts-only warranty
extends the standard, one-year
Rockwell Automation equipment
warranty on an annual basis for up to
an additional four years. This service
can be ordered anytime within the
original warranty of the new and/or
remanufactured product. Extended
Parts Warranty is backed by our
remanufacturing and exchange
services.
With an Extended Parts and Labor
Warranty, you won’t have to worry
about unexpected breakdowns or
equipment failure. This extended
warranty offering includes protection
against the cost of replacement parts,
local repair labor and local travel for
up to five additional years on select
Rockwell Automation control
equipment and drives.
You can purchase an Extended
Warranty as a stand-alone offering,
or bundle it with any offering from
Rockwell Automation Services &
Support. Together, an extended
warranty can become an integral part
of your maintenance strategy,
providing valuable protection and
peace of mind.
In a business environment where
plant operations are constantly
tasked to do more with less, take
control of your maintenance budget
– drive down unplanned repair and
MRO expenses, as well as reduce
the duration of unscheduled
downtime events. Enjoy having
the peace of mind knowing your
automation investment is protected
with a Rockwell Automation
Extended Warranty.
Publication GMSA10-PP022A-EN-E November 2009

SERVICE & SUPPORT
Contract Callout Services
Prepurchase OnSite Support to
Reduce Your Maintenance Expenses
Redeem the Hours in Your
Contract for Onsite Support
on a Wide Variety of Industrial
Automation Products 1
Your contract hours can be used for
on-site support on an as needed basis
or for non-fixed scope projects 2 .
These services can include:
• Vibration Analysis
• Infrared Thermography
• Oil Analysis
• Grounding Checks
• Input Voltage Measurement
• Megger Motor MTR Readings
• Drive Calibration
• Troubleshooting and Repair
(emergency and non emergency)
• Engineering Assistance related
to Conversion/Migration,
System Start-Up
• On-the-Job Training
Services can be performed on the following
products:
• Programmable Controllers
• AC & DC Drives and Motors
• Motion Control
• Medium Voltage Drives
• Motor Control Centers
• Instruments and Controlled Devices
• Operator Terminals
• Rotating Equipment
1
Contract Callout Services can NOT be used
toward fixed scope or interval services such as:
ProtectionPlus drives start-up, HMI Conversion
Services, Preventive/Predictive Maintenance Services,
Extended Warranty, Safety Assessment Services,
Network Design and Design Review, Security Services
By prepurchasing Rockwell Automation Callout Services, you will have access to
a wide range of Onsite Support Services (left) to supplement your maintenance
activities and improve your Overall Equipment Effectiveness — at a significant
savings compared to our standard Callout Services!
Rockwell Automation Contract Callout Services provide many benefits
including:
• Improved budget stability – lower service costs
• Simplified purchasing – purchase now, redeem when needed
• Reduced unplanned downtime events – identification of impending failures
during Callout service
• Reduced downtime duration – faster problem resolution through
priority dispatch
• Proactive tracking – receive periodic statements with complete draw-down
details of each Callout visit
Contract Callout Services also provide the flexibility to use your prepurchased
hours toward OnSite Support Services whenever you need them, emergency
and non-emergency, without additional approvals or purchase orders.
2
To extend the life of your equipment, optimize its
performance and utilization, and lower the total cost
of ownership, formal predictive and preventive
maintenance is recommended.

Contract Redemption
When you need Onsite Support Services, contact your local authorized Allen-Bradley Distributor or the
Rockwell Automation Call Management Center at 1-440-646-3434. Contract will draw down per the following:*
• Weekdays, up to 8 hours
(1.0 x actual hours utilized)
• Saturdays and weekdays over 8 hours
(1.5 x actual hours utilized)
• Sunday or holidays
(2.0 x actual hours utilized)
• Any applicable overnight and actual
expenses such as airfare, rental car and tolls,
will be converted to hours and deducted
from the contract at normal (1.0) rate.
• Travel time is deducted from the contract
per the following table (miles are calculated
portal to portal from dispatched engineer's
assigned office and represent round trip
distance).
Travel Zones
Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 Zone 7 Zone 8 Zone 9
Miles 0-50 51-75 76-100 101-125 126-150 >350 151-200 201-275 276-350
Hours
Deducted
1 Hour 1.5 Hours 2 Hours 2.5 Hours 3 Hours Actual Hours 3.5 Hours 4 Hours 5 Hours
For More Information
For more information about Rockwell Automation Onsite Support Services, contact your local authorized
Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales office, or visit: www.rockwellautomation.com/support.
To request callout service, call 1-440-646-3434.
* Additional time is deducted for emergency callout service.
An emergency is defined as a situation requiring on-site service within
48 hours of contacting the Rockwell Automation Call Management Center.
Contact your distributor or Rockwell Automation dispatch for additional
information on applicable rates.
Publication GMSC10-PP023C-EN-E – October 2007 — Supersedes GMSC10-PP023B-EN-E - September 2007
Copyright ©2007 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA.

Table of Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Description of the Motor Starting Study
1.2 Input Data Sheets
1.2.1 Feeder Input Data Sheet
1.2.2 Generation Contribution Data Sheet
1.2.3 Motor Contribution Data Sheet
1.3 One Line Diagram
2. Motor Starting Study
2.1 Motor Starting Study Discussion
2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start
2.2.1 Plot of SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start
2.2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start Report
2.3 SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start
2.3.1 Plot of SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start
2.3.2 SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start Report
2.4 SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start
2.4.1 Plot of SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start
2.4.2 SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start Report
3. Warranty and Limitation of Liability
3.1 Warranty
3.2 Limitation of Liability
4. Information
2

1. Introduction
This motor starting study has been prepared for the CRMWD Ward County Water Supply
Project, Contract C-1, Pre-Purchase of Pump Units for WPS.
1.1 Description of the Motor Starting Study
The purpose of this analysis is to determine the minimum starting current for the WPS pumps
using the proposed Rockwell Automation SMC-Flex solid state starters. Pumps WPS-1, WPS-
2, and WPS-3 are rated 400 horsepower at 460V. Information on the motors and pump loads
has been obtained from the Patterson Pump Company submittals. This information is included
in Section 4 of this report.
The SKM Transient Motor Starting (TMS) software is used for the motor starting calculations.
TMS uses a time simulation method that is similar to a transient stability program that
simulates both running and starting motors.
The information from the pump submittal has been entered into the SKM software as graphical
motor and load components. For this study, a 480V utility source with a short circuit
contribution of 10 MVA has been used. The TMS source model is comprised of a round rotor
steam turbine with a standard Type 1 exciter and standard steam governor.
3

1.2.1 Feeder Input Data Sheet
ALL PU VALUES ARE EXPRESSED ON A 100 MVA BASE.
FEEDER INPUT DATA
===============================================================================================================
CABLE FEEDER FROM FEEDER TO QTY VOLTS LENGTH FEEDER
NAME NAME NAME /PH L-L SIZE TYPE
===============================================================================================================
WPSP1-P WPSSWBD BUS-0003 2 368 10.0 FEET 500 Copper
Duct Material: Non-Magnetic Insulation Type: Insulation Class: XHHW-2
+/- Impedance: 0.0276 + J 0.0373 Ohms/1000 ft 0.1019 + J 0.1377 PU
Z0 Impedance: 0.0438 + J 0.0999 Ohms/1000 ft 0.1617 + J 0.3688 PU
1.2.2 Generation Contribution Data Sheet
GENERATION CONTRIBUTION DATA
=====================================================================================
BUS CONTRIBUTION VOLTAGE
NAME NAME L-L MVA X"d X/R
=====================================================================================
WPSSWBD UTIL 368.00 10.00
Three Phase Contribution: 10.00 MVA 8.00
Single Line to Ground Contribution: 1.0000 MVA 8.00
Pos Sequence Impedance (100 MVA Base) 1.24 + J 9.92 PU
Zero Sequence Impedance (100 MVA Base) 9.92 + J 79.38 PU
1.2.3 Motor Contribution Data Sheet
MOTOR CONTRIBUTION DATA
=====================================================================================
BUS CONTRIBUTION VOLTAGE BASE Motor
NAME NAME L-L kVA X"d X/R Number
=====================================================================================
WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P 368 356.16 0.1771 10.0 1.00
Pos Sequence Impedance (100 MVA Base) 7.77 + j 77.70 PU
4

UTIL
WPSSWBD 2000A MAIN
WPSSWBD
WPSSWBD 1000A WPS P-1
WPSP1-P
MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1
CRMWD Ward County Water Supply WPS Pre-Purchase
February 24, 2012
5

2.1 Motor Starting Study Discussion
The SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp starting is used to simulate the SMC-Flex starter.
For this study, the beginning Voltage has been set to 0.01V PU and the ending is 1.0V PU. The
ramp time is 10.0 seconds.
The results of the solid state voltage ramp start are shown in Section 2.2. The plot in 2.2.1
shows the motor has a peak current of about 1524.5 Amps at 7.0 seconds. The motor reaches
full speed in approximately 7.66 seconds, which is significantly quicker than the ten second
Voltage ramp.
To confirm the SKM motor and pump models with the pump submittal, 100% Voltage (460V)
and 80% Voltage (368V) scenarios are also included.
Section 2.3 shows the 100% Voltage start. The motor has a peak current of 2497.85 Amps
immediately upon start. The motor reaches full speed at approximately 1.1 seconds, which
matches the submittal.
Section 2.4 shows the 80% Voltage start. The motor has a peak current of 2000.97 Amps
immediately upon start. The motor reaches full speed at approximately 2.0 seconds, which
matches the submittal.
6

2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start
This page is intentionally blank.
7

WPS RVSS
Study1 - RVSS - MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 - Motor Speed
Study1 - RVSS - MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 - Motor Voltage
500
1250
Study1 - RVSS - MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 - Line Current
1500
450
1250
400
1000
350
Line Current (Amps)
1000
750
500
Motor Voltage (Volts)
300
250
200
150
Motor Speed (RPM)
750
500
250
100
250
50
0
0
0
0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0
Time (Seconds)
8

2.2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start Report
Study Name: Study1
----------------------------------------
Case Name: RVSS
----------------------------------------
M O T O R D A T A ( T R A N S I E N T S T A R T )
===============================================================================
MOTOR NAME MODEL DESCRIPTION KVA KV SYNC. RPM
BUS NAME INITIAL STATUS
===============================================================================
MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 QTY= 1 GRAPHICAL MODEL 356.2 0.46 1200
WPSSWBD P-1 OFFLINE Wk**2(LB-FT2): 371.000 2H: 0.693
GRAPHICAL MODEL DATA===========================
SPEED(RPM) CURRENT(AMPS) TORQUE(FT-LBS) PF
0.00 2512.14 1224.91 0.181
120.00 2494.26 1283.15 0.186
240.00 2454.48 1348.46 0.192
360.00 2414.69 1412.00 0.198
480.00 2364.63 1493.19 0.207
600.00 2306.97 1576.15 0.216
720.00 2235.00 1660.86 0.227
840.00 2144.71 1768.53 0.244
960.00 2043.24 1989.15 0.276
1040.40 1910.93 2393.34 0.333
1080.00 1743.75 2721.63 0.387
1119.60 1458.56 3258.19 0.499
1148.40 1135.83 3512.35 0.641
1179.60 684.80 2463.94 0.837
1190.40 443.87 1768.53 0.881
1200.00 106.83 0.00 0.050
9

2.2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start Report
MOTOR SWITCHING DATA===========================
PUT ON LINE AT TIME:
CONTROLLER TYPE: SOILD STATE CONTROL FUNCTION: NONE
LOAD DATA======================================
LOAD MODEL: GRAPHICAL MODEL
'SPEED (RPM) VS. TORQUE (FT-LBS)
0.00 7.36
120.00 25.61
240.00 47.02
360.00 120.37
480.00 183.97
600.00 291.84
720.00 404.98
840.00 541.77
960.00 677.81
1080.00 886.67
1200.00 1085.95
10

2.2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start Report
S O U R C E D A T A ( T R A N S I E N T S T A R T )
===============================================================================
SOURCE NAME BUS NAME
===============================================================================
UTIL WPSSWBD
Library Model Name: Round Rotor Steam Unit
Machine Modal Data::
6.000000 Td0' D-axis transient time constant
0.040000 Td0" D-axis sub-transient time constant
1.000000 Tq0' Q-axis transient time constant
0.070000 Tq0" Q-axis sub-transient time constant
4.000000 H Inertia constant
0.000000 D Load damping coefficient
1.300000 Xd D-axis armature reactance
1.250000 Xq Q-axis armature reactance
0.200000 Xd' D-axis transient reactance
0.400000 Xq' Q-axis transient reactance
0.120000 X" Machine sub-transient reactance
0.080000 Xl Leakage reactance
0.100000 S10 Saturation factor at V=1.0 PU
0.400000 S12 Saturation factor at V=1.2 PU
0.002000 Ra Armature resistance
0.120000 X" Machine sub-transient reactance
Exciter Model: 1979 IEEE Type 1
Governor Model: Standard Steam Turbine
*** Motor MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 AT BUS WPSSWBD P-1 SWITCHED ON LINE AT TIME: 0.00
11

2.2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start Report
SIMULATION TIME = 0.00 SECONDS
INSTANTANEOUS DETAILED MOTOR REPORT
=================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT POWER FACTOR
BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 0.0 1.0000 0.005 26 0.1802
INSTANTANEOUS GENERATOR SCHEDULE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME SOURCE NAME Voltage (pu) KW KVAR
WPSSWBD UTIL 1.000 3.9446 21.433
INSTANTANEOUS BUS VOLTAGE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME Voltage (pu) BUS NAME Voltage (pu)
WPSSWBD 1.000 WPSSWBD P-1 1.000
MOTOR TIME STEP REPORT
==========================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT KVA PF
TIME BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
0.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 0.0 1.0000 0.028 153.4 7.5 0.181
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 5 LOAD: 7 ACCELERATION: -3
1.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1.1 0.9991 0.052 283.1 25.4 0.181
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 16 LOAD: 8 ACCELERATION: 8
1.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 7.7 0.9936 0.076 412.7 54.0 0.181
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 33 LOAD: 9 ACCELERATION: 25
2.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 22.4 0.9813 0.099 541.9 93.3 0.182
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 58 LOAD: 11 ACCELERATION: 47
2.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 47.5 0.9604 0.123 670.5 143.0 0.183
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 89 LOAD: 15 ACCELERATION: 75
3.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 85.4 0.9288 0.147 798.1 203.0 0.185
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 129 LOAD: 20 ACCELERATION: 109
3.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 138.8 0.8844 0.171 923.0 272.8 0.187
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 178 LOAD: 29 ACCELERATION: 149
4.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 210.1 0.8249 0.194 1041.5 350.7 0.191
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 238 LOAD: 42 ACCELERATION: 196
12

2.2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start Report
4.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 299.5 0.7504 0.218 1154.7 436.3 0.195
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 310 LOAD: 83 ACCELERATION: 227
5.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 399.0 0.6675 0.242 1261.4 528.6 0.201
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 398 LOAD: 141 ACCELERATION: 257
5.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 514.1 0.5716 0.266 1356.3 624.1 0.210
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 506 LOAD: 215 ACCELERATION: 291
6.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 637.8 0.4685 0.289 1437.3 720.6 0.219
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 635 LOAD: 328 ACCELERATION: 307
6.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 769.8 0.3585 0.313 1496.2 811.7 0.234
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 791 LOAD: 462 ACCELERATION: 329
7.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 915.7 0.2369 0.337 1524.2 889.6 0.264
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1024 LOAD: 628 ACCELERATION: 396
7.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1165.2 0.0290 0.361 700.2 437.5 0.747
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1813 LOAD: 1028 ACCELERATION: 784
8.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1191.7 0.0070 0.384 334.3 222.6 0.773
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1074 LOAD: 1072 ACCELERATION: 2
8.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1192.6 0.0062 0.408 325.8 230.4 0.692
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1074 ACCELERATION: 2
9.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1193.4 0.0055 0.432 318.8 238.6 0.624
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1077 LOAD: 1075 ACCELERATION: 2
9.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.0 0.0050 0.456 313.1 247.2 0.566
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1078 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: 2
10.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.6 0.0045 0.480 308.5 256.2 0.516
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1078 LOAD: 1077 ACCELERATION: 1
10.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.6 0.0045 0.480 308.2 256.2 0.515
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1077 LOAD: 1077 ACCELERATION: 0
11.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.6 0.0045 0.480 308.2 256.2 0.515
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1077 LOAD: 1077 ACCELERATION: 0
13

2.2.2 SKM TMS Solid State Voltage Ramp Start Report
SIMULATION TIME = 11.00 SECONDS
INSTANTANEOUS DETAILED MOTOR REPORT
=================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT POWER FACTOR
BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.6 0.0045 0.480 308 0.5151
INSTANTANEOUS GENERATOR SCHEDULE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME SOURCE NAME Voltage (pu) KW KVAR
WPSSWBD UTIL 1.000 131.9103 219.678
INSTANTANEOUS BUS VOLTAGE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME Voltage (pu) BUS NAME Voltage (pu)
WPSSWBD 1.000 WPSSWBD P-1 1.000
14

2.3 SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start
This page is intentionally blank.
15

2500
1250
100 Percent Voltage
Study1 - 100% Voltage Start - MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 - Motor Speed
Study1 - 100% Voltage Start - MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 - Line Current
2000
1000
Line Current (Amps)
1500
1000
Motor Speed (RPM)
750
500
500
250
0
0
-0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Time (Seconds)
16

2.3.2 SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start Report
Study Name: Study1
----------------------------------------
Case Name: 100% Voltage Start
----------------------------------------
M O T O R D A T A ( T R A N S I E N T S T A R T )
===============================================================================
MOTOR NAME MODEL DESCRIPTION KVA KV SYNC. RPM
BUS NAME INITIAL STATUS
===============================================================================
MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 QTY= 1 GRAPHICAL MODEL 356.2 0.46 1200
WPSSWBD P-1 OFFLINE Wk**2(LB-FT2): 371.000 2H: 0.693
GRAPHICAL MODEL DATA===========================
SPEED(RPM) CURRENT(AMPS) TORQUE(FT-LBS) PF
0.00 2512.14 1224.91 0.181
120.00 2494.26 1283.15 0.186
240.00 2454.48 1348.46 0.192
360.00 2414.69 1412.00 0.198
480.00 2364.63 1493.19 0.207
600.00 2306.97 1576.15 0.216
720.00 2235.00 1660.86 0.227
840.00 2144.71 1768.53 0.244
960.00 2043.24 1989.15 0.276
1040.40 1910.93 2393.34 0.333
1080.00 1743.75 2721.63 0.387
1119.60 1458.56 3258.19 0.499
1148.40 1135.83 3512.35 0.641
1179.60 684.80 2463.94 0.837
1190.40 443.87 1768.53 0.881
1200.00 106.83 0.00 0.050
17

2.3.2 SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start Report
MOTOR SWITCHING DATA===========================
PUT ON LINE AT TIME:
CONTROLLER TYPE: FULL VOLTAGE CONTROL FUNCTION: NONE
LOAD DATA======================================
LOAD MODEL: GRAPHICAL MODEL
'SPEED (RPM) VS. TORQUE (FT-LBS)
0.00 7.36
120.00 25.61
240.00 47.02
360.00 120.37
480.00 183.97
600.00 291.84
720.00 404.98
840.00 541.77
960.00 677.81
1080.00 886.67
1200.00 1085.95
18

2.3.2 SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start Report
S O U R C E D A T A ( T R A N S I E N T S T A R T )
===============================================================================
SOURCE NAME BUS NAME
===============================================================================
UTIL WPSSWBD
Library Model Name: Round Rotor Steam Unit
Machine Modal Data::
6.000000 Td0' D-axis transient time constant
0.040000 Td0" D-axis sub-transient time constant
1.000000 Tq0' Q-axis transient time constant
0.070000 Tq0" Q-axis sub-transient time constant
4.000000 H Inertia constant
0.000000 D Load damping coefficient
1.300000 Xd D-axis armature reactance
1.250000 Xq Q-axis armature reactance
0.200000 Xd' D-axis transient reactance
0.400000 Xq' Q-axis transient reactance
0.120000 X" Machine sub-transient reactance
0.080000 Xl Leakage reactance
0.100000 S10 Saturation factor at V=1.0 PU
0.400000 S12 Saturation factor at V=1.2 PU
0.002000 Ra Armature resistance
0.120000 X" Machine sub-transient reactance
Exciter Model: 1979 IEEE Type 1
Governor Model: Standard Steam Turbine
*** Motor MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 AT BUS WPSSWBD P-1 SWITCHED ON LINE AT TIME: 0.00
19

2.3.2 SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start Report
SIMULATION TIME = 0.00 SECONDS
INSTANTANEOUS DETAILED MOTOR REPORT
=================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT POWER FACTOR
BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 20.2 0.9832 0.458 2498 0.1818
INSTANTANEOUS GENERATOR SCHEDULE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME SOURCE NAME Voltage (pu) KW KVAR
WPSSWBD UTIL 0.997 363.0564 1951.949
INSTANTANEOUS BUS VOLTAGE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME Voltage (pu) BUS NAME Voltage (pu)
WPSSWBD 0.997 WPSSWBD P-1 0.996
MOTOR TIME STEP REPORT
==========================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT KVA PF
TIME BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
0.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 545.6 0.5453 0.458 2321.4 1840.2 0.212
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1523 LOAD: 243 ACCELERATION: 1280
1.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1090.0 0.0917 0.459 1669.5 1328.3 0.415
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 2848 LOAD: 903 ACCELERATION: 1945
1.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0048 0.461 311.7 248.9 0.553
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: -0
2.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0049 0.460 311.9 248.7 0.555
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: -0
2.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0049 0.460 311.9 248.5 0.556
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: -0
3.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0049 0.460 312.0 248.5 0.556
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: -0
3.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0049 0.460 312.0 248.5 0.556
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: -0
4.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0049 0.460 312.0 248.5 0.556
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: -0
4.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0049 0.460 312.0 248.5 0.556
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: -0
5.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0049 0.460 312.0 248.5 0.556
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1076 LOAD: 1076 ACCELERATION: -0
20

2.3.2 SKM TMS 100% Voltage Start Report
SIMULATION TIME = 5.00 SECONDS
INSTANTANEOUS DETAILED MOTOR REPORT
=================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT POWER FACTOR
BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1194.2 0.0049 0.460 312 0.5560
INSTANTANEOUS GENERATOR SCHEDULE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME SOURCE NAME Voltage (pu) KW KVAR
WPSSWBD UTIL 1.000 138.1957 206.577
INSTANTANEOUS BUS VOLTAGE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME Voltage (pu) BUS NAME Voltage (pu)
WPSSWBD 1.000 WPSSWBD P-1 1.000
21

2.4 SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start
This page is intentionally blank.
22

2000
1250
80 Percent Voltage
Study1 - 80% Voltage Start - MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 - Motor Speed
Study1 - 80% Voltage Start - MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 - Line Current
1750
1500
1000
Line Current (Amps)
1250
1000
750
Motor Speed (RPM)
750
500
500
250
250
0
0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (Seconds)
23

2.4.2 SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start Report
Study Name: Study1
----------------------------------------
Case Name: 80% Voltage Start
----------------------------------------
M O T O R D A T A ( T R A N S I E N T S T A R T )
===============================================================================
MOTOR NAME MODEL DESCRIPTION KVA KV SYNC. RPM
BUS NAME INITIAL STATUS
===============================================================================
MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 QTY= 1 GRAPHICAL MODEL 356.2 0.46 1200
WPSSWBD P-1 OFFLINE Wk**2(LB-FT2): 371.000 2H: 0.693
GRAPHICAL MODEL DATA===========================
SPEED(RPM) CURRENT(AMPS) TORQUE(FT-LBS) PF
0.00 2512.14 1224.91 0.181
120.00 2494.26 1283.15 0.186
240.00 2454.48 1348.46 0.192
360.00 2414.69 1412.00 0.198
480.00 2364.63 1493.19 0.207
600.00 2306.97 1576.15 0.216
720.00 2235.00 1660.86 0.227
840.00 2144.71 1768.53 0.244
960.00 2043.24 1989.15 0.276
1040.40 1910.93 2393.34 0.333
1080.00 1743.75 2721.63 0.387
1119.60 1458.56 3258.19 0.499
1148.40 1135.83 3512.35 0.641
1179.60 684.80 2463.94 0.837
1190.40 443.87 1768.53 0.881
1200.00 106.83 0.00 0.050
24

2.4.2 SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start Report
MOTOR SWITCHING DATA===========================
PUT ON LINE AT TIME:
CONTROLLER TYPE: FULL VOLTAGE CONTROL FUNCTION: NONE
LOAD DATA======================================
LOAD MODEL: GRAPHICAL MODEL
'SPEED (RPM) VS. TORQUE (FT-LBS)
0.00 7.36
120.00 25.61
240.00 47.02
360.00 120.37
480.00 183.97
600.00 291.84
720.00 404.98
840.00 541.77
960.00 677.81
1080.00 886.67
1200.00 1085.95
25

2.4.2 SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start Report
S O U R C E D A T A ( T R A N S I E N T S T A R T )
===============================================================================
SOURCE NAME BUS NAME
===============================================================================
UTIL WPSSWBD
Library Model Name: Round Rotor Steam Unit
Machine Modal Data::
6.000000 Td0' D-axis transient time constant
0.040000 Td0" D-axis sub-transient time constant
1.000000 Tq0' Q-axis transient time constant
0.070000 Tq0" Q-axis sub-transient time constant
4.000000 H Inertia constant
0.000000 D Load damping coefficient
1.300000 Xd D-axis armature reactance
1.250000 Xq Q-axis armature reactance
0.200000 Xd' D-axis transient reactance
0.400000 Xq' Q-axis transient reactance
0.120000 X" Machine sub-transient reactance
0.080000 Xl Leakage reactance
0.100000 S10 Saturation factor at V=1.0 PU
0.400000 S12 Saturation factor at V=1.2 PU
0.002000 Ra Armature resistance
0.120000 X" Machine sub-transient reactance
Exciter Model: 1979 IEEE Type 1
Governor Model: Standard Steam Turbine
*** Motor MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 AT BUS WPSSWBD P-1 SWITCHED ON LINE AT TIME: 0.00
26

2.4.2 SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start Report
SIMULATION TIME = 0.00 SECONDS
INSTANTANEOUS DETAILED MOTOR REPORT
=================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT POWER FACTOR
BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 12.8 0.9893 0.367 2001 0.1815
INSTANTANEOUS GENERATOR SCHEDULE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME SOURCE NAME Voltage (pu) KW KVAR
WPSSWBD UTIL 0.998 232.4478 1252.078
INSTANTANEOUS BUS VOLTAGE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME Voltage (pu) BUS NAME Voltage (pu)
WPSSWBD 0.998 WPSSWBD P-1 0.996
MOTOR TIME STEP REPORT
==========================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT KVA PF
TIME BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
0.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 340.6 0.7161 0.367 1929.1 1224.6 0.197
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 890 LOAD: 109 ACCELERATION: 781
1.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 649.4 0.4588 0.367 1817.5 1155.7 0.221
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1026 LOAD: 338 ACCELERATION: 688
1.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 907.4 0.2439 0.367 1667.6 1061.3 0.262
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1207 LOAD: 618 ACCELERATION: 589
2.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1189.8 0.0085 0.369 365.8 233.6 0.879
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1159 LOAD: 1069 ACCELERATION: 90
2.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1190.9 0.0076 0.368 340.4 217.2 0.835
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1071 LOAD: 1071 ACCELERATION: -0
3.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1190.9 0.0076 0.368 340.5 217.1 0.836
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1071 LOAD: 1071 ACCELERATION: -0
3.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1190.9 0.0076 0.368 340.6 217.0 0.837
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1071 LOAD: 1071 ACCELERATION: -0
4.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1190.9 0.0076 0.368 340.6 217.0 0.837
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1071 LOAD: 1071 ACCELERATION: -0
4.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1190.9 0.0076 0.368 340.6 217.0 0.837
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1071 LOAD: 1071 ACCELERATION: -0
5.00 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1190.9 0.0076 0.368 340.6 217.0 0.837
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1071 LOAD: 1071 ACCELERATION: -0
5.50 WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1190.9 270.0076
0.368 340.6 217.0 0.837
TQ(FT-LB) MOTOR: 1071 LOAD: 1071 ACCELERATION: 0

2.4.2 SKM TMS 80% Voltage Start Report
SIMULATION TIME = 5.50 SECONDS
INSTANTANEOUS DETAILED MOTOR REPORT
=================================================================================================================
MOTOR SPEED SLIP VOLTAGE CURRENT POWER FACTOR
BUS NAME NAME (RPM) (KV) (AMPS)
WPSSWBD P-1 MTRI-WPSSWBD P-1 1190.9 0.0076 0.368 341 0.8368
INSTANTANEOUS GENERATOR SCHEDULE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME SOURCE NAME Voltage (pu) KW KVAR
WPSSWBD UTIL 1.000 181.6880 118.851
INSTANTANEOUS BUS VOLTAGE REPORT
=========================================================================================================
BUS NAME Voltage (pu) BUS NAME Voltage (pu)
WPSSWBD 1.000 WPSSWBD P-1 1.000
28

3. Warranty and Limitation of Liability
3.1 Warranty
It is the intent of Strategic Engineering to provide a study that is accurate and based on sound
professional judgment. If it is found that any portion of this study does not satisfy this goal, we
will correct that portion of the study at no charge providing we are notified in writing within
one year of submission of the study. The warranty does not include modifications to the study
resulting from design changes to the system after the study has been initiated.
3.2 Limitation of Liability
The foregoing warranty represents the sole responsibility of the company. Strategic
Engineering shall not be liable for any consequential damages. It does not assume
responsibility or liability for loss, injury or damage to equipment that may result from the
failure of equipment or the system to operate in accordance of the predictions or
recommendations of the study.
29

4. Information
30